information, indiana university reserves the right to change … · 2007. 9. 17. · bulletin...

BULLETIN2007–2009

www.mus ic . ind iana .edu

jacobs schoolof musicBLOOMINGTON CAMPUS

Indiana University, a member of the North Central Association (NCA), is accredited by the Higher Learning Commission: www.ncahigherlearningcommission.org; (312) 263-0456.

While every effort is made to provide accurate and current information, Indiana University reserves the right to change without notice statements in the bulletin series concerning rules, policies, fees, curricula, or other matters.

AdministrationIndiana UniversityMICHAEL A. McROBBIE, Ph.D., President of the UniversityCHARLES R. BANTZ, Ph.D., Executive Vice President and Chancellor, Indiana University–Purdue

University IndianapolisD. CRAIG BRATER, M.D., Vice President and Dean and Walter J. Daly Professor, School of MedicineJ. TERRY CLAPACS, M.B.A., Vice President and Chief Administrative OfficerDOROTHY J. FRAPWELL, J.D., Vice President and General CounselTHOMAS C. HEALY, Ph.D., Vice President for Government RelationsCHARLIE NELMS, Ed.D., Vice President for Institutional Development and Student AffairsJUDITH G. PALMER, J.D., Vice President and Chief Financial OfficerMICHAEL M. SAMPLE, B.A., Vice President for University RelationsMARYFRANCES McCOURT, M.B.A., Treasurer of the UniversityDAVID J. FULTON, Ph.D., Chancellor of Indiana University EastMICHAEL A. WARTELL, Ph.D., Chancellor of Indiana University–Purdue University Fort WayneRUTH J. PERSON, Ph.D., Chancellor of Indiana University KokomoBRUCE W. BERGLAND, Ph.D., Chancellor of Indiana University NorthwestUNAMAE RECK, Ph.D., Chancellor of Indiana University South BendSANDRA R. PATTERSON-RANDLES, Ph.D., Chancellor of Indiana University SoutheastKENNETH R. R. GROS LOUIS, Ph.D., University Chancellor

Bloomington CampusJEANNE SEPT, Ph.D., Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs and Dean of the FacultiesCHARLIE NELMS, Ed.D., Vice Chancellor for Academic Support and DiversityNEIL D. THEOBALD, Ph.D., Vice Chancellor for Budget and AdministrationARTHUR J. LINDEMAN, Ph.D., Vice Chancellor for Enrollment ServicesRICHARD N. McKAIG, Ed.D., Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs and Dean of Students

INDIANA UNIVERSITY BULLETINOFFICIAL SERIES (USPS 262440)ISSN 0-888-5338

Periodicals postage paid at Bloomington, Indiana. Published eleven times a year (one time inMarch, September, November, and December; twice in June; and five times in August) by IndianaUniversity from the Office of Creative Services, Von Lee 319, 517 E. Kirkwood Avenue,Bloomington, IN 47408. POSTMASTER: Send address changes to INDIANA UNIVERSITYBULLETIN MAIL ROOM, Ashton-Weatherly Lounge, 400 N. Sunrise Drive, Bloomington, IN47408.

Vol. CV, No. 6 Bloomington, Indiana August 2007

Jacobs School of Music

Administrative OfficersGWYN RICHARDS, DeanEUGENE O’BRIEN, Executive Associate DeanMARYWENNERSTROM, Associate Dean, InstructionDANIEL R. MELAMED, Director, Graduate StudiesGARY POTTER, Director, Undergraduate Studies

Departmental ChairpersonsBALLET,Michael VernonBAND, Stephen PrattBRASS,M. Dee StewartCHORAL CONDUCTING,Michael Schwartzkopf, InterimCOMPOSITION, David DzubayEARLY MUSIC,Wendy GillespieGUITAR, Ernesto BitettiHARP, Susann McDonaldINSTRUMENTAL CONDUCTING, David EffronJAZZ STUDIES, David BakerMUSIC EDUCATION, Lissa Fleming MayMUSIC THEORY, Eric IsaacsonMUSICOLOGY,Massimo OssiOPERA STUDIES, David HigginsORGAN, Larry SmithPERCUSSION, Stephen HoughtonPIANO, Evelyne BrancartRECORDING ARTS, Konrad StraussSTRINGS, Lawrence HurstVOICE,Mary Ann HartWOODWINDS, Thomas Walsh

Administrative OfficersFINANCE AND HUMAN RESOURCES, Royce Deckard, DirectorCHORAL ENSEMBLES, David Villanueva, Administrative DirectorFACILITIES, Denver Wrightsman, CoordinatorINFORMATION TECHNOLOGY, Philip Ponella, DirectorINSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLES, Thomas Wieligman, Executive AdministratorMUSIC IN GENERAL STUDIES, Constance Cook Glen, CoordinatorOPERA THEATER, Gwyn Richards, General Manager; Maria Levy, Executive AdministratorPRE-COLLEGE AND SPECIAL PROGRAMS, Helena Walsh, CoordinatorMARKETING AND PUBLICITY, Alain Barker, DirectorWILLIAM AND GAYLE COOKMUSIC LIBRARY, Philip Ponella, Director

Indiana University chose to print this bulletin with soy-based ink on recycled paper,both of which are more environmentally sound than traditional printing materials.You can make another sound choice. Please recycle this bulletin.

Table of Contents

1 Jacobs School of Music1 History1 Purpose1 Outreach and Research Units Within the

Jacobs School of Music2 Organizations and Services2 Procedural Information2 Tuition and Fees2 Credit by Examination2 Ensemble Policy3 Students with Disabilities3 The Student’s Responsibility

4 Undergraduate Division4 Admission Requirements4 University Requirements for Incoming

Freshmen4 Jacobs School of Music Requirements

for Incoming Freshmen5 University Requirements for Transfer

Students5 Jacobs School of Music Requirements

for Transfer Students5 Undergraduate Financial Aid and

Merit Scholarship6 Returning Students6 Undergraduate Visiting Students6 Nonmajors6 Minor for Students Whose Majors Are

Outside the Jacobs School of Music7 Honors Program7 Orientation7 Advising8 General Requirements for Bachelor’s

Degrees8 Residence8 Time Limit8 Keyboard Proficiency8 Requirements for a Second Bachelor’s

Degree8 Graduation with Distinction9 Application for Graduation9 Curricula for Bachelor’s Degrees in Music9 General Education Requirements9 Bachelor of Music Degrees9 Bachelor of Music in Composition10 Bachelor of Music in Early Music

(Instrumental Emphasis)11 Bachelor of Music in Early Music (Vocal

Emphasis)11 Bachelor of Music in Jazz Studies12 Bachelor of Music in Performance,

Orchestral Instrument or Guitar13 Bachelor of Music in Performance, Organ14 Bachelor of Music in Performance, Piano14 Bachelor of Music in Performance, Voice15 Bachelor of Music in Performance,

Woodwind Instruments (Multiple)

16 Bachelor of Music Education Degrees16 Bachelor of Music Education, Choral

Teaching17 Bachelor of Music Education,

General Music Teaching18 Bachelor of Music Education,

Instrumental Teaching—Band18 Bachelor of Music Education,

Instrumental Teaching—Strings19 Teaching Certification20 Bachelor of Science Degrees20 Bachelor of Science in Music and an

Outside Field20 Bachelor of Science in Music and an

Outside Field (Composition Emphasis)21 Bachelor of Science in Music and an

Outside Field (Jazz Studies Emphasis)22 Recording Arts Degrees22 Bachelor of Science in Recording Arts23 Associate of Science in Recording Arts23 Ballet Degrees23 Bachelor of Science in Ballet24 Bachelor of Science in Music and an

Outside Field (Ballet Emphasis)24 String Technical Degree24 Associate of Science, String Instrument

Technology

25 Graduate Division25 Admission Requirements25 Application25 Transcript, GRE25 Audition25 Other Admission Requirements26 Graduate Financial Aid and

Merit Scholarships26 Admission Categories26 Conditional Admission26 Admission on Probation26 Time Limit for Acceptance26 Visiting Students27 Proficiency Examinations27 Music Theory Entrance Proficiency and

Music History and Literature EntranceProficiency

27 Music Theory27 Music History and Literature27 Keyboard Proficiency Examination28 Music Performance Proficiency28 General Requirements for Master’s

Degrees28 Degrees Offered28 Structure of Master’s Curricula29 Credit Hour Requirements29 Residence Requirement29 Required Grades29 Time Limit for Degree Completion

30 General Requirements for DoctoralDegrees

30 Admission to Curriculum30 Prerequisites30 Credit and Residence30 Required Grades30 Advisory Committee31 Research Committee31 Structure of Doctoral Curricula31 Doctoral Minors31 Minor in Choral Conducting31 Minor in Composition32 Minor in Early Music32 Minor in Jazz Studies32 Minor in Music Education32 Minor in Music History and Literature32 Minor in Music Information

Technology32 Minor in Music Theory32 Minor in Musicology32 Minor in Stage Direction for Opera32 Minor in Voice32 Ph.D. Minors for Students outside the

Jacobs School of Music32 Language Proficiencies or Tool Subjects33 Qualifying Examinations33 Preliminary Requirements33 Musical Styles33 Written Examinations33 Oral Examination33 Registration after Admission to

Candidacy34 Dissertation and Final Project34 Time Limits34 Qualifying Examinations34 After Qualifying Examinations34 Interruption of Study34 Diploma Programs in Performance35 Performer Diploma35 Artist Diploma36 Performer Diploma in Professional

Opera Studies36 Curricula for Graduate Degrees inMusic36 Brass37 Choral Conducting38 Composition39 Early Music40 Guitar41 Harp41 Instrumental Conducting42 Jazz Studies42 Music Education45 Music Theory46 Musicology47 Organ48 Organ and Church Music48 Percussion49 Piano49 Strings50 Voice51 Wind Conducting52 Woodwinds53 Woodwinds (Multiple)

54 Curricula for Music-Related GraduateDegrees

54 Master of Arts and Master of LibraryScience; Master of Music and Master ofLibrary Science

54 Master of Science in Music, StageDirection for Opera

55 Courses in the Jacobs School ofMusic

55 UndergraduateMusic Performance Study55 Private Lessons55 Graduate Music Performance Study55 Private Lessons56 Recitals56 Undergraduate Recitals56 Master’s, Diploma, and Doctoral

Chamber Recitals56 Doctoral Recitals56 Performance and Composition

Masterclass56 Instruction in Performance57 Ensemble57 Major Ensembles57 Other Ensembles57 Academic Courses57 Recording Arts and Audio Technology59 Church Music59 Music Education and Pedagogy Courses63 Music Education Master Class63 School of Education Courses63 Accompanying, Chamber Music,

Coaching, and Techniques65 Conducting66 Ballet66 Composition67 Musicology and Music History68 Music Literature71 Honors72 Music Information Technology72 Jazz73 Opera75 Music Theory77 Unclassified Courses78 Nonmajor Academic and

Performance Courses

81 Regulations and Procedures81 Academic Regulations81 Academic and Professional Conduct81 Change of Degree Requirements81 Grades81 Addition of Courses81 Withdrawal from Courses81 Incompletes and Deferred Grades82 FNN and FN Grades82 Pass/Fail Option82 Extended-X Policy82 Change of Grade and Grade Appeal82 Absences83 Minimum and Maximum Semester

Load

83 Undergraduate Students83 Graduate Students83 Correspondence Study83 Audit Policy83 Academic Standing—Undergraduate84 Academic Warning, Academic

Probation, and Dismissal84 Class Standing84 Academic Standing—Graduate84 Academic Warning, Academic

Probation, and Dismissal85 Application for Degrees or Diplomas85 Individual Studio Study and

Performance-Related Policies85 Assignments for Music Studio

Study and Lessons85 Examinations and Goals in Performance85 Level of Achievement85 Upper-Division Examination

86 Other Examinations in MusicPerformance Courses

86 Recitals87 Length of Recitals87 Performer’s Certificate88 Outside Instruction and Performance88 Official Dress88 Use of Jacobs School of Music

Instruments88 Check List

89 Faculty of the Jacobs School ofMusic, Indiana UniversityBloomington

91 Indiana University GeneralPolicies

100 Index

Jacobs School of Music

1

HistoryMusic instruction at Indiana University datesfrom the year 1893, but it was not until 1910that a Department of Music offering music forcredit was officially organized, with Charles D.Campbell as head. In 1919 Barzille WinfredMerrill was appointed head of the departmentand, in 1921, dean of the newly establishedSchool of Music. He was succeeded in 1938 byDean Robert L. Sanders. In 1947 theappointment of Wilfred C. Bain as deanmarked the beginning of a period of rapidgrowth and expansion. Under the 24-yearleadership of Dean Charles H. Webb beginningin 1973, the School of Music continued itsdevelopment and commitment to excellence.David G. Woods was appointed to thedeanship in 1997, followed by the appointmentof Dean Gwyn Richards in 2001. In the fall of2005, the School of Music was named theIndiana University Jacobs School of Music inrecognition of a major gift received in honor ofBarbara and David H. Jacobs of Cleveland.Today the Jacobs School of Music is recognizedas one of the leading institutions of its kind.

PurposeThe mission of the Indiana University JacobsSchool of Music is to provide distinguishedinstruction and outstanding opportunities forperformance, composition, research, andteacher training for music majors andnon–music majors. These opportunities aredesigned to meet the following purposeswithin the framework of Indiana University:1. To prepare students for careers asperformers, composers, scholars, teachers,church musicians, and musicadministrators in higher education,precollege educational settings, theprofessional music world, the privatesector, and supporting fields.

2. To provide music majors and non–musicmajors the opportunity to develop theirknowledge, understanding, and ability inall aspects of music at a level appropriate totheir needs and interests.

3. To broaden and deepen the knowledge andunderstanding of all aspects of musicthrough research and publication.

4. To enrich the lives of students, faculty,community, the state, the nation, and theworld with performances of a wide varietyof music. The excellence, authenticity, andoriginality of these performances also serveas models for future performances bystudents and as criteria for future listeningexperiences.

Outreach and ResearchUnits within the JacobsSchool of MusicThe Center for the History of Music Theoryand Literature, sponsored jointly by the JacobsSchool of Music and the Office of Research andthe University Graduate School, provides ahome for such international projects as theThesaurus Musicarum Latinarum, a five-million-word online database of Latin music theoryranging from the time of Augustine throughthe sixteenth century; Doctoral Dissertations inMusicology and DDM-Online; saggi musicaliitaliani, an online database of Italian musictheory; Greek and Latin Music Theory, amonograph series of critical texts andtranslations; and other projects. Informationon current CHMTL activities is available atwww.music.indiana.edu/chmtl.

The Early Music Institutewas established as acenter for research and creative activity relatedto the performance of European medieval,renaissance, baroque and classical music, aswell as a teaching department of the JacobsSchool of Music. Beyond the curricularofferings described in this bulletin, the Instituteprovides outreach through publication of FocusRecordings (a series of recordings of musicfrom the thirteenth through the eighteenthcenturies) and two series of scholarly writings,maintenance of the Thomas Binkley Archive ofEarly Music Sound Recordings, as well asextensive holdings of period instrumentsand sets of parts for performance.

The Latin American Music Center fosters theresearch and performance of Latin Americanart music and promotes professional andacademic exchange between musicians andscholars from the United States and LatinAmerica. The center’s activities includeconcerts, commissions, premiere performancesand recordings, courses in Latin Americanmusic history, visits by distinguishedperforming artists and lecturers, festivals, andseminars. The Latin American Music Centermakes available to scholars, performers, andinstitutions the most complete library of LatinAmerican art music in the world.

TheMusical Attractions Office acts as thebooking agent for group and solo performersfrom the Jacobs School of Music. Each year itarranges dozens of student performancesthroughout the state and region.

TheOffice of Special Programs administers allaspects of workshops, masterclasses,conferences, and foreign programs for the

Jacobs School of Music. In addition, the officeruns the ongoing precollege program and thesummer residential precollege academies.

The William and Gayle Cook MusicLibraryThe William and Gayle Cook Music Libraryspans four floors of the Beth Meshulam SimonLibrary and Recital Center. With more than662,000 cataloged items, it is recognized as oneof the largest music libraries in the UnitedStates. The collection is strong in first or earlyeditions, especially of opera; music theorytreatises; and Russian/Soviet music. Alsonotable are the Black Music Collection and theLatin American Music Collection. ThePerforming Ensembles collection containsmore than 218,000 parts, virtually all thestandard orchestral and choral repertoire. Ofthe more than 150,000 cataloged soundrecordings, many are unique or rare in theUnited States, particularly opera and songs.The ongoing “Variations” project has digitizedmore than 13,000 sound recordings and scores.Of the 170 public computers (Windows andMacintosh) in the library, more than 100 haveMIDI keyboards, all with associated musicsoftware. Further information is available atwww.music.indiana.edu/muslib.html.

Organizations andServicesThe Society of the Friends of Music ofIndiana University is an organization ofpeople of wide-ranging occupations whosupport the excellence of the Jacobs School ofMusic through scholarships and otheractivities.

TheMusic Alumni Association, an affiliate ofthe Indiana University Alumni Association,supports the activities of the Jacobs School ofMusic and its graduates through publication ofMusic Alumni Notes.

The Student Representative Committee servesto enhance communication among thestudents, faculty, staff, and administration ofthe Jacobs School of Music. The representativesare chosen each spring and meet on a regularbasis.

A number of honorary and professional musicorganizations maintain chapters at IndianaUniversity.

Procedural InformationSpecific and up-to-date information on JacobsSchool of Music procedures is available fromthe music undergraduate and graduate officesor other appropriate offices of the school.Current regulations and procedures appear inthe ‘‘Regulations and Procedures’’ section ofthis bulletin. See also www.music.indiana.edu.

Tuition and FeesStudents in the Jacobs School of Music shouldnote that, in addition to the fees listed in theschedule at the end of this bulletin, there arespecial fees that may be applicable, includingfees for music performance study, musicprogram fees, recital scheduling and programs,rental instruments, late enrollment,accompanists, special examinations, and otheritems.

Credit by ExaminationStudents who can demonstrate knowledge orskills in the area of specific courses may receivecredit by examination.

Ensemble PolicyAll undergraduate and graduate degreestudents, diploma students, visiting students,and nondegree music students (exceptstudents accepted for certain doctoralprograms or B.M.E. majors in their student-teaching semester) must register for andachieve a passing grade in a major ensembleeach fall semester, spring semester, or secondsummer session in which they are registeredfor any music or nonmusic credit hours. Majorensembles are indicated as X0— (2 cr.).Students may request placement in a particularensemble, but final placement will be made bythe faculty.

The ensemble requirement was established bythe faculty for several reasons. It providesprofessional training in an important area of astudent’s performance development, and itprovides opportunities for music students tohear great masterworks in live performance. Italso provides listening experiences for othermembers of the university community andhelps to compensate for the fact that theuniversity subsidizes the extra cost involved inprofessional music training.

The faculty of the Jacobs School of Music isstrongly committed to the idea that studentsshould be given the opportunity to developtheir talents to the highest degree possible.They are also committed to the idea that eachstudent can and should contribute to theeducation of others, to the advancement of theart of music, and to the enrichment of thecultural life of the university throughparticipation in the major ensemble experience.

2 Jacobs School of Music

Students with DisabilitiesStudents with a learning disability, hearingimpairment, speech impairment, or any otherdisability that may affect their ability to fulfill arequirement of the Jacobs School of Musicshould contact Disability Services for Studentsat (812) 855-7578 before registering.Requirements will not be waived for studentswith disabilities; however, some modificationscan be made within specific courses.

The Student’s ResponsibilityStudents have a threefold responsibility: (1) toknow and satisfy the graduation requirementsstated in the Jacobs School of Music Bulletin;(2) to know their academic standing based onthe academic standards stated in the JacobsSchool of Music Bulletin; and (3) to know andobserve all regulations and academic calendardeadlines as stated on the registrar’s Web siteat www. registrar.indiana.edu, in the JacobsSchool of Music Bulletin, and in the studenthandbooks. Faculty and staff advisors assiststudents in planning a program of study tomeet degree requirements, but students areresponsible for meeting all requirements fortheir respective degrees and all announceddeadlines.

Jacobs School of Music 3


Admission RequirementsStudents seeking admission to the IndianaUniversity Jacobs School of Music must meetboth general university requirements andspecific Jacobs School of Music requirements asoutlined below.

For admission information and priorityapplication dates see the admissions section ofthe followingWeb site: www.music.indiana.edu.

University Requirements forIncoming FreshmenThe standards listed below represent theminimum levels of preparation andachievement necessary to be considered foradmission.Most admitted students exceed theseminimum levels. Each application is reviewedindividually. When making admissiondecisions, the university is primarily concernedwith the depth and challenge of the college-preparatory program, including the senioryear; grade trends in the college-preparatorysubjects; and the student’s class rank. Studentswhose records fall slightly below the minimumstandards may receive serious consideration iftheir grades have been steadily improving in achallenging college-preparatory program.Conversely, declining grades or a program ofless demanding courses are often reasons todeny admission.

High School Graduation Applicants generallyneed a high school diploma from an accreditedsecondary school. Applicants holding aGeneral Equivalency Diploma should submitthe GED score. Credentials fromhomeschooling or from a non-accredited ornonpublic high school are assessedindividually.

Academic Preparation All prospectivestudents must complete the following basiccurriculum:8 semesters of English Literature, grammar,and composition. (Up to two semesters fromjournalism and/or speech count toward theEnglish requirement.)6 semesters of mathematics Algebra,geometry, and advanced algebra.2 semesters of laboratory science Biology,chemistry, or physics.4 semesters of social science History,government, economics, psychology, orsociology.

Indiana Residents Applicants who areIndiana residents should complete Core 40;an academic honors diploma is strongly

encouraged. A minimum of 28 semesters ofcollege-preparatory courses must becompleted. These include the course worklisted, plus 8 semesters in some combination offoreign language and/or additional math, labscience, or social science.

Out-of-State Residents Applicants who arenot Indiana residents should complete aminimum of 32 semesters of college-preparatory courses. That includes the coursework listed in the “Academic Preparation”section on this page, plus 12 semesters in somecombination of foreign language and/oradditional mathematics, lab science, or socialscience.

Class Rank Indiana residents should rank atleast in the upper half of their school class;nonresidents generally rank at least in theupper third.

Tests Indiana residents should score at orabove the state average on the SAT (currenttotal 990) or ACT (composite of 21). Nonresidentapplicants usually score a total of 1100 or higheron the SAT or have an ACT composite score ofat least 25. (Note: If the applicant submits morethan one set of scores, the highest SAT and/orACT scores will be recorded.)

International Students To be admitted,international students must complete above-average work in their supporting programs.Applicants whose native language is notEnglish must submit the results of the Test ofEnglish as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). Aminimum score of 560 (paper-based), 223(computer-based) or 84 (Internet-based) isnecessary for regular admission to a degreeprogram. International students are required totake the Indiana University English ProficiencyExamination and must register for anysupplemental English courses prescribed basedon the results of this examination or, ifnecessary, enroll in the intensive Englishlanguage program.

Information For additional information,contact the Office of Admissions, IndianaUniversity, Bloomington, IN 47405; (812) 855-0661; [email protected];www.indiana.edu/~iuadmit/.

Jacobs School of Music Requirementsfor Incoming FreshmenIn addition to the general requirements foradmission to the university, students mustmeet the following requirements of the JacobsSchool of Music:1. Students must successfully complete anaudition in their major medium. Auditions

Undergraduate Division


are scheduled during designated weekendsthroughout the academic year and are heardby a committee of department facultymembers appointed by the chairperson ofthe department. This committee evaluatesthe student’s performance level and makes arecommendation to the Jacobs School ofMusic Admissions and RecruitmentCommittee. The Admissions andRecruitment Committee determineswhether the student can be admitted to aspecific course of study by considering thestudent’s past record, interviews (ifapplicable), and the audition committee’srecommendation. Students who do notmatriculate within one year of the date ofthe letter of acceptance must repeat theentrance audition. Audition appointmentsmay be secured by writing to the Office ofMusic Admissions and Financial Aid, JacobsSchool of Music, Indiana University,Bloomington, IN 47405.

2. Each incoming freshman must take amusicianship evaluation. Students whoscore above 70 percent on the musicianshiptest are exempted from T109 Rudiments ofMusic I. Students who score from 50percent to 68 percent and above may takeT109 and T151 Music Theory and LiteratureI concurrently. Students who score below50 percent may not take T151 until theypass T109. For more detailed information,write to the Office of Music Admissionsand Financial Aid, Jacobs School of Music,Indiana University, Bloomington, IN 47405,and request specific information on theBasic Musicianship test and on theory texts.

Incoming freshmen who meet generaluniversity requirements and specific musicrequirements, and who intend to pursue amusic degree, are certified directly to the JacobsSchool of Music after their initial orientationand advising.

University Requirements forTransfer StudentsIndiana University welcomes students whowish to transfer from other colleges oruniversities.

University requirements for transfer admissioninclude:1. A minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0 on a 4.0scale (2.5 required for nonresidents ofIndiana);

2. A high school record showing satisfactoryentrance units;

3. Evidence of good standing in the institutionlast attended;

4. Transcripts of credits and grades earned inall subjects.

Acceptance of credit from other institutions isdetermined by the Office of Admissions, andthe applicability of credit toward degreerequirements in the Jacobs School of Music isdetermined by the director of undergraduatestudies in consultation with the faculty. Onlycredits earned at Indiana University will counttoward a student’s grade point average.Courses from other colleges and universitiesmay transfer as credit only.

Jacobs School of MusicRequirements for Transfer StudentsIn addition to the general requirements fortransfer admission to the university, studentsmust audition in their major performing areafor admission to a particular curriculum in theJacobs School of Music. (See item 1 under“Jacobs School of Music Requirements forIncoming Freshmen.’’)

All credits in music from an institution otherthan Indiana University are subject to place-ment and evaluation in the Jacobs School ofMusic and must be validated upon entrance byexamination or audition. Examinations inmusic theory are given only before classesbegin.

Transfer students, especially those transferringfor their junior and senior years, must be awareof the possibility that not all music credits willbe accepted or counted toward degreerequirements in the Jacobs School of Music,and that they may have to spend longer thanthe normally allotted time to complete theirbachelor’s degrees at Indiana University.

All courses taken at another institution withthe grade of Pass (P) or Fail (F) are subject toIndiana University regulations concerning thePass/Fail option. Students who wish to usesuch courses to meet degree requirements inthe Jacobs School of Music must obtainverification of a letter grade or the equivalentfrom the other institution.

Undergraduate Financial Aid andMerit ScholarshipsNeed-based aid is offered to qualifiedapplicants and their families through theUniversity Office of Student FinancialAssistance. Applicants are encouraged, but notrequired, to apply for need-based assistance.To do so, applicants must complete the FreeApplication for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA)available at www.fafsa.ed.gov. Please note thatinternational students are not eligible forfinancial aid.

Merit-based aid is offered to qualifiedapplicants through the Office of MusicAdmissions and Financial Aid. Applicants areautomatically considered for Jacobs School of

Music financial aid at the time of admission.The director of Music Admissions andFinancial Aid, in conjunction with theAdmissions and Recruitment Committee,makes the initial award based on institutionalneed and audition rating. An audition score inthe top 10 percent on the audition/portfolio oron the area interview is ordinarily required formerit consideration. Exceptions may be madein cases of particular need, either on the part ofthe applicant or on the part of the school.

Merit-based assistance is made possible at theJacobs School of Music by generous donors.The Jacobs School of Music gratefullyacknowledges all persons and institutions whosupport our students and faculty by providingendowed funds and annual gifts. For moreinformation about giving and endowed fundsat the Jacobs School of Music, visitwww.music.indiana.edu.

Returning StudentsUndergraduate students who, aftermatriculation, do not register for classes formore than one calendar year must audition forreadmission to the Jacobs School of Music.

Undergraduate Visiting StudentsA limited number of undergraduate-levelstudents with interest in the study of musicmay be admitted as visiting students, subject tothe following:1. Visiting students at the undergraduate levelmust audition for a faculty committee, beaccepted by a particular faculty member forinstruction, and be approved by theAdmissions and Recruitment Committee ofthe Jacobs School of Music. Visitingstudents may be admitted for the summersession only if they have been accepted byan individual faculty member.Undergraduate visiting students acceptedduring the summer session who wish tocontinue study during the regular academicyear must audition for a faculty committee.

2. Undergraduate visiting students mustregister for a minimum of 12 credit hours(4 credit hours in the summer), includingmajor ensemble courses. All courses otherthan performance study, ensembles, andchamber music require approval of thedirector of undergraduate studies.

3. Undergraduate visiting students may attenda maximum of two semesters during theacademic year and four summer sessions.

4. Undergraduate visiting students are noteligible for financial aid from the JacobsSchool of Music during the fall and springsemesters.

5. Credits earned as an undergraduatevisiting student may be applied toward adegree or diploma only with the permissionof the director of undergraduate studies.Undergraduate visiting students wishing tochange to degree or diploma status mustcomplete the application process of theJacobs School of Music and IndianaUniversity.

NonmajorsThe Jacobs School of Music offers a number ofmusic courses, performance study options, andensembles especially designed for studentsmajoring in fields other than music. Inaddition, qualified nonmajors are welcome toparticipate in music major academic courses,performance courses, or ensembles on a space-available basis. Under certain conditions, creditfor these courses is accepted toward degreerequirements in other schools anddepartments. At the time of registration,proper approval must be secured from thechairperson of the student’s major departmentor the dean of the school, as well as from thedirector of undergraduate studies in the JacobsSchool of Music.

Minor for Students Whose MajorsAre Outside the Jacobs School ofMusicApplications for minors may be made at theMusic Undergraduate Office, Merrill Hall 011,Bloomington campus.

Applications should be submitted to theUndergraduate Office when course work isnearing completion.

Information about the minor can be found atwww.music.indiana.edu/som/generalstudies/index.html.

The minor must include at least 20 credithours, of which at least 15, including aminimum of one core course, must be taken atthe Jacobs School of Music.

Core (6 credit hours)Z111 Introduction to Music Theory (3 cr.) andZ101 Music for the Listener (3 cr.) [T109Rudiments of Music (3 cr.), and/or T151 MusicTheory and Literature (3 cr.) may besubstituted for students who qualify].

Ensemble/Live Performance (2 credit hours)Ensemble [1-2 cr.; X001 All-Campus Ensemble(1 cr.); or by audition, X040 UniversityInstrumental Ensembles (2 cr.), X050 MarchingHundred for Non-Music Majors (2 cr.), X060Early Music Ensembles (2 cr.), X070 UniversityChoral Ensembles (2 cr.), or X030 BalletEnsemble (2 cr.)]; Z100 The Live MusicalPerformance (2 cr.), Z161 Steel Drumming (2cr.) or Z162 Hand Drumming (2 cr.).


Music Electives (12 credit hours)Courses may include elective performancestudy only at the 100 level (no more than 3credits) and courses with a Z prefix (see listthat follows). Substitutions for courses with a Zprefix must be approved by both the directorof music undergraduate studies and his/hercounterpart in the student’s home school(associate dean for undergraduate education inCOLL, for example). Music ensemble creditswill not count toward the 12 credits of musicelectives. At least 6 of the 12 music electivescredits must be at the 300 level or higher.

Courses with a Z Prefix that may be taken asMusic ElectivesZ103 Special Topics in Music for Non-Majors(3 cr.); Z112 Introduction to Musical Skills (1cr.); Z171-Z172 Opera Theater Series I-II (3-3cr.); Z201-Z202 History of Rock ‘n’ Roll MusicI-II (3-3 cr.); Z211 Music Theory II (3 cr.); Z212Musical Skills II (1 cr.); Z301 Rock Music in the’70s and ’80s (3 cr.); Z311 Music Theory III (3cr.); Z312 Musical Skills III (1 cr.); Z315 Musicfor Film (3 cr.); Z320 Advanced Special Topicsin Music for Non-Majors (3 cr.); Z361Introduction to MIDI and Computer Music(3 cr.); Z373 The American Musical (3 cr.); Z385History of the Blues (3 cr.); Z390 Jazz forListeners (3 cr.); Z393 History of Jazz (3 cr.);Z395 Contemporary Jazz and Soul Music (3cr.); Z401 The Music of the Beatles (3 cr.); Z402Music of Frank Zappa (3 cr.); Z403 Music ofJimi Hendrix (3 cr.); Z411 Music Theory IV (3cr.); Z412 Musical Skills IV (1 cr.); Z413 LatinAmerican Popular Music (3 cr.); Z415Connections: Music, Art, Literature (3 cr.).

Honors ProgramThe Jacobs School of Music makes a specialeffort to offer outstanding studentsopportunities appropriate to their abilities andinterests. In addition to special courses,seminars, ensembles, and honors discussionsections, the Jacobs School of Music offers aformal program leading to the B.M., B.M.E., orB.S. degree with honors. Students who havecompleted 86 credit hours, including at least 30from Indiana University, with a grade pointaverage of 3.5; who have completed or arecurrently enrolled in T232 Musical Skills III,T252 or T262 Music Theory and Literature IV,and M401 History and Literature of Music I orM402 History and Literature of Music II; andwho have successfully completed their upper-division examination, should apply byFebruary 1 for admission to the program thefollowing year. To graduate with honors,students must (1) complete all degreerequirements with a minimum grade pointaverage of 3.5; and (2) complete N399 HonorsSeminar in Music and N499 Honors Project inMusic with a grade of B or higher.

OrientationUpon admission to Indiana UniversityBloomington, students begin their orientationto this campus. After receiving a letteracknowledging their admission from thedirector of admissions, students receive a seriesof orientation brochures.Students who plan to enter Indiana Universityin the fall semester should attend the summerorientation and registration program or mayparticipate in orientation and registration inAugust before the beginning of classes. At thesetimes, special attention is given to students’preparation for academic adjustment andachievement. Welcome Week in Augustincludes the Freshman Family Picnic; FreshmanInduction Ceremony; the president’s and vicepresident’s receptions; and numerous academicactivities, including advanced placementtesting and sessions on learning in a largelecture, studying a foreign language, andlearning study techniques. Opportunities tolearn about getting involved in activities oncampus, taking advantage of cultural events,and finding the locations of offices andclassrooms also are a part of orientation.Additional opportunities to interact withfaculty and to participate in special workshopsand skill-building sessions are scheduledthroughout the year. Students living inresidence centers may participate in a variety ofactivities planned especially for the centers.

AdvisingThe Jacobs School of Music provides a staff ofadvisors for all new students and a generalacademic advisor for all undergraduatestudents. Preregistration conferences are heldin the middle of each semester for thefollowing semester. Students currentlyenrolled should have programs planned at thattime to speed the registration process. Studentsshould also consult the undergraduate advisorat other times of the year for answers tospecific questions or help with individualproblems. Indiana University provides acomputer-based degree audit system thatoutlines degree requirements and indicatesthose courses taken by the student that meetthose requirements. This system is availableonline at all times to students through theuniversity computing system.Although the Jacobs School of Music providesadvising services, it is the student’sresponsibility to be acquainted with schoolrules and regulations and to meet therequirements for the degree as outlined in thisbulletin. Any exceptions to the requirementsstated in this bulletin must be approved inwriting by the dean of the Jacobs School ofMusic or the director of undergraduate studies,with one copy for the student and one copy forthe student’s file.


General Requirements forBachelor’s Degrees1. The candidate must complete all coursesand all proficiency examinations specifiedin the candidate’s curriculum.

2. The candidate must earn at least 120 credithours, not including major ensemble (X0—)or I400.

3. The candidate (except B.M.E. candidates)must achieve a minimum cumulative gradepoint average of 2.0 in all courses, musicand non–music. B.M.E. candidates mustachieve a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5in all courses.

ResidenceNo candidate will be recommended for thebachelor’s degree who has been in residenceless than 36 weeks and who has earned fewerthan 30 hours of credit in residence. Studentscarrying less than a normal load receiveresidence in proportion to the number of credithours carried, at the rate of six weeks ofresidence for each 5 credit hours completed. Atleast 26 credit hours of the work as a seniormust be completed in residence on theBloomington campus of Indiana University.

Time LimitWork for a bachelor’s degree must becompleted within seven years from the timethe student first registers in the Jacobs Schoolof Music. A student who fails to comply withthis requirement must pass comprehensiveexaminations in all music subjects and meetcurrent requirements for the degree. Shoulddegree work be interrupted because of militaryservice, the time thus spent is not counted aspart of the time limitation.

Work for the Bachelor of Music degree and theBachelor of Science in Music and an OutsideField degree can be completed in eightsemesters if the student takes an average of 16to 18 credits per semester. Work for theBachelor of Music Education degree can becompleted in eight semesters if the studenttakes an average of 19 credit hours persemester. Students entering with deficienciesin music theory or performance or on academicprobation should not expect to complete theirdegrees in eight semesters.

Keyboard ProficiencyAll music bachelor’s students (except balletand recording arts) must pass a keyboardproficiency examination or its equivalent.The proficiency examination tests ability touse the keyboard or equivalent instrument

as a tool within the framework of individualprofessional activities; thus, the requirementsvary in emphasis according to the area of majorstudy. The test is given during the latter half ofeach semester; specific dates are available fromthe secondary piano coordinator. Enteringstudents who are prepared to take theexamination may do so during the orientationperiod. Students must follow the keyboardsequence and proficiency exam requirementsdescribed under each bachelor’s degree.Guitar, harp and harpsichord majors mustdemonstrate the equivalent of the keyboardproficiency skills on their instrument. Studentsmust register for secondary piano as requireduntil the keyboard proficiency requirement ismet. The keyboard proficiency test is takenwith the consent of the student’s secondary orclass piano instructor. Information regardingspecific keyboard proficiency requirements foreach major is available in the musicundergraduate office and atwww.music.indiana.edu/som/sec_piano.

Requirements for a SecondBachelor’s DegreeThe holder of a bachelor’s degree who wishesto pursue a further educational goal is usuallyencouraged to become qualified for admissionto a graduate degree program. In certain cases,however, the Jacobs School of Music mayadmit a bachelor’s degree holder to candidacyfor a second bachelor’s degree. When suchadmission is granted, the candidate must earnat least 26 additional credits in residence andmeet all requirements for the second degree.

Graduation with DistinctionThe Jacobs School of Music recognizesoutstanding academic achievement byawarding bachelor’s degrees with three levelsof distinction: distinction, high distinction, andhighest distinction. At each graduation (May,June, August, and December), graduatingseniors in each of the three bachelor’s degrees(Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of MusicEducation, and Bachelor of Science) will beselected for distinction, subject to the followingconditions: In each of the three separate degreecategories, those students whose grade pointaverages are 4.00 will receive highestdistinction. In the Bachelor of Music degree,those students whose grade point averages arebetween 3.95 and 3.99 will receive highdistinction, and those students whose gradepoint averages are between 3.90 and 3.94 willreceive distinction. In the Bachelor of MusicEducation degree, those students whose gradepoint averages are between 3.85 and 3.99 willreceive high distinction, and those students


whose grade point averages are between 3.75and 3.84 will receive distinction. In theBachelor of Science degree, those studentswhose grade point averages are between 3.90and 3.99 will receive high distinction, andthose students whose grade point averages arebetween 3.85 and 3.89 will receive distinction.

Application for GraduationCandidates must file an Application forGraduation in the music undergraduate officeno later than the third week of the semester inwhich they expect to graduate. A student whodoes not complete degree requirements for thegraduation date for which application wasmade must file another Application forGraduation for a later date.

Curricula for Bachelor’sDegrees in MusicThe Jacobs School of Music offers threeundergraduate bachelor’s degree programs: theBachelor of Music degrees in performance,composition, early music, and jazz studies; theBachelor of Science degrees in music and anoutside field, recording arts, and ballet; and theBachelor of Music Education degrees in choralteaching, general music teaching, instrumentalteaching— band, and instrumental teaching—strings. Detailed definitions for these musiceducation tracks appear under listings for theindividual curricula.

A minimum of 120 credit hours is required forall music undergraduate degrees. Total credithours for some degrees may be higher becauseof specific requirements. No course may be usedto fulfill two requirements except where noted.

General Education RequirementsRequired credit hours range from 24 to 40,depending on the degree; see specific degreesfor totals and distribution. All students followthe College of Arts and Sciences GeneralEducation Distribution List. General Educationrequirements are met by fulfilling thefollowing categories:Written and Oral ExpressionForeign Language*Humanities*Life and Physical Sciences or MathematicsSocial and Behavioral Sciences*Not required for BME; some degree programs require specificlanguages

Bachelor of Music DegreesBachelor of Music in CompositionApplicants should submit (1) a portfolio of twoto four scores and (2) a list of completedcompositions, including date, instrumentation,

duration, and any performances (recordings ofperformances are recommended). Those invitedto interview should be prepared for a brief ear-training examination. Admission also requires aclassical audition on an instrument or voice.

Composition Courses 37 credit hours.K133 Notation and Calligraphy (1 cr.), K214Instrumentation I (2 cr.), K215 InstrumentationII (2 cr.), K231 Free Counterpoint I (2 cr.), K232Free Counterpoint II (2 cr.), K400 CompositionMajor (3-3-3-3-3-3-3-3 cr.), upper-divisionalexamination, K402 Senior Recital inComposition (0 cr.), K451 AdvancedOrchestration I (2 cr.), K452 AdvancedOrchestration II (2 cr.), I500 Performance andComposition Masterclass (to be taken con-currently with each semester of K400) (0 cr.).

Major Ensemble X0— (2 cr.) required everyfall semester, spring semester, and secondsummer session in which a student isregistered for any course, music or non–music.Instrumental students, X040 UniversityInstrumental Ensembles; vocal students, X070University Choral Ensembles; keyboardstudents, X070 University Choral Ensemblesor, with permission of the choral department,X002 Piano Accompanying.

Performance Study Instrument or voice:minimum of 2 credit hours each semester untilthe eighth-semester B.S. or B.M.E. level iscertified by hearing; entrance audition,freshman jury, upper-division examination.

Secondary Piano and Keyboard ProficiencyAll students must pass a keyboard proficiencyexamination. Students whose primaryinstrument is not piano, organ, or harpsichordmust take an examination for placement inP111 Piano Class 1, Music Majors (2 cr.), P121Piano Class 2, Music Majors (2 cr.), P131 PianoClass 3, Music Majors (2 cr.), P141 Piano Class4, Music Majors (2 cr.), or P100 PianoElective/Secondary (2 cr.) and continue studyeach semester until the keyboard proficiencyexamination is passed.

Other Secondary Performance (8 credits).Keyboard students only must elect one of thefollowing three options.Option 1: Study of asecondary instrument or instruments or voicein any combination for 4 semesters (2-2-2-2 cr.);Option 2: K403 Electronic Studio Resources I (3cr.), K404 Electronic Studio Resources II (3 cr.),and K406 Projects in Electronic Music (2 cr.);Option 3: K403 Electronic Studio Resources I (3cr.), K404 Electronic Studio Resources II (3 cr.),and one semester of study of a secondaryinstrument or voice (2 cr.).

Core Music Courses 27 credit hours.Placement examination or T109 Rudiments ofMusic I (3 cr.), T132 Musical Skills I (1 cr.), T151Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.), T152Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.), T231


Musical Skills II (1 cr.), T232 Musical Skills III(1 cr.), T251 Music Theory and Literature III (3cr.), T252 Music Theory and Literature IV (3cr.), T331 Musical Skills IV (1 cr.), T351 MusicTheory and Literature V (3 cr.), M401 Historyand Literature of Music I (4 cr.), M402 Historyand Literature of Music II (4 cr.). A grade of Cor higher is required in T109 Rudiments ofMusic I, T132 Musical Skills I, T231 MusicalSkills II, T232 Musical Skills III, and T331Musical Skills IV.

Advanced Music Literature and MusicTheory 3 credit hours selected from M410Composer or Genre (3 cr.), T410 Topics inMusic Theory (3 cr.), T412 Advanced Auraland Keyboard Techniques (3 cr.), T416Counterpoint: Variable Topics (3 cr.), T417Analysis of Tonal Music (3 cr.), or T418 Musicand Ideas (3 cr.).

Other Music Courses 7 credit hours inelectives selected from music majorundergraduate courses in the following areas:church music, electronic music, musiceducation, techniques, conducting,composition, music history, music theory,opera, unclassified courses. A maximum of 4credit hours in early instruments or ballet maybe counted in this area.

General Education 24 credit hours.Written and Oral Expression Englishcomposition, 2 credit hours or competency.Foreign Language 4-8 credit hours in a singlelanguage or proficiency, equivalent to twosemesters of first-year language study.Humanities 3 credit hours.Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics 3credit hours.Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credit hours.Electives 6-10 credit hours selected from‘‘General Education Requirements.’’

To Complete Degree Free music ornon–music electives as needed to bring thetotal credit hours to 120, excluding majorensemble and I400.

Bachelor of Music in Early Music(Instrumental Emphasis)This degree is offered according to theavailable faculty for the following instruments:early violin/viola, early cello, early oboe, earlyflute, viola da gamba, lute, recorder,harpsichord, sackbut.

Major Ensemble X060 Early Music Ensembles(2 cr.) required every fall semester, springsemester, and second summer session in whicha student is registered for any course, music ornon–music.

Chamber Music Ensemble F450 ChamberMusic (1-1-1-1 cr.).

Performance Major, Early InstrumentMinimum of 6 credit hours each semester untilsenior recital is passed (students who havecompleted a total of 48 credit hours and thesenior recital may reduce credit hours to 3).Entrance audition, freshman jury, upper-division examination, junior recital, seniorrecital.

Secondary Piano and Keyboard ProficiencyAll students must pass a keyboard proficiencyexamination. Students (except harpsichordmajors) must take Y110 Harpsichord (2 cr.)each semester until the keyboard proficiencyexamination is passed.

Core Music Courses 27 credit hours.Placement examination or T109 Rudiments ofMusic I (3 cr.), T132 Musical Skills I (1 cr.), T151Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.), T152Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.), T231Musical Skills II (1 cr.), T232 Musical Skills III(1 cr.), T251 Music Theory and Literature III (3cr.), T252 Music Theory and Literature IV (3cr.), T331 Musical Skills IV (1 cr.), T351 MusicTheory and Literature V (3 cr.), M401 Historyand Literature of Music I (4 cr.), M402 Historyand Literature of Music II (4 cr.). A grade of Cor higher is required in T109 Rudiments ofMusic I, T132 Musical Skills I, T231 MusicalSkills II, T232 Musical Skills III, and T331Musical Skills IV.


Other Music Courses 6 credit hours.Required: M435 Performance Practices before1750 (3 cr.); elective: 3 credit hours including aminimum of 2 credit hours in pedagogycourses such as E130 Introduction to MusicLearning (2 cr.), E303 Violin/Viola Pedagogy(2 cr.), E306 Cello Pedagogy (2 cr.), or E493Piano Pedagogy (2 cr.). Electives may alsoinclude courses for music majors in churchmusic, music education, techniques,conducting, composition, music history, musictheory, opera, and unclassified courses.

General Education 24 credit hours.Written and Oral Expression Englishcomposition, 2 credit hours or competency.Foreign Language 4-8 credit hours in a singlelanguage (German or French only) orproficiency, equivalent to two semesters offirst-year language study.Humanities 3 credit hours.Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics 3credit hours.Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credit hours.



Electives 6-10 credit hours selected from‘‘General Education Requirements.’’

To Complete Degree Free music or non–musicelectives as needed to bring the total credithours to 120, excluding major ensemble andI400.

Bachelor of Music in Early Music(Vocal Emphasis)Major Ensemble X060 Early Music Ensembles(2 cr.) required every fall semester, springsemester, and second summer session in whicha student is registered for any course, music ornon–music.


Performance Study Y410 Early MusicPerformance: Undergraduate Majors.Minimum of 3 credit hours each semester untilsenior recital is passed (students who havecompleted a total of 24 credit hours and thesenior recital may reduce credit hours to 2).Entrance audition, freshman jury, upper-division examination, junior recital, seniorrecital.

Secondary Piano and KeyboardProficiency All students must pass a keyboardproficiency examination. Students must takeY110 Harpsichord (2 cr.) each semester untilthe keyboard proficiency examination ispassed.



Other Music Courses 10 credit hours.Required: M435 Performance Practices before1750 (3 cr.); elective: 7 credit hours including aminimum of 2 credit hours in pedagogy

courses such as E130 Introduction to MusicLearning (2 cr.) or E494 Vocal Pedagogy (3 cr.).Electives may also include courses for musicmajors in church music, music education,techniques, conducting, composition, musichistory, music theory, opera, and unclassifiedcourses. A maximum of 4 credit hours in balletmay be counted in this area. U233 AppliedFrench Diction for Singers (1 cr.), U243Applied German Diction for Singers (1 cr.),U253 Applied Italian Diction for Singers (1 cr.),and U361 English Diction for Singers (1 cr.) arerecommended.

General Education 24-35 credit hours.Written and Oral Expression Englishcomposition, 2 credit hours or competency.Foreign Language 12-24 credit hours orproficiency, equivalent to two semesters offirst-year language study. Three of thefollowing language sequences are required:Italian: FRIT M100 Elementary Italian I (4cr.) and M150 Elementary Italian II (4 cr.); orM115 Accelerated Elementary Italian (4 cr.).French: FRIT F100 Elementary French I (4cr.) and F150 Elementary French II (4 cr.); orF115 Accelerated Elementary French (4 cr.).German: GER G100 Beginning German I (4cr.) and G150 Beginning German II:Language and Culture (4 cr.); or G105Accelerated Elementary German I (5 cr.).Latin: CLAS L100 Elementary Latin I (4 cr.)and L150 Elementary Latin II (4 cr.).Humanities 3 credit hours.Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics 3credit hours.Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credit hours.Electives 0-3 credit hours selected from‘‘General Education Requirements.’’


Bachelor of Music in Jazz StudiesMajor Ensemble X040 UniversityInstrumental Ensembles (2 cr.) required everyfall semester, spring semester, and secondsummer session in which a student isregistered for any course, music or non–music.

Chamber Music Ensemble F450 ChamberMusic [Jazz Combo] (1-1-1-1 cr.).

Performance Study Minimum of 3 credithours each semester until senior recital ispassed (students who have completed 24 credithours and the senior recital may reduce creditto 2 credit hours). Entrance audition, freshmanjury, upper-division examination, seniorrecital.

Secondary Piano and Keyboard ProficiencyThe sequence of piano courses required for alljazz majors who are not piano majors is P111Piano Class 1, Music Majors (2 cr.), P121 PianoClass 2, Music Majors (2 cr.), P201 Jazz PianoClass 1 (2 cr.), and P202 Jazz Piano Class 2 (2cr.). Entering students take an examinationplacing them into the appropriate course in thesequence. Continued study is required eachsemester until the keyboard proficiencyexamination, administered by the jazzdepartment, is passed. The keyboardproficiency examination is also required of jazzpiano majors.


Jazz Major Courses 25-33 credit hours. E470Pedagogy of Jazz (2 cr.), M395 ContemporaryJazz and Soul Music (3 cr.), O316 JazzArranging 1 (2 cr.), O317 Jazz Arranging 2 (2cr.), O318 Styles and Analysis of Jazz 1 (2 cr.),O319 Styles and Analysis of Jazz 2 (2 cr.), O321Jazz Improvisation 1 (3 cr.), O324 JazzImprovisation 4 (3 cr.). O325 Rhythm SectionLiterature and Performance Practice (2-2-2-2cr.) is required for jazz bass, drum, and pianomajors. O322 Jazz Improvisation 2 (3 cr.) andO323 Jazz Improvisation 3 (3 cr.) are requiredfor jazz majors excluding bass and drummajors.



Bachelor of Music in Performance,Orchestral Instrument or GuitarThis degree is available for flute (W410), oboe(W420), clarinet (W430), bassoon (W440),saxophone (W450), horn (B410), trumpet(B420), trombone (B430), euphonium (B440),tuba (B450), percussion (D400), violin (S410),viola (S420), violoncello (S430), double bass(S440), guitar (L400), and harp (H400).

Major Ensemble X040 UniversityInstrumental Ensembles (2 cr.) required everyfall semester, spring semester, and secondsummer session in which a student isregistered for any course, music or non–music.X070 University Choral Ensembles or X060Early Music Ensembles may be used only byspecial permission.

Small Ensemble (1-1-1-1 cr.), specified byinstrument: Guitar and Strings, F450 ChamberMusic (1-1-1-1 cr.), (double bass majors willsubstitute F419 Orchestral Repertoire); Brassand Woodwinds, F450 Chamber Music (1-1-1-1cr.), (1 or 2 credit hours of X420 may besubstituted); percussion, X490 PercussionEnsemble (1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1 cr.); harp, F449 HarpEnsemble (1-1-1-1 cr.) and F450 ChamberMusic (1-1-1-1 cr.) for a total of 8 credits.

Performance Study Minimum of 6 credit hourseach semester until senior recital is passed(students who have completed a total of 48credit hours and the senior recital may reducecredit hours to 3). Harp students may take twosemesters of 4 credits rather than 6 credits.Percussion students may take two semesters of4 credits rather than 6 credits. Entranceaudition, freshman jury, upper-division hearing,junior recital, senior recital. Double bassstudents substitute an orchestral repertoireexamination for one of the required recitals.

Secondary Piano and Keyboard ProficiencyStudents except for guitar and harp majorsmust take an examination for placement inP111 Piano Class 1, Music Majors (2 cr.); P121Piano Class 2, Music Majors (2 cr.); P131 PianoClass 3, Music Majors (2 cr.); P141 Piano Class4, Music Majors (2 cr.); or P100 Piano Elective/Secondary (2 cr.) and continue study eachsemester until the keyboard proficiencyexamination is passed.

Core Music Courses 27 credit hours.Placement examination or T109 Rudiments ofMusic I (3 cr.), T132 Musical Skills I (1 cr.), T151Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.), T152Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.), T231Musical Skills II (1 cr.), T232 Musical Skills III(1 cr.), T251 Music Theory and Literature III (3cr.), T252 Music Theory and Literature IV (3cr.), T331 Musical Skills IV (1 cr.), T351 MusicTheory and Literature V (3 cr.), M401 Historyand Literature of Music I (4 cr.), M402 History


and Literature of Music II (4 cr.). A grade of Cor higher is required in T109 Rudiments ofMusic I, T132 Musical Skills I, T231 MusicalSkills II, T232 Musical Skills III, and T331Musical Skills IV.


Other Music Courses 6 elective credit hoursincluding a minimum of 2 credit hours inpedagogy courses such as E130 Introduction toMusic Learning (2 cr.), E303 Violin/ViolaPedagogy (2 cr.), E306 Cello Pedagogy (2 cr.),and E459 Instrumental Pedagogy (2 cr.).Elective courses may also include courses formusic majors in church music, musiceducation, techniques, conducting,composition, music history, music theory,opera, and unclassified courses. A maximumof 4 credit hours in early instruments or balletmay be counted in this area.



Bachelor of Music in Performance,OrganMajor Ensemble X070 University ChoralEnsembles (2 cr.) or, with permission of choraldepartment, X002 Piano Accompanying (2 cr.)required every fall semester, spring semester,and second summer session in which a studentis registered for any course, music or non–music.

Performance Study Q400 Organ. Minimum of4 credit hours the first two semesters and 6credit hours each subsequent semester(students who have completed 44 credit hoursand the senior recital may reduce credit hoursto 3). Entrance audition, freshman jury, upper-division examination, junior recital, seniorrecital.

Secondary Piano and Keyboard ProficiencyRequired: Four semesters of keyboard study(2-2-2-2). P100 Piano Elective/Secondary (2 cr.)is required the first 3 semesters. One semesterof Y110 Harpsichord (2 cr.) or two semesters ofF300 Piano Accompanying (1 cr.) maysubstitute for the fourth semester of P100 withpermission of the organ department chair andthe successful passing of a piano proficiencyexamination administered by the organ faculty.The keyboard proficiency requirement is metby completing C401 Church Music I (3 cr.)and C403 Church Music III (3 cr.).



Other Music Courses 14/15 credit hours.C401 Church Music I (3 cr.), C402 ChurchMusic II (3 cr.), C403 Church Music III (3 cr.),C404 Church Music IV (3 cr.), and 2 or 3 credithours in one pedagogy course (E130Introduction to Music Learning, 2 cr.; E489Organ Pedagogy, 3 cr.; E493 Piano Pedagogy, 2cr.; or E494 Vocal Pedagogy, 3 cr.).




Bachelor of Music in Performance,PianoMajor Ensemble Required every fallsemester, spring semester, and second summersession in which a student is registered for anycourse, music or non-music. Students admittedto the upper division of the Jacobs School ofMusic must register for X002 PianoAccompanying (2 cr.). All others must registerfor X040 University Instrumental Ensembles (2cr.), X060 Early Music Ensembles (2 cr.), orX070 University Choral Ensembles (2 cr.).

Performance Study P400 PianoUndergraduate Major. Minimum of 6 credithours each semester until senior recital ispassed (students who have completed 48 credithours and the senior recital may reduce credithours to 3). Entrance audition, freshman jury,upper-division examination, junior recital,senior recital.

Keyboard Proficiency Must be completedprior to upper-division examination.



Other Music Courses 12 credit hours:Required: E493 Piano Pedagogy (2 cr.), F300Piano Accompanying (1-1-1-1 cr.), taken in thefirst four semesters of enrollment. Elective: 6credit hours selected from courses for musicmajors in church music, music education,techniques, conducting, composition, musichistory, music theory, opera, and unclassifiedcourses. A maximum of 4 credit hours in earlyinstruments or ballet may be counted in thisarea.

General Education 24 credit hours.Written and Oral Expression Englishcomposition, 2 credit hours or competency.

Foreign Language 4-8 credit hours in a singlelanguage or proficiency, equivalent to twosemesters of first-year language study.Humanities 3 credit hours.Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics 3credit hours.Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credit hours.Electives 6-10 credit hours selected from‘‘General Education Requirements.’’


Bachelor of Music in Performance,VoiceMajor Ensemble X070 University ChoralEnsembles (2 cr.) required every fall semester,spring semester, and second summer session inwhich a student is registered for any course,music or non–music.

Performance Major V400 Voice. 3 credit hourseach semester until senior recital is passed(students who have completed a total of 24credit hours and the senior recital may reducecredit hours to 2). Entrance audition, freshmanjury, upper-division examination, juniorrecital, senior recital.

Secondary Piano and Keyboard ProficiencyAll students must pass a keyboard proficiencyexamination. Voice majors must take anexamination for placement in P111 Piano Class1, Music Majors (2 cr.); P121 Piano Class 2,Music Majors (2 cr.); P131 Piano Class 3, MusicMajors (2 cr.); P141 Piano Class 4, MusicMajors (2 cr.); or P100 PianoElective/Secondary (2 cr.) and continue studyeach semester until the keyboard proficiencyexamination is passed.


Other Music Courses 16 credit hours.Required: M431 Song Literature I (3 cr.), M432Song Literature II (3 cr.), U233 Applied FrenchDiction for Singers (1 cr.), U243 Applied


German Diction for Singers (1 cr.), U253Applied Italian Diction for Singers (1 cr.),U361 English Diction for Singers (1 cr.).Electives: 6 credit hours, including a minimumof 2 credit hours in pedagogy courses such asE130 Introduction to Music Learning (2 cr.) orE494 Vocal Pedagogy (3 cr.). Electives may alsoinclude courses for music majors in churchmusic, music education, techniques, conducting,composition, music history, music theory,opera, and unclassified courses. A maximum of4 credit hours in early instruments or ballet maybe counted in this area.

General Education 24 credit hours.Written and Oral Expression Englishcomposition, 2 credit hours or competency.Foreign Language 13-24 credit hours orproficiency, equivalent to two semesters offirst-year language study.Italian: FRIT M100 Elementary Italian I (4cr.) and M150 Elementary Italian II (4 cr.); orM115 Accelerated Elementary Italian (4 cr.).French: FRIT F100 Elementary French I (4cr.) and F150 Elementary French II:Language and Culture (4 cr.); or F115Accelerated Elementary French (4 cr.).German: GER G100 Beginning German I (4cr.) and G150 Beginning German: Languageand Culture II (4 cr.); or G105 AcceleratedElementary German I (5 cr.).Humanities 3 credit hours.Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics 3credit hours.Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credit hours.

To Complete Degree Free music or non-music electives as needed to bring the totalcredit hours to 120, excluding major ensembleand I400.

Bachelor of Music in Performance,Woodwind Instruments (Multiple)Prerequisite: Admission to B.M. (singleinstrument), B.M.E., or B.S.O.F. degreeprogram. Admission to the multiplewoodwinds degree program by audition ontwo secondary instruments after the firstsemester of study on the primary instrument.

Major Ensemble X040 UniversityInstrumental Ensembles (2 cr.) required everyfall semester, spring semester, and secondsummer session in which a student isregistered for any course, music or non–music.


Performance Study 6 credit hours for the firstsemester, minimum of 4 credit hours for eachsubsequent semester until the senior recital ispassed (students who have completed 34 credithours and the senior recital may reduce credit

hours to 3). Entrance audition, freshman jury,upper-division examination, junior recital,senior recital.

Other Secondary Performance 14 credit hours.Option A (Five Instruments)Major Secondary InstrumentsFlute W120 Oboe (2-2 cr.), W130

Clarinet (2-2 cr.), W140 Bassoon(2-2 cr.), W150 Saxophone (2 cr.)

Oboe W110 Flute (2-2 cr.), W130Clarinet (2-2 cr.), W140 Bassoon(2-2 cr.), W150 Saxophone (2 cr.)

Clarinet W110 Flute (2-2 cr.), W120 Oboe(2-2 cr.), W140 Bassoon (2-2 cr.),W150 Saxophone (2 cr.)

Bassoon W110 Flute (2-2 cr.), W120 Oboe(2-2 cr.), W130 Clarinet (2-2 cr.),W150 Saxophone (2 cr.)

Saxophone W110 Flute (2-2 cr.), W120 Oboe(2-2 cr.), W130 Clarinet (2-2 cr.),W140 Bassoon (2 cr.)

Option B (Three Instruments)First SecondaryWoodwind Instrument: W1-0 (2-2-2-2 cr.)

Second SecondaryWoodwind Instrument: W1-0 (2-2-2 cr.)

Secondary Piano and Keyboard ProficiencyAll students must pass a keyboard proficiencyexamination. Students who are woodwindmajors must take an examination forplacement in P111 Piano Class 1, Music Majors(2 cr.); P121 Piano Class 2, Music Majors (2 cr.);P131 Piano Class 3, Music Majors (2 cr.); P141Piano Class 4, Music Majors (2 cr.); or P100Piano Elective/Secondary (2 cr.) and continuestudy each semester until the keyboardproficiency examination is passed.




Other Music Courses Elective: 6 credit hoursincluding a minimum of 2 credit hours inpedagogy courses such as E130 Introduction toMusic Learning (2 cr.), E303 Violin/ViolaPedagogy (2 cr.), E306 Cello Pedagogy (2 cr.), orE459 Instrumental Pedagogy (2 cr.). Electivesmay also include courses for music majors inchurch music, music education, techniques,conducting, composition, music history, musictheory, opera, and unclassified courses. Amaximum of 4 credit hours in early instrumentsor ballet may be counted in this area.



Bachelor of MusicEducation DegreesBachelor of Music EducationChoral TeachingThis B.M.E. emphasis results in State ofIndiana K-12 All-Grades certification in Vocal-General Music. Graduates are trained to workwith general music classes and choralensembles in public schools with specializationin secondary choral teaching.

Major Ensemble X070 University ChoralEnsembles (2 cr.) required every fall semester,spring semester, and second summer session inwhich a student is registered for any course,music or non-music, except during the studentteaching semester. At least one semester mustbe spent in each of the following: InternationalVocal Ensemble, Singing Hoosiers, and atraditional choral ensemble.

Performance Study Minimum of 2 credithours each semester until senior recital ispassed. Entrance audition, freshman jury,upper-divisional examination, senior recital.

Secondary Piano and Keyboard ProficiencyAll students must pass a keyboard proficiencyexamination. Students whose primaryinstrument is not piano, organ, or harpsichordmust take an examination for placement in

P111 Piano Class 1, Music Majors (2 cr.); P121Piano Class 2, Music Majors (2 cr.); P131 PianoClass 3, Music Majors (2 cr.); P141 Piano Class4, Music Majors (2 cr.); or P100 PianoElective/Secondary (2 cr.) and continue studyeach semester until the keyboard proficiencyexamination is passed.

Other Secondary Performance Required forstudents who are not majoring in voice: VoiceV100 Voice Elective/Secondary (2-2-2 cr.).Instrumental students must take bothsecondary piano and secondary voice.

Core Music Courses 27 credit hours.Placement examination or T109 Rudiments ofMusic I (3 cr.), T132 Music Skills I (1 cr.), T151Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.), T152Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.), T231Musical Skills II (1 cr.), T232 Musical Skills III(1 cr.), T251 Music Theory and Literature III (3cr.), T252 Music Theory and Literature IV (3cr.), T331 Musical Skills IV (1 cr.), T351 MusicTheory and Literature V (3 cr.), M401 Historyand Literature of Music I (4 cr.), M402 Historyand Literature of Music II (4 cr.). A grade of Cor higher is required in T109 Rudiments ofMusic I, T132 Musical Skills I, T231 MusicalSkills II, T232 Musical Skills III, and T331Musical Skills IV.

Other Music Courses 22 credit hours. E131Freshman Colloquium in Music Education (2cr.), E231 General Music Methods K-12 (2 cr.),E312 Arranging for Instrumental and VocalGroups (2 cr.), E491 Senior Seminar in MusicEducation (3 cr.), E494 Vocal Pedagogy (3 cr.),F205 Introduction to Instrumental Techniques(3 cr.), F411 Musical Productions for the ChoralDirector (2 cr.), F413 Choral Literature forMusic Educators (2 cr.), G370 Techniques forConducting (2 cr.), G371 Choral Conducting I(2 cr.). I201 Master Class in Music Education(0-0-0-0 cr.) required fall and spring semestersof the first two years. I202 Master Class inMusic Education for Student Teaching (0 cr.)required during the student teaching semester.

School of Education Courses 30 credit hours.EDUC K205 Introduction to ExceptionalChildren (3 cr.), EDUC P254 EducationalPsychology (3 cr.), EDUC M342* Methods andMaterials for Teaching Elementary Music (3cr.), EDUC M343* Methods and Materials forTeaching Choral Music (3 cr.), EDUC M482*Student Teaching (16 cr.), EDUC M101 FieldExperience (0 cr.), EDUC M201 FieldExperience (0, 2 cr.), EDUC M301 FieldExperience (0, 0 cr.). Those courses markedwith an asterisk have admission to the TeacherEducation Program of the School of Education,including the Praxis I, as a prerequisite.

General Education 27 credit hours.Written and Oral Expression 9 credit hours.English composition, 3 credit hours orcompetency; other written and oral


expression, 6 credit hours which mustinclude CMCL C121 Public Speaking (3 cr.)or CMCL C122 InterpersonalCommunication (3 cr.).Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics 9credit hours, to be chosen from at least twodifferent departments.Social and Behavioral Sciences 9 credit hours,to be chosen from at least two differentdepartments.

To Complete Degree Free music or non-musicelectives as needed to bring the total credithours to 120, excluding major ensemble andI400. Students must have a minimumcumulative GPA of 2.5 in all courses.

Bachelor of Music EducationGeneral Music TeachingThis B.M.E. emphasis results in State ofIndiana K-12 All-Grades certification in Vocal-General Music. Graduates are trained to workwith general music classes and choralensembles in public schools with specializationin general music teaching.

Major Ensemble X070 University ChoralEnsembles (2 cr.) required every fall semester,spring semester, and second summer session inwhich a student is registered for any course,music or non-music, except during the studentteaching semester. At least one semester mustbe spent in each of the following: InternationalVocal Ensemble, Singing Hoosiers, and atraditional choral ensemble.


Secondary Piano and Keyboard ProficiencyAll students must pass a keyboard proficiencyexamination. Students whose primaryinstrument is not piano, organ, or harpsichordmust take an examination for placement inP111 Piano Class 1, Music Majors (2 cr.); P121Piano Class 2, Music Majors (2 cr.); P131 PianoClass 3, Music Majors (2 cr.); P141 Piano Class4, Music Majors (2 cr.); or P100 PianoElective/Secondary (2 cr.) and continue studyeach semester until the keyboard proficiencyexamination is passed.

Other Secondary Performance Required forstudents who are not majoring in voice: VoiceV100 Voice Elective/Secondary (2-2-2 cr.).Instrumental students must take bothsecondary piano and secondary voice.

Core Music Courses 27 credit hours.Placement examination or T109 Rudiments ofMusic I (3 cr.), T132 Music Skills I (1 cr.), T151Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.), T152Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.), T231

Musical Skills II (1 cr.), T232 Musical Skills III(1 cr.), T251 Music Theory and Literature III(3 cr.), T252 Music Theory and Literature IV(3 cr.), T331 Musical Skills IV (1 cr.), T351Music Theory and Literature V (3 cr.), M401History and Literature of Music I (4 cr.), M402History and Literature of Music II (4 cr.). Agrade of C or higher is required in T109Rudiments of Music I, T132 Musical Skills I,T231 Musical Skills II, T232 Musical Skills III,and T331 Musical Skills IV.

Other Music Courses 25 credit hours. E131Freshman Colloquium in Music Education(2 cr.), E231 General Music Methods K-12(2 cr.), E491 Senior Seminar in Music Education(3 cr.), E494 Vocal Pedagogy (3 cr.), F205Introduction to Instrumental Techniques (3cr.), F302 Classroom Instrument Techniques (2cr.), F412 The Children’s Chorus (2 cr.), F414Music in Early Childhood (2 cr.), F415Orff/Dalcroze/Kodály, (2 cr.), G370Techniques for Conducting (2 cr.), G371 ChoralConducting I (2 cr.). I201 Master Class in MusicEducation (0-0-0-0 cr.) required fall and springsemesters of the first two years. I202 MasterClass in Music Education for Student Teaching(0 cr.) required during the student teachingsemester.

School of Education Courses 30 credit hours.EDUC K205 Introduction to ExceptionalChildren (3 cr.), EDUC P254 EducationalPsychology (3 cr.), EDUC M342* Methods andMaterials for Teaching Elementary Music (3cr.), EDUC M343* Methods and Materials forTeaching Choral Music (3 cr.), EDUC M482*Student Teaching (16 cr.), EDUC M101 FieldExperience (0 cr.), EDUC M201 FieldExperience (0, 2 cr.), EDUC M301 FieldExperience (0, 0 cr.). Those courses markedwith an asterisk have admission to the TeacherEducation Program of the School of Education,including the Praxis I, as a prerequisite.

General Education 27 credit hours.Written and Oral Expression 9 credit hours.English composition, 3 credit hours orcompetency; other written and oralexpression, 6 credit hours which mustinclude CMCL C121 Public Speaking (3 cr.)or CMCL C122 InterpersonalCommunication (3 cr.).Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics 9credit hours, to be chosen from at least twodifferent departments.Social and Behavioral Sciences 9 credit hours,to be chosen from at least two differentdepartments.



Bachelor of Music Education,Instrumental Teaching—BandThis B.M.E. emphasis results in State ofIndiana K-12 All-Grades certification inInstrumental–General Music. Graduates aretrained to work with general music classes andinstrumental music classes and ensembles inpublic schools with specialization in the bandarea.

Major Ensemble X040 UniversityInstrumental Ensembles (2 cr.) required everyfall semester, spring semester, and secondsummer session in which a student isregistered for any course, music or non-music,except during the student teaching semester.Must include four semesters of band with twosemesters in marching band.


Secondary Piano and Keyboard ProficiencyAll students must pass a keyboard proficiencyexamination. Students whose primaryinstrument is not piano, organ, or harpsichordmust take an examination for placement inP111 Piano Class 1, Music Majors (2 cr.); P121Piano Class 2, Music Majors (2 cr.); P131 PianoClass 3, Music Majors (2 cr.); P141 Piano Class4, Music Majors (2 cr.); or P100 Piano Elective/Secondary (2 cr.) and continue study eachsemester until the keyboard proficiencyexamination is passed.

Other Secondary Performance Required forkeyboard or voice students: secondary bandinstrument (2-2-2-2 cr.).

Core Music Courses 27 credit hours.Placement examination or T109 Rudiments ofMusic I (3 cr.), T132 Music Skills I (1 cr.), T151Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.), T152Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.), T231Musical Skills II (1 cr.), T232 Musical Skills III(1 cr.), T251 Music Theory and Literature III(3 cr.), T252 Music Theory and Literature IV(3 cr.), T331 Musical Skills IV (1 cr.), T351Music Theory and Literature V (3 cr.), M401History and Literature of Music I (4 cr.), M402History and Literature of Music II (4 cr.). Agrade of C or higher is required in T109Rudiments of Music I, T132 Musical Skills I,T231 Musical Skills II, T232 Musical Skills III,and T331 Musical Skills IV.

Other Music Courses 27 credit hours. E131Freshman Colloquium in Music Education(2 cr.), E231 General Music Methods K-12(2 cr.), E312 Arranging for Instrumental andVocal Groups (2 cr.), E470 Pedagogy of Jazz(2 cr.), E491 Senior Seminar in Music Education(3 cr.), F200 Music Education Instrumental

Laboratory (1-1 cr.), F261 String ClassTechniques (2 cr.), F281 Brass InstrumentTechniques (2 cr.), F337 Woodwind Techniques(2 cr.), F338 Percussion Techniques (2 cr.)(percussion students substitute two semestersin X490 Percussion Ensemble for F338), F466Techniques in Marching Bands (2 cr.), G370Techniques for Conducting (2 cr.), G373Instrumental Conducting (2 cr.). I201 MasterClass in Music Education (0-0-0-0 cr.) requiredfall and spring semesters of the first two years.I202 Master Class in Music Education forStudent Teaching (0 cr.) required during thestudent teaching semester.

School of Education Courses 29 credit hours.EDUC K205 Introduction to ExceptionalChildren (3 cr.), EDUC P254 EducationalPsychology (3 cr.), EDUC M344* Methods andMaterials for Teaching Instrumental Music (3cr.), EDUC M434* Administration of SchoolBands (2 cr.), EDUC M482* Student Teaching(16 cr.), EDUC M101 Field Experience (0 cr.),EDUC M201 Field Experience (0, 2 cr.), EDUCM301 Field Experience (0, 0 cr.). Those coursesmarked with an asterisk have admission to theTeacher Education Program of the School ofEducation, including the Praxis I, as aprerequisite. Instrumental majors are requiredto participate in at least one spring semester ofYoung Winds as partial fulfillment of EDUCM301 Laboratory/Field Experience.


To Complete Degree Free music or non-music electives as needed to bring the totalcredit hours to 120, excluding major ensembleand I400. Students must have a minimumcumulative GPA of 2.5 in all courses.

Bachelor of Music Education,Instrumental Teaching—StringsThis B.M.E. emphasis results in State ofIndiana K-12 All-Grades certification inInstrumental—General Music. Graduates aretrained to work with general music classes andinstrumental music classes and ensembles inpublic schools with specialization in the stringarea.


Major Ensemble X040 UniversityInstrumental Ensembles (2 cr.) required everyfall semester, spring semester, and secondsummer session in which a student isregistered for any course, music or non-music,except during the student teaching semester.



Other Secondary Performance Required forkeyboard or voice students: secondaryorchestra instrument (2-2-2-2 cr.).

Core Music Courses 27 credit hours.Placement examination or T109 Rudiments ofMusic I (3 cr.), T132 Music Skills I (1 cr.), T151Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.), T152Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.), T231Musical Skills II (1 cr.), T232 Musical Skills III(1 cr.), T251 Music Theory and Literature III(3 cr.), T252 Music Theory and Literature IV(3 cr.), T331 Musical Skills IV (1 cr.), T351Music Theory and Literature V (3 cr.), M401History and Literature of Music I (4 cr.), M402History and Literature of Music II (4 cr.). Agrade of C or higher is required in T109Rudiments of Music I, T132 Musical Skills I,T231 Musical Skills II, T232 Musical Skills III,and T331 Musical Skills IV.

Other Music Courses 29 credit hours. E131Freshman Colloquium in Music Education(2 cr.), E231 General Music Methods K-12(2 cr.), E303 Violin/Viola Pedagogy I (2 cr.),E304 Violin/Viola Pedagogy II (2 cr.), E306Cello Pedagogy (2 cr.), E420 String Pedagogy(2 cr.), E470 Pedagogy of Jazz (2 cr.), E491Senior Seminar in Music Education (3 cr.), F200Music Education Instrumental Laboratory (1-1cr.), F281 Brass Instrument Techniques (2 cr.),F337 Woodwind Techniques (2 cr.), F338Percussion Techniques (2 cr.), G370 Techniquesfor Conducting (2 cr.), G373 InstrumentalConducting (2 cr.). I201 Master Class in MusicEducation (0-0-0-0 cr.) required fall and springsemesters of the first two years. I202 MasterClass in Music Education for Student Teaching(0 cr.) required during the student teachingsemester.

School of Education Courses 29 credit hours.EDUC K205 Introduction to ExceptionalChildren (3 cr.), EDUC P254 EducationalPsychology (3 cr.), EDUC M344* Methods andMaterials for Teaching Instrumental Music(3 cr.), EDUC M436* Administration of SchoolOrchestras (2 cr.), EDUC M482* StudentTeaching (16 cr.), EDUC M101 Field Experience(0 cr.), EDUC M201 Field Experience (0, 2 cr.),EDUC M301 Field Experience (0, 0 cr.). Thosecourses marked with an asterisk haveadmission to the Teacher Education Programof the School of Education, including the PraxisI, as a prerequisite. Instrumental majors arerequired to participate in at least one springsemester of Young Winds as partial fulfillmentof EDUC M301 Laboratory/Field Experience.



Teaching CertificationApplication for admission to the TeacherEducation Program of the School of Educationshould be made in the sophomore year andrequires successful completion of Praxis I, CoreBattery. Application materials and informationconcerning prerequisites can be obtained fromSchool of Education Student Services, WrightEducation Building, Room 1005, IndianaUniversity, Bloomington, IN 47405; (812) 856-8501.

In addition to the successful completion of theB.M.E. degree, teaching certification for theState of Indiana requires the recommendationof Indiana University and successfulcompletion of Praxis II, Music ContentKnowledge specialty test.

Students in music bachelor’s degree programsother than the B.M.E. who wish to obtaininformation on music teaching certificationshould contact the undergraduate advisor ofthe music education department.


Bachelor of ScienceDegreesBachelor of Science in Music and anOutside FieldThis curriculum provides a double focus inmusic and another area approved by thedirector of undergraduate studies. Outsidefields may be (1) an area other than music; (2)Jacobs School of Music associate degrees intechnology (audio or string instrumenttechnology); or (3) an interdisciplinaryindividualized music cognate area.Applications for approval of an individualizedmusic cognate area are available in the JacobsSchool of Music undergraduate office.

Major Ensemble X0—(2 cr.) required everyfall semester, spring semester, and secondsummer session in which the student isregistered for any course, music or non–music.Instrumental students, X040 UniversityInstrumental Ensembles; vocal students, X070University Choral Ensembles; keyboardstudents, X070 University Choral Ensemblesor, with permission of the choral department,X002 Piano Accompanying.

Performance Study Instrument or voice:minimum of 2 credit hours each semester untilsenior recital is passed. Entrance audition,freshman jury, upper-division examination,senior recital.

Secondary Piano and Keyboard ProficiencyAll students must pass a keyboard proficiencyexamination. Students whose primaryperformance area is not guitar, piano, organ, orharpsichord must take an examination forplacement in P111 Piano Class 1, Music Majors(2 cr.); P121 Piano Class 2, Music Majors (2 cr.);P131 Piano Class 3, Music Majors (2 cr.); P141Piano Class 4, Music Majors (2 cr.); or P100Piano Elective/Secondary (2 cr.) and continuestudy each semester until the keyboardproficiency examination is passed.


Other Music Courses 17 credit hours.Minimum of 5 credit hours selected frommusic major undergraduate courses in thefollowing areas: church music, musiceducation, techniques, conducting,composition, music history, music theory,opera, and unclassified courses. A maximumof 12 credit hours may be selected inperformance study. For students whoseprimary performance area is not piano, P100Elective/Secondary Piano taken after thekeyboard proficiency examination is passedmay be used toward these 12 credit hours.


Outside Field 27 credit hours subject toapproval of the director of undergraduatestudies and the advisor of the outside fielddepartment or program.


Bachelor of Science in Music and anOutside Field (CompositionEmphasis)Applicants should submit (1) a portfolio of twoto four scores and (2) a list of completedcompositions, including date, instrumentation,duration, and any performances (recordings ofperformances are recommended). Thoseinvited to interview should be prepared for abrief ear-training examination. Admission alsorequires a classical audition on an instrumentor voice.

Major Ensemble X0—(2 cr.) required everyfall semester, spring semester, and secondsummer session in which the student isregistered for any course, music or non-music.Instrumental students, X040 UniversityInstrumental Ensembles; vocal students, X070University Choral Ensembles; keyboardstudents, X070 University Choral Ensemblesor, with permission of the choral department,X002 Piano Accompanying.

Composition Study K400: minimum of 2credit hours each semester until senior recital ispassed. Concurrent registration in I500


Performance and Composition Masterclass (0cr.) for every semester of K400 CompositionMajor. K214-K215 Instrumentation I-II (2-2 cr.),K451-K452 Advanced Orchestration I-II (2-2cr.). Entrance interview, upper-divisionexamination, K402 Senior Recital inComposition (0 cr.). Strongly recommendedbut not required: K133 Notation andCalligraphy (1 cr.), K231-K232 FreeCounterpoint I-II (2-2 cr.).

Performance Study Instrument or voice:minimum of 2 credit hours each semester untilthe eighth semester B.S. or B.M.E. level iscertified by hearing; entrance audition,freshman jury, upper-divisional examination.


Core Music Courses 27 credit hours.Placement examination or T109 Rudimentsof Music I (3 cr.), T132 Musical Skills I (1 cr.),T151 Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.),T152 Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.),T231 Musical Skills II (1 cr.), T232 MusicalSkills III (1 cr.), T251 Music Theory andLiterature III (3 cr.), T252 Music Theory andLiterature IV (3 cr.), T331 Musical Skills IV(1 cr.), T351 Music Theory and Literature V (3cr.), M401 History and Literature of Music I (4cr.), M402 History and Literature of Music II (4cr.). A grade of C or higher is required in T109Rudiments of Music I, T132 Musical Skills I,T231 Musical Skills II, T232 Musical Skills III,and T331 Musical Skills IV.

General Education 24 credit hours.Written and Oral Expression Englishcomposition, 2 credit hours or competency.Foreign Language 4-8 credit hours in a singlelanguage or proficiency, equivalent to twosemesters of first-year language study.Humanities 3 credit hours.Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics 3credit hours.Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credit hours.Electives 6-10 credit hours selected from“General Education Requirements.”

Outside Field 27 credit hours, subject toapproval of the director of undergraduatestudies and the advisor of the outside fielddepartment or program.

To Complete Degree Free music or non-musicelectives as needed to bring the total credithours to 120, excluding major ensemble andI400.

Bachelor of Science in Music and anOutside Field (Jazz StudiesEmphasis)

Major Ensemble X0—(2 cr.) Required everyfall semester, spring semester, and secondsummer session in which the student isregistered for any course, music or non-music.A minimum of four semesters of jazz band isrequired.

Chamber Music Ensemble F450 ChamberMusic [Jazz Combo] (1-1-1-1 cr.).

Performance Study Minimum of 2 credithours each semester until senior recital ispassed. Entrance audition, freshman jury,upper-division examination, senior jazz recital.

Secondary Piano and Keyboard ProficiencyThe sequence of piano courses required for alljazz majors who are not piano majors is P111Piano Class 1, Music Majors (2 cr.), P121 PianoClass 2, Music Majors (2 cr.), P201 Jazz PianoClass 1 (2 cr.), and P202 Jazz Piano Class 2 (2cr.). Entering students take an examinationplacing them into the appropriate course in thesequence. Continued study is required eachsemester until the keyboard proficiencyexamination, administered by the jazzdepartment, is passed. The keyboardproficiency examination is also required of jazzpiano majors.


Jazz Major Courses (17-23 cr.) M395Contemporary Jazz and Soul Music (3 cr.),O321 Jazz Improvisation 1 (3 cr.), O324 JazzImprovisation 4 (3 cr.). O325 Rhythm SectionLiterature and Performance Practice (2-2-2-2cr.) is required for jazz bass, drum, and pianomajors. O318 Styles and Analysis of Jazz 1 (2cr.), O322 Jazz Improvisation 2 (3 cr.) and O323Jazz Improvisation 3 (3 cr.) are required forjazz majors excluding bass and drum majors.


Outside Field 27 credit hours, subject toapproval of the director of undergraduatestudies and the advisor of the outside fielddepartment or program.

General Education 24 credit hours.Written and Oral Expression Englishcomposition, 2 credit hours or competency.Foreign Language 4-8 credit hours in a singlelanguage or proficiency, equivalent to twosemesters of first-year language study.Humanities 3 credit hours.Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics 3credit hours.Social and Behavioral Science 3 credit hours.Electives 6-10 credit hours selected from“General Education Requirements.”


Recording Arts DegreesBachelor of Science inRecording ArtsAdmission to the curriculum only byrecommendation of the Recording ArtsDepartment chairperson and approval ofthe Jacobs School of Music Admissions andRecruitment Committee. A background inmusic is recommended, though not aprerequisite for admission to the degreeprogram. Contact the Recording ArtsDepartment for admission procedures and fordetails about the required purchase of acomputer package.

Major Ensemble X090 Audio Technical Crew(2 cr.) required every fall semester, springsemester, and second summer session in whicha student is registered for any music or non-music course.

Recording Arts Courses 54 credit hours. A101Introduction to Audio Technology (3 cr.), A102Audio Techniques I (3 cr.), A201 AudioTechniques II (3 cr.), A202 Audio TechniquesIII (3 cr.), A111 Basic Electricity (3 cr.), A112Electronics I (3 cr.), A211 Electronics II (3 cr.),A311 Audio Repair and Maintenance I (3 cr.),A270 Multitrack Studio Techniques I (3 cr.),A370 Multitrack Studio Techniques II (2 cr.),A470 Individual Multitrack Studio Projects I(2 cr.), A150 Introductory Seminar inRecording Arts (1 cr.), A350 Seminar inRecording Arts (1-1-1 cr.), A321 Sound forPicture Production (3 cr.), K361 Introduction toMIDI and Computer Music (3 cr.), A461 FinalProject in Recording Arts (1 cr.), A480Internship in Audio (3 cr.). 8 credits chosenfrom the following courses: A312 Audio

Repair and Maintenance II (3 cr.); A320 SoundReinforcement Techniques (3 cr.); A325 DigitalAudio Workstation Seminar (2 cr.); A340Topics in Recording Arts (2-3 cr.) (may berepeated for different topics); A360 RecordingArts: Techniques and Production I (2 cr.); A420Advanced Sound Reinforcement (2 cr.); A440Individual Project in Recording Arts (1-3 cr.)(may be repeated); A460 Recording Arts:Techniques and Production II (2 cr.); A471Individual Multitrack Studio Projects II (2 cr.).

Core Music Courses 18 credit hours. Z101Music for the Listener I (3 cr.), Z111Introduction to Music Theory (3 cr.). For thosewith sufficient musical background, T109 (3cr.) may be substituted for Z111, or T151 MusicTheory and Literature I (3 cr.) may besubstituted for both Z101 and Z111. 12 credithours chosen from the following courses: T151Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.), T152Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.), T132Musical Skills I (1 cr.), T231 Musical Skills II (1cr.), T232 Musical Skills III (1 cr.), T251 MusicTheory and Literature III (3 cr.), T252 MusicTheory and Literature IV (3 cr.), T331 MusicalSkills IV (1 cr.), T351 Music Theory andLiterature V (3 cr.), M401 History andLiterature of Music I (4 cr.), M402 History andLiterature of Music II (4 cr.), Z201 History ofRock ‘n’ Roll I (3 cr.), Z202 History of Rock ‘n’Roll (3 cr.), Z315 Music For Film (3 cr.), Z393History of Jazz (3 cr.), Z395 Contemporary Jazzand Soul Music (3 cr.), Z401 The Music of theBeatles (3 cr.), Z402 Music of Frank Zappa (3cr.), Z413 Latin American Popular Music (3cr.), or other courses as approved by the chairof the Recording Arts Department and thedirector of undergraduate studies.

Area of Concentration 15 credit hours in onearea. Choose from telecommunications,business, computer science, or music(performance study and/or composition).Another area may be substituted if approvedby the chair of the Recording Arts Departmentand the director of undergraduate studies.

General Education 24 credit hours.Written and Oral Expression Englishcomposition, 2 credit hours or competency.Foreign Language 4-8 credit hours in a singlelanguage or proficiency, equivalent to twosemesters of first-year language study.Humanities 3 credit hours.Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics 5-10 credit hours. Required physics courses:PHYS P105 Basic Physics of Sound (3 cr.)and PHYS P108 Intermediate AcousticsLaboratory (2 cr.); recommended: PHYSP201 General Physics (5 cr.) or PHYS P221Physics I (5 cr.).Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credit hours.


Electives 0-9 credit hours selected from“General Education Requirements.”


Associate of Science inRecording ArtsAdmission to the curriculum only byrecommendation of the Recording ArtsDepartment chairperson and approval ofthe Jacobs School of Music Admissions andRecruitment Committee. A background inmusic is recommended, though not aprerequisite for admission to the degreeprogram. Contact the Recording ArtsDepartment for admission procedures.

Major Ensemble X090 Audio Technical Crew(2 cr.) required every fall semester, springsemester, and second summer session in whicha student is registered for any music or non-music course.

Recording Arts Courses 37 credit hours.Required: A101 Introduction to AudioTechnology (3 cr.), A102 Audio Techniques I(3 cr.), A201 Audio Techniques II (3 cr.), A202Audio Techniques III (3 cr.), A111 BasicElectricity (3 cr.), A112 Electronics I (3 cr.),A211 Electronics II (3 cr.), A311 Audio Repairand Maintenance I (3 cr.), A270 MultitrackStudio Techniques I (3 cr.), A370 MultitrackStudio Techniques II (2 cr.), A470 IndividualMultitrack Studio Projects (2 cr.) (one semesterof A360 Recording Arts: Techniques andProduction I, may be substituted for A470),A150 Introductory Seminar in Recording Arts(1 cr.), A350 Seminar in Recording Arts (1 cr.),A461 Final Project in Recording Arts (1 cr.),A480 Internship in Audio (3 cr.).

Core Music Courses Z101 Music for theListener (3 cr.) and Z111 Introduction to MusicTheory (3 cr.) or, for students with sufficientmusic background, T109 Rudiments of Music I(3 cr.) and T151 Music Theory and Literature I(3 cr.).

General Education 17 credit hours.Written and Oral Expression Englishcomposition, 2 credit hours or competency.Humanities 3 credit hours.Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics 5-10 credit hours. Required physics courses:PHYS P105 Basic Physics of Sound (3 cr.)and PHYS P108 Intermediate AcousticsLaboratory (2 cr.); recommended: PHYSP201 General Physics (5 cr.) or PHYS P221Physics I (5 cr.).Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credit hours.

Electives 0-4 credit hours selected from“General Education Requirements.”


Ballet DegreesBachelor of Science in BalletAdmission to the curriculum only byrecommendation of the Department of Balletchairperson and approval of the Jacobs Schoolof Music Admissions and RecruitmentCommittee. A background in music is not aprerequisite for admission to the degreeprogram.

Major Ensemble X030 Ballet Ensemble (2 cr.)required every fall semester, spring semester,and second summer session in which a studentis registered for any music or non–musiccourse.

Performance Study 62 credit hours. BalletJ210 Jazz Dance (1-1 cr.), J340 Ballet Pedagogy(2-2-2-2 cr.), J400 Ballet (Major) minimum 6credits each semester until graduationexamination is completed, J410 ChoreographyWorkshop (2-2 cr.). Entrance audition,freshman jury, upper-division examination,graduation examination.

Other Music Courses 10 credit hours.Secondary Piano (2-2), 6 hours electivemusic courses.

Non-Music Courses 10 credit hours selectedfrom HPER or THTR.

Ancillary Courses 10 credit hours selectedfrom HPER, THTR, or MUS.




Bachelor of Science in Music and anOutside Field (Ballet Emphasis)Admission to the curriculum only byrecommendation of the Department of Balletchairperson and approval of the Jacobs Schoolof Music Admissions and RecruitmentCommittee. A background in music is not aprerequisite for admission to the degreeprogram.

Major Ensemble X030 Ballet Ensemble (2 cr.)required every fall semester, spring semester,and second summer session in which a studentis registered for any music or non–musiccourse.

Performance Study 54 credit hours. BalletJ210 Jazz Dance (1-1 cr.), J400 Ballet (Major)minimum 5 credits each semester untilgraduation examination is completed, J340Ballet Pedagogy (2-2-2-2 cr.), J410Choreography Workshop (2-2 cr.). Entranceaudition, freshman jury, upper-divisionexamination, graduation examination.

Other Music Courses 10 credit hours.Secondary Piano (2-2), 6 hours electivemusic courses.


Outside Field 27 credit hours. Subject toapproval of the director of undergraduatestudies and the advisor of the outside fielddepartment or program.


String Technical DegreeAssociate of Science, StringInstrument TechnologyEntrance to curriculum only with permission.A student in this program must enroll throughthe Jacobs School of Music for a minimum oftwo semesters.

String Instrument Technology 30 credithours. U470 Violin Repair I-II-III-IV (6-6-6-6cr.), U274-U275 History of Violin Making I-II(3-3 cr.), graduation examination.

Major Ensemble X091 String RepairTechnical Crew required each semester ofenrollment. A minimum of four semesters isrequired.

Secondary Performance 12 credit hours.Option I: Upper strings selected from S110Violin Elective/Secondary or S120 ViolaElective/Secondary (2-2-2-2 cr.), and lowerstrings selected from S130 Cello Elective/Secondary or S140 Double Bass Elective/Secondary (2-2 cr.). Option II: Lower stringsselected from S130 Cello Elective/Secondary orS140 Double Bass Elective/Secondary(2-2-2-2 cr.), and upper strings selected fromS110 Violin Elective/Secondary or S120 ViolaElective/Secondary (2-2 cr.).

Core Music Courses 6 credit hours. Z101Music for the Listener I (3 cr.) and Z111Introduction to Music Theory (3 cr.); or, forstudents with sufficient music background,T109 Rudiments of Music I (3 cr.) and T151Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.).

General Education 17 credit hours.Written and Oral Expression Englishcomposition, 2 credit hours or competency.Humanities 3 credit hours.Life and Physical Sciences and Mathematics 3credit hours.Social and Behavioral Sciences 3 credit hours.Electives 6-8 credit hours selected from‘‘General Education Requirements.’’

To Complete Degree Free music or non-music electives as needed to bring the totalcredit hours to 60, excluding major ensembleand I400.



Graduate DivisionAdmission RequirementsAll persons with a bachelor’s degree in musicfrom an accredited college, university,conservatory, or its demonstrated equivalentare eligible to apply for admission to theGraduate Division of the Jacobs School ofMusic, which administers master’s degrees,doctoral degrees, and diploma programs.Students with a non–degree-basedconservatory education (resulting in advanceddiplomas in performance, music history, andmusic theory) who can satisfy anundergraduate equivalent in music may beconsidered for entrance into the Master ofMusic program with the consent of the JacobsSchool of Music Admissions and RecruitmentCommittee, the director of graduate studies,the dean of the Jacobs School of Music, and thedean of the University Graduate School.

Students with undergraduate degrees in areasother than music may be admitted to theJacobs School of Music as nondegree studentsuntil an undergraduate equivalency in music issatisfied. If the student is fully prepared in themajor area, the nondegree status will be at thegraduate level. If there are undergraduatedeficiencies in the major area, the student willbe considered a nondegree undergraduatestudent. Deficiencies relative to such anequivalency may exist in the major field, in aperformance area (for students majoring inareas other than performance), or in theundergraduate music core curriculum. Pleaseconsult the graduate office for the details ofequivalency requirements.

ApplicationThe completed Application for Admissionwith Graduate Standing form should bereceived by the director of admissions in theJacobs School of Music by the priorityadmission dates. For admission informationand priority application dates see theadmissions section of the Web sitewww.music.indiana.edu. Internationalstudents should also apply to the IndianaUniversity Office of Admissions. Applicantswhose native language is not English mustsubmit the results of the Test of English as aForeign Language (TOEFL). A minimum testscore of 560 (paper-based), 223 (computer-based) or 84 (Internet-based) is necessary forregular admission to a master’s degreeprogram. A minimum score of 600 (paper-based), 250 (computer-based) or 100 (Internet-based) is necessary for regular admission to adoctoral degree program. A minimum score of

510 (paper-based), 183 (computer-based) or 65(Internet-based) is required of those applyingto the diploma programs.

Indiana University Jacobs School of Musicmaster’s students applying for admission tothe D.M. do not need to repeat the entireformal admissions process. Information onspecific requirements may be obtained fromthe Music Admissions Office or the MusicGraduate Office.

Transcript, GREA transcript of previous college and universitywork must accompany the application. M.A.and Ph.D. applicants should check with theMusic Graduate Office for instructions aboutadmittance to the University Graduate School.

Each applicant for admission to the GraduateDivision of the Jacobs School of Music with anundergraduate academic record containingmore than 10 percent of ‘‘pass,’’ ‘‘satisfactory,’’or ‘‘credit’’ entries in lieu of letter grades mustsubmit (1) a written evaluation or customaryletter grade by the instructor in at least 90percent of all courses, and (2) scores on theGraduate Record Examination (GRE). Bothrequirements must be met before anapplication for admission can be considered.

Entering students in music education (exceptM.S.), music theory, and musicology arerequired to take the Graduate RecordExamination.

AuditionAll students applying for graduate degrees ordiplomas with a major in music performanceor for visiting student status must audition foradmission. Information on audition dates andprocedures is available from the Jacobs Schoolof Music admissions office. A high-qualityrecording may be used for preliminaryacceptance; however, a personal audition isrequired for official acceptance. See individualdegrees for specific requirements.

Other Admission RequirementsStudents applying for graduate degrees in thefields of choral conducting, composition, earlymusic, instrumental conducting, musiceducation, music theory, musicology, voice,wind conducting, woodwinds, music andlibrary science, and stage direction for operamust meet other admission requirements orprerequisites as specified in the description ofthe individual degrees.


Graduate Financial Aid and MeritScholarshipsNeed-based aid is offered to qualifiedapplicants and their families through theuniversity Office of Student FinancialAssistance. Applicants are encouraged, but notrequired, to apply for need-based assistance.To do so, applicants must complete the FreeApplication for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA)available at www.fafsa.ed.gov. Please note thatinternational students are not eligible forfinancial aid.

Merit-based aid is offered to qualifiedapplicants through the Office of MusicAdmissions and Financial Aid. Applicants areautomatically considered for Jacobs School ofMusic financial aid at the time of admission.The Director of Music Admissions andFinancial Aid, in conjunction with theAdmissions and Recruitment Committee,makes the initial award based on institutionalneed and audition rating. An audition score inthe top 10 percent on the audition/portfolio oron the area interview is ordinarily required formerit consideration. Exceptions may be madein cases of particular need, either on the part ofthe applicant or on the part of the school.

Merit-based associate instructor and graduateassistant positions are offered to students bythe Office of Music Admissions and FinancialAid based on the recommendation ofindividual department chairs. Appointmentsare normally made for one year. Renewals areconsidered annually up to the financial aidtime limit associated with individual degree ordiploma programs.

Merit-based assistance is made possible at theJacobs School of Music by generous donors.The Jacobs School of Music gratefullyacknowledges all persons and institutions whosupport students and faculty by providingendowed funds and annual gifts. For moreinformation about giving and endowed fundsat the Jacobs School of Music, visitwww.music.indiana.edu.

Admission CategoriesUpon receipt of the completed application,Graduate Record Examination test scores (ifrequired), transcript, and audition or interviewresults, the Jacobs School of Music Admissionsand Recruitment Committee may grant regularadmission, conditional admission, oradmission on probation; or may reject theapplication. Certain departments haveadditional requirements for regular admissionto their majors. See individual degrees forfurther information.

Conditional AdmissionCandidates completing a bachelor’s degree inthe Undergraduate Division of the JacobsSchool of Music may apply for conditionaladmission to the Graduate Division of theJacobs School of Music and may enroll forgraduate credit for that portion of theirprogram not required for completion of thebachelor’s degree, provided they meet thefollowing requirements:1. They are within one semester of meetingdegree requirements and have completedthe final recital requirement. Unlessrequirements for the bachelor’s degree arecompleted within that semester, graduatecredit earned may not be counted towardan advanced degree.

2. The total course load does not exceed thatordinarily taken by a full-time graduatestudent.

Any graduate courses taken by undergraduatesprior to their admission to the GraduateDivision are counted only toward anundergraduate degree.

Admission on ProbationA student who does not have anundergraduate and graduate grade pointaverage of 3.0 or better may be admitted onprobation in exceptional cases. Probationarystudents must be enrolled full time duringtheir first semester and must achieve aminimum grade-point average of 3.0 for thatsemester. Students who are admitted onprobation and who incur academic probationduring their first semester of study are subjectto dismissal. See ‘‘Academic Standing-Graduate.’’

Time Limit for AcceptanceStudents who do not matriculate within oneyear of acceptance must repeat entranceauditions and other admission requirements.

Visiting StudentsA limited number of graduate-level studentswith interest in advanced work in musicperformance or academic study may beadmitted as visiting students, subject to thefollowing:

1. Visiting students at the graduate level mustaudition for a faculty committee, beaccepted by a particular faculty member forinstruction, and be approved by theAdmissions and Recruitment Committee ofthe Jacobs School of Music. Visitingstudents are not required to takeproficiency examinations in music theory,music history and literature, or English. Forthe summer session, visiting students may

be admitted only if they have been acceptedby an individual faculty member. Visitingstudents who wish to continue studyduring the regular academic year mustaudition for a faculty committee.

2. Graduate visiting students must register fora minimum of 9 credit hours per semester(4 credit hours in the summer) includingmajor ensemble courses.

3. Graduate visiting students may attend amaximum of two semesters during theacademic year and four summer sessions.

4. Graduate visiting students are not eligiblefor financial aid from the Jacobs School ofMusic during the fall and spring semesters.

5. Credits earned as a graduate visitingstudent may be applied toward a degree ordiploma only with the permission of thedirector of graduate studies. Graduatevisiting students wishing to change todegree or diploma status must complete theapplication process of the Jacobs School ofMusic and Indiana University.

Proficiency ExaminationsAll new graduate degree students, includinggraduates of Indiana University, are requiredto take a number of examinations that serve asproficiency tests or prerequisites for entranceto certain graduate courses. Theseexaminations include music history andliterature, music theory, and keyboardproficiencies. Visiting students, as well asstudents in M.S. degrees (except M.S. in MusicEducation) and diploma programs, are notsubject to these proficiency examinations.Students whose major field is not musicperformance also take a music performanceproficiency examination.

Music Theory Entrance Proficiencyand Music History and LiteratureEntrance ProficiencyThe music theory and music history andliterature proficiencies may be satisfied in thefollowing ways:1. Students may take and pass the graduateentrance exams. Students must take theexams at the beginning of their firstsemester of enrollment; they may take themfor a second time in their second semester.They may not take them again, nor maythey take them after their second semesterof enrollment. (Note that this includessummer sessions in which students areenrolled.) Exams are ordinarily given in theweek before classes begin each semester.

2. Students may enroll in and pass thegraduate review courses, as listed in thefollowing section.

Music Theory

These examinations assume that eachcandidate has had at least two years of trainingin music theory at the undergraduate level.There are three examinations. The firstexamination covers written work and analysis,the second covers dictation and aural analysis,and the third covers sight singing. Details areavailable in the Music Theory Office and on theMusic Theory Department Web site(theory.music.indiana.edu/): see “Courses,”and then “Graduate Entrance Exams.”

The following High Pass degrees havedifferent standards for passing theexaminations and the proficiency courses:M.M. in composition, computer musiccomposition, conducting (choral, instrumental,and wind), and music theory; D.M. incomposition, conducting (choral, instrumental,and wind); and Ph.D. in music theory.

The sight-singing exam is graded on apass/fail basis. A grade of C or higher (B orhigher for High Pass degrees) is required in thewritten theory and aural theory examinations.

Students who do not achieve a passing grade(or High Pass, where required) in their twopermitted attempts, or who do not take theexaminations, must complete the appropriateproficiency course(s): T508 Written MusicTheory Review for Graduate Students(minimum grade C, or B for High Passdegrees), T509 Sight-Singing Review forGraduate Students (minimum grade C), andT511 Aural Music Theory Review for GraduateStudents (minimum grade D, or B for HighPass degrees, C for musicology majors—M.A.and Ph.D. degrees).

Music History and Literature

This examination covers music history andliterature from antiquity to the present.Questions deal with historical fact,identification of literature, and stylerecognition. Students who fail to meetminimum requirements (a grade of C orhigher) on the examination are required toenroll in M541 Music History Review forGraduate Students I and/or M542 MusicHistory Review for Graduate Students II andearn a grade of C or higher in the course.

Keyboard Proficiency ExaminationAll music graduate students must pass akeyboard proficiency examination, includingthose whose principal or proficiencyinstrument is piano. M.S. candidates (exceptM.S. in Music Education) do not need to takethe exam. Most students will take theexamination on piano. Early music majors maytake the examination on the harpsichord orlute, guitar majors on the guitar, organ majorson the organ, and harp majors on the harp.



Musicology, music theory, and jazz studiesstudents take a departmentally administeredexam.

The keyboard proficiency requirement isdesigned to ensure the student’s ability to usethe keyboard as a tool within the framework ofprofessional activities, and the requirementsvary according to level and area of music study.Entering students must play a keyboardplacement hearing during the orientationperiod. Students who achieve a superior level atthis hearing will satisfy the proficiencyrequirement. Keyboard proficiencyexaminations are normally offered in the latterpart of each semester or in summer session II.For details, see the secondary piano coordinatoror the departmental chairpersons (for earlymusic, guitar, organ, musicology, harp, and jazzstudies). Information is also available atwww.music.indiana.edu/som/sec_piano.

When keyboard proficiency requirements areidentical for two degrees, a student seekingboth degrees need not repeat the keyboardproficiency examination if it has been passedfor one of the degrees. Students who fail thekeyboard proficiency examination mayregister, with the advice of the secondary pianocoordinator or the chairperson, for appropriatecourses to assist in developing the requiredskills.

Students who are candidates for music graduatedegrees for areas other than performance andwhose performance proficiency instrument(see “Music Performance Proficiency”) is pianomust also complete the keyboard proficiencyrequirement.

Music Performance ProficiencyAll candidates for music graduate degrees inareas other than music performance(composition, conducting, music education,musicology, and music theory) are required todemonstrate in person to a faculty auditioningcommittee a minimum level of musicperformance ability equivalent to the end ofthe fourth year for concentrationundergraduate students in that area. Studentsshould consult the appropriate performancedepartment chair for detailed information onthe required level.

Proficiency may be demonstrated in any ofthree ways: (1) in person before a facultyauditioning committee, one voting member ofwhich shall be a faculty member in thestudent’s major area;(2) by completion of performance study as agraduate outside area or minor; or (3) by twosemesters of performance study as a graduateelective. The grade in each semester ofperformance study must be B or higher.

The performance area must ordinarily be onein which instruction is offered at the 400 levelin the Jacobs School of Music. With the supportof the departmental chair of their major area,students may petition the director of graduatestudies to be allowed to demonstrate thisproficiency in another performance area. If thepetition is approved, the director of graduatestudies will appoint an examination committeeof three members of the Jacobs School of Musicfaculty qualified to judge the student’sperformance, including at least one member ofa performance department and one member ofthe student’s major area.

In all cases, failure to meet the required levelwill automatically indicate probationary statusand will require additional music performancestudy or other remediation in each period ofenrollment as a prerequisite to the desireddegree.

General Requirements forMaster’s DegreesDegrees OfferedThe Jacobs School of Music offers the Master ofMusic degree with majors in musicperformance, conducting (choral, instrumental,and wind), early music, jazz studies, organ andchurch music, composition, computer musiccomposition, and music theory; the Master ofMusic Education degree; the Master of Sciencedegree with a major in stage direction foropera and the Master of Science in MusicEducation. Through the University GraduateSchool, students may seek the Master of Artsdegree with a major in musicology. Master ofMusic students may elect a second major fromthose available on the Master of Music degree.Combined degrees are available in the Masterof Library Science with the Master of Arts inMusicology or the Master of Music in MusicTheory.

Structure of Master’s CurriculaA. Major Field (18-21 credits)

B. Music History and Literature Requirement6 credit hours selected from M525 Survey ofOperatic Literature (3 cr.), M527 SymphonicLiterature (3 cr.), M528 Chamber MusicLiterature (3 cr.), M650 Music in the UnitedStates (3 cr.), M651 Medieval Music (3 cr.),M652 Renaissance Music (3 cr.), M653Baroque Music (3 cr.), M654 Classic Music(3 cr.), M655 Romantic Music (3 cr.), M656Music Since 1900 (3 cr.), M502 Composers:Variable Topics (3 cr.) or M510 Topics inMusic Literature (3 cr.). Course topicscannot be repeated.

C. Outside Area (secondary concentration)6 credit hours in one department of theschool other than the student’s major, withapproval of the appropriate departmentchairperson and the director of graduatestudies; or 6 credit hours in one fieldoutside the Jacobs School of Music, withapproval of the graduate advisor in thatdepartment and the director of graduatestudies in the Jacobs School of Music; or 6credit hours within or outside the JacobsSchool of Music, with approval of thedirector of graduate studies in accordancewith departmental guidelines. Thesecourses must fit a specific theme oremphasis; a proposal is required. Thisoption is called an “individualized outsidearea.” For degrees in performance, theoutside area may not be in performance,except that modern-instrument performersmay elect an early-music outside area at the800 level.Courses within the Jacobs School of Musicused to satisfy outside area requirementsmust be taught by regularly appointedfaculty members. Courses taught byassociate instructors will not count.The student must meet the qualificationsof the parallel minor, and only courses thatwould fulfill the requirements for a minorare acceptable. The outside area maybecome a minor if at least 12 credit hoursare taken in that field.

D. Ensemble Each semester.E. Language Proficiencies and Tool Subjects

(if required)F. Comprehensive Review Beforegraduation, all master’s degree studentsmust pass an oral or written examination. Itis the responsibility of the student toconsult with the major field department toascertain the procedures established withinthat department. This consultation shouldbe accomplished within the first year ofresidency

Credit Hour RequirementsThe minimum requirement for a master’sdegree is 30 credit hours, excluding requiredcredit hours in prerequisite or review coursesand major ensemble. Individual degrees mayrequire more credit hours. Courses counted forcredit toward the master’s degree arenumbered 500 or above. Upon approval of thedirector of graduate studies and thedepartment that offers equivalent courses inthe Jacobs School of Music, master’s studentsmay transfer course work taken for graduatecredit at other institutions. M.M., M.M.E., andM.S. students may transfer up to 6 credithours; M.A. students may transfer up to 8credit hours. No course may be transferredunless the grade is B or higher. Applied

lessons, chamber music, ensemble, and similarcourses may not be transferred for degreecredit nor may transfer courses satisfy entranceproficiencies in music history and literatureand music theory.

Residence RequirementThe minimum residence requirement for amaster’s degree is two semesters (fall, spring,or summer). Because of course availability, itmay not be possible to earn a degree only inthe summer.

Required GradesMajor Each course in the major field musthave a grade of B or higher to fulfill degreerequirements.

Music History and Literature RequirementEach course in this requirement must have agrade of C or higher to fulfill degreerequirements.

Outside Area Each course in an outside areaor minor field must have a grade of C or higherto fulfill degree requirements. In addition,courses counting toward an outside area orminor field must have an average of at leastB. Departments offering the outside area orminor may require a higher grade.

Tool Subjects Students must earn a grade of Cor higher in each course to fulfill degreerequirements.

Language Proficiencies Each grammar,diction, or reading course must have a grade ofC or higher to fulfill degree requirements.

Time Limit for Degree CompletionStudents admitted to a master’s degreeprogram must complete all degreerequirements within seven years afterbeginning graduate study. Students who donot complete their work within the prescribedtime limits must be readmitted to the majorfield (through interview, submission ofdocuments, or audition, as appropriate to themajor) and meet current degree requirementsand make any other curricular changesindicated by the departmental chairperson andthe director of graduate studies.

Petitions for extensions must be sent to thedirector of graduate studies, who considersthem on a case-by-case basis, giving preferenceto continued professional involvement inmusic. If granted, extensions last no more thanone year. In addition, any course taken morethan seven years earlier must be revalidatedaccording to the procedures of the departmentoffering the course.

These time limits are suspended for students inactive military service for the duration of thatactive service.


General Requirements forDoctoral DegreesThe Graduate Division of the Jacobs School ofMusic offers course work leading to the degreeof Doctor of Music in the areas of musicliterature and performance, music literatureand pedagogy (brass instruments only),composition, and conducting. Available majorfields within these areas are listed underdepartmental headings in the ‘‘Curricula forGraduate Degrees in Music’’ section. TheJacobs School of Music also offers the Doctor ofMusic Education degree and, through theUniversity Graduate School, the Doctor ofPhilosophy degree in the areas of musicology,music education, and music theory.

The Doctor of Music degree representsoutstanding accomplishment in musicperformance and academic studies. The holderof this degree should demonstrate a high levelof performance competency in his or herinstrumental area or in voice, a broadknowledge of the pertinent instrumental orvocal repertoire, the ability to undertakeindependent research, and the ability tocommunicate his or her understandingeffectively in written and oral forms.

The Doctor of Music Education degree calls fora scholarly study of music teaching. Inaddition to providing for an understanding ofthe principles underlying successful teachingand the techniques necessary for systematicinquiry into those processes, the degreerequires an emphasis in an area of musiceducation: band conducting and literature,choral methodology, college music teaching, orsupervision and administration. The area ofemphasis must be different from that of themaster’s degree.

A Doctor of Philosophy degree representsbreadth of experience and training in the artsand sciences and is recommended for thoseplanning to enter a field involving research orscholarly writing as well as college teaching inmusicology, music theory, or music education.The dissertation required for the Ph.D. degreemust be original research of a quality and asignificance warranting publication.

Admission to CurriculumPrerequisites A master’s degree with the samemajor or its demonstrated equivalent is aprerequisite for the doctoral degree. For adoctoral major not existing at the master’slevel, the prerequisites are those listed with thecurriculum. Students electing a change ofmajor at the doctoral level may demonstratethe equivalent of the prerequisite for the newmajor by special examinations or by passingprerequisite courses. In the event that a student

wishes to bypass the master’s degree, the first30 credit hours of graduate work will beconsidered the equivalent of the master’sdegree and will be subject to the requirementsand regulations that apply to the master’sdegree. Students directly admitted to a Ph.D.program who wish to obtain a master’s degreemust complete all requirements that apply tothe master’s degree.

Credit and ResidenceThe doctoral degree may be conferred uponcompletion of at least 90 credit hours ofadvanced study (including the master’sdegree). At least 30 credit hours beyond themaster’s degree must be completed at IndianaUniversity, with at least two consecutivesemesters in residence. Up to 30 credit hoursmay be transferred from accreditedinstitutions. Each course to be transferred mustbe equivalent to a course offered at IndianaUniversity. Transfer for the D.M. and D.M.E.degrees is approved by the director ofgraduate studies and the department in whichthe equivalent course is offered. Departmentalpractices vary: an interview or examinationmay be required. Performance lessons,chamber music coaching, ensemble, andreview courses may not be transferred.

Required GradesMajor Each course in the major field musthave a grade of B or higher to fulfill degreerequirements.

Minors and Guided Electives Each course ina minor field or guided electives must have agrade of C or higher to fulfill degreerequirements. In addition, courses countingtoward a minor field or guided electives musthave an average of B or higher. For purposes ofcomputing the required B average, only thosecourses accepted in fulfillment of the degreewill be counted. Departments offering minorsmay require higher grades for their minorfields.

Tool Subjects Each course must have a gradeof C or higher to fulfill degree requirements.

Language Proficiencies Each grammar,diction, or reading course must have a grade ofC or higher to fulfill degree requirements. ForPh.D. students, the grade must be B or higher.

Advisory CommitteeAfter a student is admitted to a degreeprogram, a faculty advisory committee isappointed by the director of graduate studiesbased on a list submitted by the student. Thiscommittee administers the qualifyingexaminations and approves and grades anyrequired recitals or music performances.


Research CommitteeThe research committee for D.M. and D.M.E.candidates is appointed by the director ofgraduate studies based on a list submitted bythe student. The committee consists of threemembers from the major field, one of whomacts as chairperson, and one member from aminor or other outside field. The researchdirector is normally either the chairperson orthe outside member, depending on the natureof the topic and the expertise required. Theresearch committee approves the topicproposal, approves the dissertation or finalproject for defense or public presentation,conducts the defense or public presentation,and approves and grades the dissertation orfinal project.

The research committee for Ph.D. dissertationsis appointed by the dean of the UniversityGraduate School. See the University GraduateSchool Bulletin for further information on theappointment and constitution of thecommittee.

Structure of Doctoral CurriculaInformation regarding the structure of theDoctor of Philosophy and Doctor of MusicEducation degrees is available under therelevant departmental sections of this bulletin.All Doctor of Music degrees, however, share acommonality, as discussed following. Specificrequirements relating to each category may befound under departmental listings. Furtherdetails of general requirements for the degreemay be found in the ‘‘Regulations andProcedures’’ section of this bulletin.A. Major Field 36-38 credit hours.B. Minor Field 12 credit hours. The Doctor ofMusic degree requires a minor in musichistory and literature, music theory, ormusic education. Certain departments mayfurther restrict the choice of options for theminor field for their majors. For D.M.students who have completed master’sdegrees in one of these three fields, theappropriate department may, with theapproval of the director of graduatestudies, waive part or all of the doctoralminor course work and determine anappropriate department involvement in thewritten and oral qualifying examinations.Students will take additional courses in themajor field or in other areas to make up therequired 12 credit hours of the first minor.

C. Other Required Credits 12 credit hours.Minors require the approval of the offeringdepartment. If the major is in performance,neither minor may be in performance,except that modern-instrument performersmay elect an early-music minor and viceversa. A minor in performance, when

allowed, requires study at the 800 level. 12credit hours reflecting one of the followinggroupings are required in addition to themajor and specified minor:1. A second formal minor;2. An individualized minor approved by afaculty member with expertise in thearea of emphasis (this faculty member isresponsible for the minor-field writtenexamination) and the director ofgraduate studies; or

3. Guided electives not in the major field;choices are approved by the chairpersonof the student’s advisory committee andthe director of graduate studies.

If a student has a master’s degree in a fieldother than musicology, music education ormusic theory, the appropriate departmentmay, with the approval of the director ofgraduate studies, waive part or all of thedoctoral minor course work for the secondminor and determine an appropriatedepartmental involvement in the writtenand oral qualifying examinations. If themajor is in music performance, thissubstitute for a second minor may not beperformance. Students will take additionalcourses in the major field or in other areasto make up the required 12 credit hours ofthe second minor.

D. Language Proficiencies and Tool Subjects(if required)

E. Recital Requirements

F. Qualifying Examinations

G. Written Project (Final Project, Essay, orComposition)

Doctoral MinorsThe following is a partial list of minorsavailable within the Jacobs School of Music.For others, consult the director of graduatestudies.

Minor in Choral Conducting Priorconducting experience and a conductingaudition are required for acceptance into theminor in choral conducting. The minor inchoral conducting must include M555Foundations in Choral Score Analysis andPreparation (3 cr.), M565 Master’s Seminar inChoral Literature (3 cr.), and G561-562 Master’sChoral Conducting I-II (3-3 cr.).

Minor in Composition The minor incomposition consists of: (a) 12 credits of K810private composition lessons (3 credits of K554Advanced Orchestral Arranging for GraduateStudents may be substituted for 3 credits ofK810 at the recommendation of thecomposition faculty); (b) the publicperformance on student composition recitals ofat least three compositions written while



enrolled in K810, to be graded as Pass/Fail bya committee of at least three compositionfaculty in attendance; and (c) a minor fieldexamination in two parts: (1) the compositionof a vocal work to an assigned text within a 24-hour period, and (2) the composition of a shortmovement for chamber ensemble within aseven-day period. Both compositions will begraded Pass/Fail by a committee of at leastthree composition faculty members.

Minor in Early Music The minor in earlymusic must include 6 credit hours selectedfrom M517-M518-M519 Literature andPerformance Practice I-II-III (3 cr.) or M697Advanced Seminar Materials in Early Music(3 cr.), and 6 credit hours of electives(performance study, chamber music, or othercourses) offered by the Early MusicDepartment and approved by the departmentchairperson. A minimum grade of B is requiredin each course to be counted toward the minor.

Minor in Jazz Studies The minor in jazzstudies must include M592 Jazz Literature 2:The Bebop Era (3 cr.) and 9 credit hoursselected from available graduate courses injazz approved by the jazz departmentchairperson.

Minor in Music Education The minor inmusic education must consist of 6 credit hoursselected from E518 Foundations of MusicEducation (3 cr.); E519 Psychology of Music (3cr.), E530 Learning Processes in Music (3 cr.);E535 Measurement, Evaluation, and Guidancein Music (3 cr.); E616 Curriculum in MusicEducation (3 cr.); E635 College Music Teaching(3 cr.); and 6 credit hours of electives ingraduate music education.

Minor in Music History and Literature Theminor in music history and literature mustinclude four graduate courses in music historyand literature taught by members of themusicology faculty.

Minor in Music Information TechnologyThe minor in Music Information Technologyconsists of any four graduate courses in musicinformation technology.

Minor in Music Theory The minor in musictheory must include T550 Readings in MusicTheory (3 cr.) or T591 Teaching of MusicTheory (3 cr.), T551 Analytical Techniques forTonal Music (3 cr.) or T556 Analysis of MusicSince 1900 (3 cr.), plus 6 credit hours fromavailable graduate courses in music theory byconsultation with the department chairpersonor the coordinator of graduate studies in musictheory. A minimum grade of B is required ineach course to be counted toward the musictheory minor.

Minor in Musicology The minor inmusicology must include M551 Introduction to

Historical Musicology (3 cr.) (prerequisite:M539 Introduction to Music Bibliography), twomusicology seminars M602 Seminar inMusicology: Variable Topics (3-3 cr.); and afourth course approved by the musicologydepartment chairperson.

Minor in Stage Direction for Opera Theminor in stage direction for opera must includeR505 Opera Stage Direction Technique I (3 cr.),R591 Principles of Acting in Opera (2 cr.), R502Stage Management (1 cr.), and 6 credit hoursselected from M561-M562-M563-M564 Historyand Literature of Opera I-II-III-IV (3-3-3-3 cr.)or M525 Survey of Operatic Literature (3 cr.).

Minor in Voice The minor in voice mustinclude 6 credit hours of V800 Voice, plus6 credit hours selected from E694 AppliedComparative Voice Pedagogy (3 cr.), E695Seminar in Vocal Pedagogy Research (3 cr.), orM531-M532 Song Literature III-IV (3-3 cr.),M685 Vocal Literature before 1800 (3 cr.),M686-M687 Romantic Song Literature andOratorio I-II (3-3 cr.), and M688 Twentieth-Century Vocal Literature (3 cr.). For auditioninformation, see the department chairperson.

Ph.D. Minors for Students Outsidethe Jacobs School of MusicMinors in music for doctoral students outsidethe Jacobs School of Music may be taken withinone of the established departments of theJacobs School of Music or as an individualizedminor taken in more than one area. No generalentrance examinations are required, but thedirector of graduate studies may requireentering proficiency examinations. Acceptanceas a minor, prerequisites, and minimumrequirements are established by the director ofgraduate studies. No transfer credits will beaccepted toward a music minor.

Language Proficiencies or ToolSubjectsCandidates for doctoral degrees who expect todo research in specialized fields or who musthave specialized techniques beyond thosenormally required of master’s degree studentsmust possess or acquire such techniques inaddition to the regular course requirements.Specific recommendations are made for eachcandidate on the basis of the degree choice andresults of the entering proficiency examinations;the candidate has an opportunity to passexaminations in the specified areas or to takeprescribed courses. The level of languageproficiency required for Ph.D. candidates isdetermined by the individual departments andthe director of graduate studies.

Candidates for the D.M. degree have languageor tool subject requirements according to thenature of their degree plans.

Qualifying ExaminationsApplicants for a doctoral degree are notconsidered candidates for the degree until theyhave passed the qualifying examinations andhave been recommended by their advisorycommittee to the dean of the UniversityGraduate School or the dean of the JacobsSchool of Music.

Preliminary Requirements Before thequalifying examinations are scheduled,doctoral students must have been admitted tothe curriculum and have met the followingpreliminary requirements:1. The student must have satisfied allprerequisites, proficiencies, and tool subjectrequirements.

2. To take the major field examination, thestudent must have completed all coursework for the major field (except certinrecitals and dissertation, final project, oressay). For minors within the Jacobs Schoolof Music, the student must have completedall course work in the minor field beforetaking the examination for that minor.

3. Students pursuing the Ph.D. in musictheory and D.M. in composition must havetheir dissertation topic approved beforetaking the oral qualifying examination.Students pursuing the D.M., D.M.E., orPh.D. in music education must have theirfinal project or dissertation topic approvedbefore the major field written examinationmay be scheduled. Students pursuing thePh.D. in musicology may have theirdissertation topic approved beforeor after the qualifying examinations.

Research topic proposals must be approved bythe student’s research committee and (wherenecessary) by the Bloomington CampusCommittee for the Protection of HumanSubjects. Information on procedures forsecuring approval of research topics may beobtained from the Music Graduate Office.When preliminary requirements have beenmet, students may schedule qualifyingexaminations in the Music Graduate Office.Upon application, written qualifyingexaminations may be written during thesecond summer session.

Musical Styles All doctoral students mustdemonstrate their ability to deal analyticallyand stylistically with a broad range of musicalcompositions by taking the Doctoral StylesExamination. Students must take the exam intheir first spring semester of enrollment.Students who pass the exam meet therequirement. Students who do not pass theexam may retake the exam once withpermission of the director of graduate studies,if their score is within a range recommendedby the Doctoral Styles Committee. Students

who do not pass the exam must earn a grade ofB or higher in T545 Introductory Analysis ofMusic Literature. This course may fallanywhere in the student’s curriculum. T545taken previously at Indiana University andpassed with a grade of B or higher will beaccepted in lieu of the exam; transfer creditswill not be accepted. This requirement must becompleted before a student may begin to takequalifying examinations.

Written Examinations Students must takewritten examinations in the major and minorfields. (Minors outside the Jacobs School ofMusic may not require a written examination.)These examinations are prepared by theadvisory committee member(s) representingthe major or minor field and may be based onthe content of courses taken in each field or onthe background and concepts pertinent to thearea. At the discretion of the minor fieldrepresentative (as guided by appropriatedepartment policy), students having musicperformance as a minor may substitute a 30-minute performance examination by a facultyjury or a graded recital for the writtenexamination.

Oral Examination The major field oralqualifying examination has as its aim theassessment of the student’s knowledge of themajor area. For D.M. students (performance,conducting or composition), the exam isespecially focused on the literature included ina repertoire list approved by the student’sadvisory committee. This examination mayinclude assessment of the student’s ability toarticulate an understanding of theformal/analytical characteristics of the music,its historical development and social context,and features related to its teaching andlearning. The student’s knowledge is evaluatedby the student’s advisory committee. Amajority vote of the committee determines theoutcome of the major field examinations.Minor field oral examinations, if required, takeplace at the same time but are evaluatedseparately. A failed examination may beretaken once. The committee will prescribe thescope of questioning of the reexamination. Oralqualifying examinations may not be scheduledduring the summer sessions.

Registration after Admission toCandidacyAfter admission to candidacy, candidates mustenroll each semester for course work,dissertation or final project credit, or G901Advanced Research. Failure to meet thisrequirement automatically terminatescandidacy. Students whose candidacy lapsesare required to reapply for admission tocandidacy and are expected to meet currentrequirements for the degree. Candidates who


will graduate in August must enroll in thepreceding summer session.

Dissertation and Final ProjectInstructions for the development of a topicproposal may be obtained from the MusicGraduate Office. The same office manages thescheduling of the dissertation or final projectdefense. Students desiring to undertake thedefense during a summer session must applyto the director of graduate studies before May 1.

A Ph.D. student must be a candidate forthe degree in order to defend a dissertation.The defense of the dissertation is oral and isnormally based upon the dissertation,although it may also touch on the major fieldliterature or any field of general music interestthat the committee deems pertinent.

Time LimitsD.M. students must complete all course work(including those courses transferred from otherschools, but not including those on themaster’s degree) and begin qualifyingexaminations within a period of seven calendaryears from the date of matriculation in thedoctoral program.

Ph.D. and D.M.E. students have 10 calendaryears, including the master’s degree.

Students who do not complete their coursework within the prescribed time limit mustbe readmitted to the major field (throughinterview, submission of documents, oraudition, as appropriate to the major), meetcurrent requirements, and make any othercurricular changes required by the director ofgraduate studies and the major fielddepartment. If a student is readmitted to themajor, the term of readmission is three years. Ifthe student has not completed course work bythat time, he or she must once again meet theterms for readmission described previously.

In addition, any doctoral course taken morethan 10 calendar years earlier must berevalidated according to the procedures of thedepartment offering the course. D.M. andD.M.E. students must receive permission torevalidate courses from the director ofgraduate studies. Ph.D. students must receivepermission to revalidate courses from thedirector of graduate studies and from the deanof the University Graduate School.

Proficiencies (music history, music theory,keyboard, performance, language reading,language grammar, language diction,musical styles) more than 10 years old mustbe revalidated. Proficiencies must also berevalidated for students beginning a seconddegree more than 10 years after beginninga first.

Qualifying ExaminationsAll qualifying examinations, written and oral,must be completed within one calendar year.

After Qualifying ExaminationsD.M., D.M.E., and Ph.D. students mustcomplete the degree within seven years afterpassing the qualifying examinations. After thattime, students must be reinstated to candidacy.To be reinstated to candidacy, students must(1) obtain the permission of the departmentchairperson and the director of graduatestudies, (2) fulfill any new departmentalrequirements in effect at the time of theapplication for reinstatement, (3) pass a writtenqualifying examination, the content andduration of which will be agreed upon by thestudent’s examination committee and thedirector of graduate studies. If reinstatement isgranted, it is valid for a period of three years.Revalidation of course work is not required.

Ph.D. students follow the reinstatementprocedure outlined in the bulletin of theUniversity Graduate School.

Interruption of StudyDoctoral students who, prior to completion ofthe qualifying examinations, have interruptedtheir degree pursuits for a period of five yearsor more must meet current requirements forthe degree, and make any other curricularchanges required by the major field advisorand the director of graduate studies.

These time limits are suspended for students inactive military service for the duration of thatactive service.

Diploma Programs inPerformanceThe Performer Diploma and Artist Diplomaprograms are intended for the outstandingperformer and are designed to concentratestudy in appropriate repertoire. The diplomaprograms are administered by the director ofgraduate studies. Performer Diploma studentsmay seek entrance to the Artist Diplomaprogram.

General requirements Students enroll inlessons, major ensemble, chamber music (forinstrumentalists) and possibly other musiccourses each semester for a minimum of 9credit hours each semester (4 in the summer).Over the course of the program, students enrollin 6 credits of other music courses, perform 1recital (Performer Diploma) or 4 recitals (ArtistDiploma), and meet a language requirement.Voice students have additional requirements inlanguage grammar and diction. No transfer of


credit is accepted toward the requirements ofany diploma program.

Grade requirements Students in the ArtistDiploma and Performer Diploma programsmust have a cumulative GPA of 3.00 or higherto graduate; a grade of A- or higher inperformance study; a grade of A- or higher ineach recital; a grade of C or higher in eachcourse that is to count under the heading“Music Courses;” and a grade of A- or higherin chamber music, if required.

Language requirements Internationalstudents whose first language is not Englishmust have a minimum TOEFL score of 510(paper-based), 183 (computer-based) or 65(Internet-based) to be considered foradmission.

Instrumental students whose first language isEnglish must demonstrate knowledge of thegrammar of one non-English languageequivalent to two semesters at the college levelwith a grade of C or higher in each.

Voice students must demonstrate knowledgeof French, German, and Italian grammarequivalent to two semesters at the college levelwith a grade of C or higher in each, andproficiency in diction in each language byexamination or by passing a Jacobs School ofMusic diction course. Students must take allthree diction exams in their first semester ofenrollment; with voice department permission,they may take specific exams for a second timein their second semester of enrollment. For anyexam not passed, students must pass theappropriate Jacobs School of Music dictioncourse with a grade of C or higher.

Time limits Students in the diploma programshave a maximum of four semesters ofenrollment within five years from the date offirst enrollment. Additional semesters ofenrollment within the five-year time limit arepossible only through recommendation by thestudent’s performance instructor and approvalby the director of graduate studies.

Performer DiplomaAdmission A regular departmentalperformance audition equivalent to a highMaster of Music graduation level is required. Ifadmission to the program is by audiorecording, a live audition must be successfullycompleted before registration for a subsequentsemester of enrollment.

A candidate must hold a U. S. high schooldiploma or the equivalent. Students withconservatory backgrounds are considered tobe doing graduate-level work in the PerformerDiploma program, although they might bedesignated by the university asundergraduates.

Performance study Major-level lessons eachsemester.

Ensemble Each semester. Piano Students:X002 Piano Accompanying (2 cr.) eachsemester.

Chamber music Instrumental students:F450 Chamber Music /F550 Chamber Music (1cr.) each semester except Summer Session II.Harp students: F549 Elements of HarpEnsemble Performance (1 cr.) each semester.

Music courses 6 credit hours of coursesin music on the undergraduate or graduatelevel for which the student has the necessaryprerequisites, such as music theory, musichistory, conducting, music education, or operaworkshop. Courses selected must be approvedby the director of graduate studies.

Recital I611 Performer Diploma Recital (0 cr.)approved according to the hearing proceduresfor Master of Music recitals.

Artist DiplomaAdmission To be admitted, students must beat a performance level equivalent to acceptanceinto a major international competition.Candidates are admitted conditionally tothe Artist Diploma program of the JacobsSchool of Music through regular departmentalaudition procedures. For students new to theJacobs School of Music, this departmentalaudition takes place during the regular auditiontimes. For current Jacobs School of Musicstudents, this departmental audition must takeplace in the semester before the one in whichthe student wishes to begin the program.Students recommended by departmentalaudition must be heard in a School-wideaudition by the Artist Diploma Committee ofthe Jacobs School of Music for final approval.For students new to the Jacobs School of Music,this audition must take place in the firstsemester of enrollment. For current JacobsSchool of Music students, this audition musttake place in the semester before the one inwhich the student wishes to begin the program.Admission to this program does not require ahigh school or General EducationalDevelopment (GED) diploma, but one of thesemust be earned before the Artist Diploma canbe granted.

Performance study Major-level lessons eachsemester.

Ensemble Each semester. Piano Students: X002Piano Accompanying (2 cr.) each semester.

Chamber music Instrumental students: F450Chamber Music /F550 Chamber Music (1 cr.)each semester except Summer Session II. Harpstudents: F549 Elements of Harp EnsemblePerformance (1 cr.) each semester.


Music courses 6 credit hours of coursesin music on the undergraduate or graduatelevel for which the student has the necessaryprerequisites, such as music theory, musichistory, conducting, music education, or operaworkshop. Courses selected must be approvedby the director of graduate studies.

Recitals Instrumental students: I911 ArtistDiploma Recital (0-0-0 cr.; one concerto mustbe included as one of the solo recitals); I921Artist Diploma Chamber Music recital (0 cr.).Voice students: I911 Artist Diploma Recital(0-0-0-0 cr.).

Performer Diploma in ProfessionalOpera StudiesThe Jacobs School of Music is not currentlyadmitting students to this program.

Curricula for GraduateDegrees in MusicRequests for deviation from department,program, or school requirements may begranted only by written approval from therespective chairperson, director, or dean (ortheir respective administrative representative).Disposition at each level is final. Double majorsat the master’s level may be considered if allrequirements within each major field are met.

BrassMaster of Music in PerformancePrerequisite Bachelor of Music or itsdemonstrated equivalent.

Major

Horn 18 credit hours. B910 Horn GraduateMajor (13 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.), 3credit hours selected from M641 BrassLiterature I (3 cr.) or M642 Brass Literature II (3cr.) or B910 Horn Graduate Major, 2 credithours selected from F550 Chamber Music (1cr.) or F519 Orchestral Repertoire (1 cr.).

Trumpet and Cornet 18 credit hours. B920Trumpet/Cornet Graduate Major (13 cr.), I711Master’s Recital (0 cr.), 3 credit hours selectedfrom M641 Brass Literature I (3 cr.) or M642Brass Literature II (3 cr.) or B920Trumpet/Cornet Graduate Major, 2 credithours selected from F550 Chamber Music (1cr.) or F519 Orchestral Repertoire (1 cr.).

Trombone 18 credit hours. B930 TromboneGraduate Major (13 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital (0cr.), 3 credit hours selected fromM641 BrassLiterature I (3 cr.) or M642 Brass Literature II (3cr.) or B930 Trombone Graduate Major, 2 credithours selected from F550 Chamber Music (1 cr.)or F519 Orchestral Repertoire (1 cr.).

Euphonium 18 credit hours. B940 EuphoniumGraduate Major (13 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital(0 cr.), 3 credit hours selected from M641 BrassLiterature I (3 cr.) or M642 Brass Literature II(3 cr.) or B940 Euphonium Graduate Major,2 credit hours selected from F550 ChamberMusic (1 cr.) or F519 Orchestral Repertoire (1 cr.).

Tuba 18 credit hours. B950 Tuba GraduateMajor (13 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.),3 credit hours selected from M641 BrassLiterature I (3 cr.) or M642 Brass Literature II(3 cr.) or B950 Tuba Graduate Major, 2 credithours selected from F550 Chamber Music(1 cr.) or F519 Orchestral Repertoire (1 cr.).

Music History and Literature Requirement6 credit hours. See “Structure of Master’sCurricula” under “General Requirements forMaster’s Degrees” in this bulletin.

Outside Area 6 credit hours. See “Structure ofMaster’s Curricula” under “GeneralRequirements for Master’s Degrees” inthis bulletin.

Ensemble Each semester.

Doctor of Music in Music Literatureand PerformancePrerequisite Master’s degree with the samemajor or its demonstrated equivalent.

Admission Admission to the curriculum isdetermined on the basis of an extensiveperformance audition and an interview on theliterature and techniques relating to the majorinstrument.

MajorHorn 36 credit hours. B910 Horn GraduateMajor (16 cr.), B601 Doctoral Brass Recital(1-1-1 cr.), B602 Doctoral Brass ChamberRecital (1 cr.), M559 Brass Seminar (3 cr.), M620Doctoral Final Project (2 cr.), M641-M642 BrassLiterature I-II (3-3 cr.), music literature elective(3 cr.), music elective (2 cr.; may include majorfield performance study).

Trumpet and Cornet 36 credit hours. B920Trumpet/Cornet Graduate Major (16 cr.), B601Doctoral Brass Recital (1-1-1 cr.), B602 DoctoralBrass Chamber Recital (1 cr.), M559 BrassSeminar (3 cr.), M620 Doctoral Final Project(2 cr.), M641-M642 Brass Literature I-II (3-3 cr.),music literature elective (3 cr.), music elective(2 cr.; may include major field performancestudy).

Trombone 36 credit hours. B930 TromboneGraduate Major (16 cr.), B601 Doctoral BrassRecital (1-1-1 cr.), B602 Doctoral BrassChamber Recital (1 cr.), M559 Brass Seminar(3 cr.), M620 Doctoral Final Project (2 cr.),M641-M642 Brass Literature I-II (3-3 cr.), musicliterature elective (3 cr.), music elective (2 cr.;may include major field performance study).


Euphonium 36 credit hours. B940 EuphoniumGraduate Major (16 cr.), B601 Doctoral BrassRecital (1-1-1 cr.), B602 Doctoral BrassChamber Recital (1 cr.), M559 Brass Seminar(3 cr.), M620 Doctoral Final Project (2 cr.),M641-M642 Brass Literature I-II (3-3 cr.), musicliterature elective (3 cr.), music elective (2 cr.;may include major field performance study).

Tuba 36 credit hours. B950 Tuba GraduateMajor (16 cr.), B601 Doctoral Brass Recital (1-1-1 cr.), B602 Doctoral Brass Chamber Recital(1 cr.), M559 Brass Seminar (3 cr.), M620Doctoral Final Project (2 cr.), M641-M642 BrassLiterature I-II (3-3 cr.), music literature elective(3 cr.), music elective (2 cr.; may include majorfield performance study).

One of the public performances (B601) must bea lecture/recital.

Minors See “Doctoral Minors” under“General Requirements for Doctoral Degrees”in this bulletin.

Tool Subject M539 Introduction to MusicBibliography (2 cr.).

Doctor of Music in Music Literatureand PedagogyPrerequisite Master’s degree in one or morebrass instruments or its demonstratedequivalent.

Admission Admission to the curriculum isdetermined on the basis of an extensiveperformance audition and an interview on theliterature and techniques relating to the majorinstrument.

Major

Horn 36 credit hours. B910 Horn GraduateMajor (11 cr.), B601 Doctoral Brass Recital (1 cr.),B602 Doctoral Brass Chamber Recital (1 cr.),E510 Trumpet and Cornet Pedagogy (1 cr.),E511 Trombone Pedagogy (1 cr.), E512 TubaPedagogy (1 cr.), M620 Doctoral Final Project (6cr.), M641-M642 Brass Literature I-II (3-3 cr.),E596 Research in Music (3 cr.) or another courseapproved by the brass department, musicliterature elective (3 cr.), music elective (2 cr.;may include major field performance study).

Trumpet and Cornet 36 credit hours. B920Trumpet/Cornet Graduate Major (11 cr.), B601Doctoral Brass Recital (1 cr.), B602 DoctoralBrass Chamber Recital (1 cr.), E509 HornPedagogy (1 cr.), E511 Trombone Pedagogy (1cr.), E512 Tuba Pedagogy (1 cr.), M620 DoctoralFinal Project (6 cr.), M641-M642 BrassLiterature I-II (3-3 cr.), E596 Research in Music(3 cr.) or another course approved by the brassdepartment, music literature elective (3 cr.),music elective (2 cr.; may include major fieldperformance study).

Trombone 36 credit hours. B930 TromboneGraduate Major (11 cr.), B601 Doctoral BrassRecital (1 cr.), B602 Doctoral Brass ChamberRecital (1 cr.), E509 Horn Pedagogy (1 cr.), E510Trumpet and Cornet Pedagogy (1 cr.), E512Tuba Pedagogy (1 cr.), M620 Doctoral FinalProject (6 cr.), M641-M642 Brass Literature I-II(3-3 cr.), E596 Research in Music (3 cr.) oranother course approved by the brassdepartment, music literature elective (3 cr.),music elective (2 cr.; may include major fieldperformance study).

Euphonium 36 credit hours. B940 EuphoniumGraduate Major (11 cr.), E509 Horn Pedagogy(1 cr.), E510 Trumpet and Cornet Pedagogy(1 cr.), E512 Tuba Pedagogy (1 cr.), B601Doctoral Brass Recital (1 cr.), B602 DoctoralBrass Chamber Recital (1 cr.), M620 DoctoralFinal Project (6 cr.), M641-M642 BrassLiterature I-II (3-3 cr.), E596 Research in Music(3 cr.) or another course approved by the brassdepartment, music literature elective (3 cr.),music elective (2 cr.; may include major fieldperformance study).

Tuba 36 credit hours. B950 Tuba GraduateMajor (11 cr.), B601 Doctoral Brass Recital(1 cr.), B602 Doctoral Brass Chamber Recital(1 cr.), E509 Horn Pedagogy (1 cr.), E510Trumpet and Cornet Pedagogy (1 cr.), E511Trombone Pedagogy (1 cr.), M620 DoctoralFinal Project (6 cr.), M641-M642 BrassLiterature I-II (3-3 cr.), E596 Research in Music(3 cr.) or another course approved by the brassdepartment, music literature elective (3 cr.),music elective (2 cr.; may include major fieldperformance study).



Ensemble Participation in a major and/orminor ensemble; assignment determined bythe brass faculty.

Choral ConductingMaster of Music in ChoralConductingPrerequisite Bachelor of Music or itsdemonstrated equivalent.

Admission An audition, during which thecandidate must conduct one of the choralensembles or conducting classes, is scheduledduring regular school hours at least 60 daysbefore the expected matriculation date.Candidate chooses music to be conducted froma list available in the Jacobs School of Musicadmissions office. At the time of the audition


each candidate must complete an interviewwith the choral conducting faculty. Admissionto the curriculum is probationary untilsuccessful completion of G561 Master’s ChoralConducting I.

Major 20 credit hours. M555 Foundations inChoral Score Analysis and Preparation (3 cr.),concurrent with G561 Master’s ChoralConducting I (3 cr.); M565 Master’s Seminar inChoral Literature (3-3 cr.), concurrent withG562 Master’s Choral Conducting II (3-3 cr.);G604 Master’s Choral Conducting Performance(0-0 cr.); F531-F532 Score Reading and AuralSkills I-II (1-1 cr.). A student may demonstrateproficiency in F531-F532 without having tosubstitute other graduate-level courses.


Outside Area 6 credit hours. See “Structure ofMaster’s Curricula” under “GeneralRequirements for Master’s Degrees”in this bulletin.


Doctor of Music in ChoralConductingPrerequisite Master’s degree in choralconducting or its demonstrated equivalent,including previous experience as a conductor.

Language Proficiencies Knowledge ofFrench, German, and Italian grammarequivalent to one semester at the college levelin each, and proficiency in diction in eachlanguage as demonstrated by examination orby passing a Jacobs School of Music dictioncourse. Students must take all three dictionexams in their first semester of enrollment;with voice department permission, they maytake specific exams for a second time in theirsecond semester of enrollment. For any examnot passed, students must pass the appropriateJacobs School of Music diction course.

Admission An audition, during which thecandidate must appear before one of the choralensembles or conducting classes, is scheduledduring regular school hours upon writtenrequest at least 60 days before the expecteddate of matriculation. Candidates choose musicto be conducted from a list of music availablethrough the Jacobs School of Music admissionsoffice. The work selected should be rehearsedin the original language. At the time of theaudition, the candidate must complete aninterview with the choral conducting faculty.International applicants may submit video andaudio recordings of performances. Admissionis probationary until successful completion of

two semesters of doctoral choral conducting,both of which must be completed during thefirst year of residency.

Major 36 credit hours. G661 Doctoral ChoralConducting: Renaissance (3 cr.); G662 DoctoralChoral Conducting: Baroque (3 cr.); G663Doctoral Choral Conducting:Classic/Romantic (3 cr.); G664 Doctoral ChoralConducting: Music since 1900 (3 cr.); M661Doctoral Seminar in Choral Literature:Renaissance (3 cr.); M662 Doctoral Seminar inChoral Literature: Baroque (3 cr.); M663Doctoral Seminar in Choral Literature:Classic/Romantic (3 cr.); M664 DoctoralSeminar in Choral Literature: Music since 1900(3 cr.); G810-G811 Doctoral Choral ConductingPerformance I-II (2-2 cr.); F533-F534 AdvancedScore Reading and Aural Skills I-II (1-1 cr.);M620 Doctoral Final Project (3 cr.); elective (3cr.).

Minors See ‘‘Doctoral Minors’’ under‘‘General Requirements for Doctoral Degrees”in this bulletin.


CompositionMaster of Music in CompositionPrerequisite Bachelor of Music in compositionor its demonstrated equivalent.

Admission Applicants should submit (1) aportfolio of four to six scores representing avariety of forms and media and (2) achronological list of completed compositions,including date, instrumentation, duration, andany performances (recordings of performancesare recommended). Those invited to interviewshould be prepared for a brief ear-trainingexamination.

Major 18 credit hours. K910 CompositionGraduate Major (12 cr.) with concurrentregistration in I500 Performance andComposition Masterclass (0 cr.); I711 Master’sRecital (0 cr.); T556 Analysis of Music Since1900 (3 cr.); K600 Thesis in Composition (3 cr.).





Master of Music in Computer MusicCompositionPrerequisite Bachelor of Music incomposition or its demonstrated equivalent.

Admission Applicants should submit aportfolio of electronic and/or acousticcompositions (scores/recordings) and a list ofall compositions.

Major 18 credit hours. K503 Electronic StudioResources I (3 cr.), K504 Electronic StudioResources II (3 cr.), K506 Projects in ElectronicMusic (6 cr.) with concurrent registration inI500 Performance and CompositionMasterclass (0 cr.), K509 Seminar in ComputerMusic (3 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.), K600Thesis in Composition (3 cr.).

The Thesis in Composition can be a researchpaper or substantial electroacousticcomposition.



Tool Subject 2-3 hours in computerprogramming languages to be selected fromCSCI A504 Introductory C++ Programming,CSCI A597 Introduction to Programming I, orother Computer Science programming coursesat the 500 level or above, with the approval ofthe director of the Center for Electronic andComputer Music; or equivalent, demonstratedby previous course work or by a proficiencyexam administered by the computer sciencedepartment.


Doctor of Music in Composition

Designed for the talented and accomplishedcomposer who demonstrates creative ability ofa high artistic level.

Prerequisite Master’s degree in compositionor its demonstrated equivalent, includingprevious experience as a composer. Studentswho are deficient in areas such as musicperformance, score reading, conducting (choraland orchestral), or orchestration are required tomake up these deficiencies at least one full yearbefore work for the degree is completed.

Admission Applicants should submit (1) aportfolio of four to six scores representing avariety of forms and media, including oneorchestral work; (2) a chronological list of

completed compositions, including date,instrumentation, during, and anyperformances; and (3) recordings ofperformances demonstrating the range of theirabilities. Those invited to interview should beprepared for a brief ear-training examination.

Major 36 credit hours. K910 CompositionGraduate Major (20 cr.) with concurrentregistration in I500 Performance andComposition Masterclass (0 cr.); K701 DoctoralComposition Chamber Recital (1 cr.); K702-K703 Doctoral Composition Document I-II (0-0cr.); K700 Dissertation in Composition (15 cr.).K702-K703 Doctoral Composition Document I-II should be completed within two semesters offirst registration.

Minors See “Doctoral Minors” under“General Requirements for Doctoral Degrees”in this bulletin. The “guided electives” optionis not available for composition majors.

Tool Subjects T551 Analytical Techniques forTonal Music (3 cr.) and T556 Analysis of MusicSince 1900 (3 cr.) or equivalents, which will notbe included in the total credit hours requiredfor the major.

Early MusicMaster of Music in Early Music,Voice/Instrument Emphasis,Keyboard/Plucked InstrumentEmphasis, or Recorder PedagogyEmphasis

Prerequisite Bachelor of Music or itsdemonstrated equivalent.

Major

Voice/Instrument emphasis 18 credit hours.Y910 Early Music Graduate Major (12 cr.); 3credit hours from M517/M518/M519/M520Medieval/ Renaissance/Baroque/ClassicalLiterature and Performance Practice (3 cr.); 3credit hours from those courses or M516Advanced Topics in Early Music (3 cr.), F501Accompaniment of Baroque Music (3 cr.), F502Readings in Basso Continuo (3 cr.), or F503Advanced Topics in Basso Continuo (3 cr.);I711 Master’s Recital (0-0 cr.).

Keyboard/Plucked Instrument emphasis18 credit hours. Y910 Early Music GraduateMajor (12 cr.); 3 credit hours fromM517/M518/M519/M520Medieval/Renaissance/Baroque/ClassicalLiterature and Performance Practice (3 cr.); 3credit hours from F501 Accompaniment ofBaroque Music (3 cr.), F502 Readings in BassoContinuo (3 cr.) or F503 Advanced Topics inBasso Continuo (3 cr.); I711 Master’s Recital (0-0 cr.)


Recorder Pedagogy emphasis 18 credit hours.Y910 Early Music Graduate Major (12 cr.),M519 Baroque Literature and PerformancePractice (3 cr.), E507 Colloquium in RecorderPedagogy (3 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital (0-0 cr.).

Music History and Literature Requirement6 credit hours. See “Structure of Master’sCurricula” under “General Requirementsfor Master’s Degrees” in this bulletin.

Outside Area 6 credit hours. See “Structure ofMaster’s Curricula” under “GeneralRequirements for Master’s Degrees” in thisbulletin.

Language Proficiencies (voice students)Knowledge of French, German, and Italiangrammar equivalent to two semesters at thecollege level in each, and proficiency in dictionin each language as demonstrated byexamination or by passing a Jacobs School ofMusic diction course. Students must take allthree diction exams in their first semester ofenrollment; with voice department permission,they may take specific exams for a second timein their second semester of enrollment. For anyexam not passed, students must pass theappropriate Jacobs School of Music dictioncourse.

Basso continuo proficiency (keyboard/plucked instrument students) Proficiency inbasso continuo as demonstrated bydepartmental examination.

Ensemble X060 Early Music Ensembles (2 cr.)each semester.

Doctor of Music in Early Music,Voice/Instrument Emphasis, orKeyboard/Plucked InstrumentEmphasis

Prerequisite Master’s degree with the samemajor or its demonstrated equivalent.

MajorVoice/Instrument emphasis 36 credit hours.Y910 Early Music Graduate Major (18 cr.);6 credit hours from M517/M518/M519/M520Medieval/Renaissance/Baroque/ClassicalLiterature and Performance Practice (3-3 cr.);3 credit hours from those courses or from M516Advanced Topics in Early Music (3 cr.), F501Accompaniment of Baroque Music (3 cr.), F502Readings in Basso Continuo (3 cr.) or F503Advanced Topics in Basso Continuo (3 cr.);elective course (3 cr.); Y701 Doctoral Recitalin Early Music (1-1-1 cr.); M620 DoctoralFinal Project (3 cr.).

Keyboard/Plucked Instrument emphasis36 credit hours. Y910 Early Music GraduateMajor (18 cr.); 6 credit hours from F501Accompaniment of Baroque Music (3 cr.),

F502 Readings in Basso Continuo (3 cr.) or F503Advanced Topics in Basso Continuo (3 cr.); 6credit hours from M517/M518/ M519/M520Medieval/Renaissance/Baroque/ ClassicalLiterature and Performance Practice (3-3 cr.) orM516 Advanced Topics in Early Music (3 cr.);Y701 Doctoral Recital in Early Music (1-1-1 cr.);M620 Doctoral Final Project (3 cr.).

Ensemble X060 Early Music Ensembles (2 cr.)each semester.



Basso Continuo Proficiency Proficiency inbasso continuo as demonstrated bydepartmental examination administered beforethe first semester of registration; may be metby passing F501 Accompaniment of BaroqueMusic.

Language Proficiency (all students) Readingknowledge of French, German, Italian, Latin orSpanish as demonstrated by departmentalexamination.

Language Proficiencies (voice students)Knowledge of French, German, and Italiangrammar equivalent to two semesters at thecollege level in each, and proficiency in dictionin each language as demonstrated byexamination or by passing a Jacobs School ofMusic diction course. Students must take allthree diction exams in their first semesterof enrollment; with voice departmentpermission, they may take specific examsfor a second time in their second semester ofenrollment. For any exam not passed, studentsmust pass the appropriate Jacobs School ofMusic diction course.

GuitarMaster of Music in PerformancePrerequisite Bachelor of Music or itsdemonstrated equivalent.

Major 18 credit hours. L900 Guitar GraduateMajor (16 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.), F550Chamber Music (1-1 cr.). Courses in pedagogyand literature may be recommended forstudents wishing to emphasize preparation forteaching rather than music performance; atleast 6 credit hours of music performanceinstruction are required for all majors.





Doctor of Music in Music Literatureand Performance


Major 36 credit hours. L900 Guitar GraduateMajor (18 cr.), F551 Practicum in Transcriptionfor the Guitar (2 cr.), graduate music educationcourse as approved by chair of the student’sadvisory committee (E516 recommended) (3cr.), M627-M628 Individual Study of Literatureof Guitar I-II (3-3 cr.), L661 Doctoral GuitarRecital (1-1-1 cr.), I821 Doctoral ChamberMusic Recital (1 cr.), M620 Doctoral FinalProject (3 cr.).

Minors See “Doctoral Minors” under “GeneralRequirements for Doctoral Degrees” in thisbulletin.

Tool Subjects M539 Introduction to MusicBibliography (2 cr.), HISP S491 ElementarySpanish for Graduate Students (3 cr.).

HarpMaster of Music in PerformancePrerequisite Bachelor of Music or itsdemonstrated equivalent.

Major 18 credit hours. H900 Harp GraduateMajor (16 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.), F549Elements of Harp Ensemble Performance (1-1cr.). Note: F550 Chamber Music may besubstituted for F549 only with permission ofthe department chair. Students with equivalentexperience, as determined by the harp faculty,may substitute harp pedagogy or conductingfor the 2 credit hours of F549. Courses inpedagogy and literature may be recommendedfor students wishing to emphasize preparationfor teaching rather than music performance; atleast 6 credit hours of music performanceinstruction are required for all majors.



Ensemble X040 University InstrumentalEnsembles (2 cr.) each semester.


Major 36 credit hours. H900 Harp GraduateMajor (16 cr.), H601 Doctoral Harp Recital I(1 cr.), H602 Doctoral Harp Recital II (Lecture)(1 cr.), H603 Doctoral Harp Recital III(Concerto) (2 cr.), H604 Doctoral Harp RecitalIV (Chamber) (2 cr.), M643-M644 Seminar inHarp Literature I-II (3-3 cr.), E513 HarpPedagogy (3 cr.), E514 Applied Harp Pedagogy(3 cr.), M620 Doctoral Final Project (2 cr.).



Ensemble X040 University InstrumentalEnsembles (2 cr.) each semester beforequalifying examinations, unless waiver isreceived from department chair.

Instrumental ConductingMaster of Music in InstrumentalConductingPrerequisite Bachelor of Music degree or itsdemonstrated equivalent.

Entrance Examination Audition withorchestra. Personal interview covering allaspects of conducting, instrumentation,orchestral literature, sight-singing, scorereading, and piano proficiency (if applicable).

Major 18 credit hours. G571 Master’sAdvanced Instrumental Conducting (3-3-3-3cr.), G603 Master’s Instrumental ConductingPerformance (0 cr.), M571-M572 Master’sSeminar in Symphonic Literature 1-2 (3-3 cr.).




Doctor of Music in InstrumentalConductingPrerequisite Master’s degree with the samemajor or its demonstrated equivalent.


Admission Audition with orchestra.Applicants are examined in conducting, operaand symphonic literature, score reading, piano(if applicable) and sight-singing proficiency,and orchestration. In the event the student isdeficient in certain areas, courses may beprescribed in addition to the courserequirements.

Major 36 credit hours. G671 DoctoralAdvanced Instrumental Conducting (3-3-3-3-3-3 cr.), G801 Doctoral Instrumental ConductingPerformance (2-2 cr.), M671-M672-M673-M674Doctoral Seminar in Symphonic Literature 1-2-3-4 (3-3-3-3 cr.), M620 Doctoral Final Project (2cr.).



Jazz StudiesMaster of Music in Jazz StudiesPrerequisite Bachelor of Music or itsdemonstrated equivalent.

Admission Audition. Proficiency equivalentto the bachelor’s degree at Indiana University.

Major 18 credit hours. M592 Jazz Literature2: The Bebop Era (3 cr.); M591 Jazz Literature 1:Pre-Jazz to Bebop (3 cr.) or M593 JazzLiterature 3: Jazz since Bebop (3 cr.); 3 credithours selected from O521-O522-O523-O524Jazz Improvisation 1-2-3-4 (3 cr.); F550Chamber Music [Jazz Combo](1-1-1 cr.); I711Master’s Recital (0 cr.); and 6 credit hoursselected from E570 Pedagogy of Jazz (2 cr.),K512 Jazz Composition (3 cr.), M583 DukeEllington (3 cr.), M591 Jazz Literature 1: Pre-Jazz to Bebop (3 cr.), M593 Jazz Literature 3:Jazz since Bebop (3 cr.), M584 Research in theHistory and Analysis of Jazz (3 cr.), M594 BigBand Jazz (3 cr.), O517 Jazz Arranging 2 (2 cr.),O521-522-523-524 Jazz Improvisation 1-2-3-4 (3cr.), O525 Rhythm Section Literature andPerformance (2 cr.), or O800 Jazz Performance(2 cr.).




Music EducationMaster of Music EducationThe student may choose to complete thisdegree with emphasis in one of the followingareas: band conducting and literature, choralmethods, general music, instrumental methods,Kodály, Orff, or individualized studies.

Prerequisite Undergraduate degree in musicor music education.

Admission (1) GRE General Test scores (2)short video recording which demonstratesproficiency in teaching and performance orensemble direction (3) interview with musiceducation faculty (4) three to five-page essayon applicant’s background and goals in musiceducation

Major 23 credit hours.Professional Understanding 11 credit hours.E516 Instructional Programs and Learning inMusic (3 cr.), E518 Foundations of MusicEducation (3 cr.), E520 Seminar in MusicEducation for Master’s Degree Students (2 cr.),E535 Measurement, Evaluation, and Guidancein Music (3 cr.).

Professional Techniques 9 credit hours. One ofthe following sequences depending on thestudent’s area of emphasis. A conductingaudition is required for band, choral, andinstrumental emphasis.1. Band Conducting and Literature: G566-G567 Interpretation and Conducting ofBand Literature I-II (3-3 cr.) and one of thefollowing: E568 Administration ofInstrumental Groups (3 cr.), E527 AdvancedInstrumental Methods (3 cr.), E533 Researchin Music Education (3 cr.), or M570Historical Development of Wind Groupsand Literature (3 cr.).

2. Choral Methodology: E528 AdvancedChoral Methods (3 cr.), E521 The Children’sChorus (3 cr.), electives in music educationor vocal pedagogy (3 cr.). (In this emphasisthe outside area must be choralconducting.)

3. General Music: E524 Exploratory Teachingin Elementary School Music (3 cr.), E526Exploratory Approaches to Music in Juniorand Senior High School (3 cr.), electives inmusic education techniques (3 cr.).

4. Instrumental Methods: E527 AdvancedInstrumental Methods (3 cr.), E551 Seminarin Instrumental Teaching (2 cr.), E568Administration of Instrumental Groups (3cr.) or E570 Pedagogy of Jazz (2 cr.),electives in music education, conducting, ortechniques (1-2 cr.). (In this program theoutside area must be instrumentalconducting.)


5. Kodály: E571-E572-E573 Kodály Concept I-II-III (3-3-3 cr.).

6. Orff: E574-E575-E576 Orff ProgramDevelopment I-II-III (3-3-3 cr.).

7. Individualized Studies: electives in musiceducation, conducting, or techniques (9 cr.),as determined with the student’s advisor.

Thesis E600 Thesis in Music Education (3 cr.)or E534 Practicum in Music Education (3 cr.).For guidelines and procedures relative to E600and E534, see the coordinator of graduatestudies in music education.




Master of Science in MusicEducationA curriculum leading toward a master’s degreeand certification in public school music.

Prerequisites Bachelor’s degree with a majorin music

Admission (1) Praxis I scores (2) short videorecording which demonstrates proficiency inteaching and performance or ensembledirection (3) interview with music educationfaculty.

Major 31 credit hours.Music Education 15 credit hours. E518Foundations of Music Education (3 cr.); E502The Practice of Music Teaching (3 cr.); E524Exploratory Teaching in Elementary SchoolMusic (3 cr.); I502 Music Education MasterClass for Student Teaching (0 cr.); E527Advanced Instrumental Methods (3 cr.) orE528 Advanced Choral Methods (3 cr.); onecourse selected from E516 InstructionalPrograms and Learning in Music (3 cr.), E535Measurement, Evaluation and Guidance inMusic (3 cr.), or E517 Sociology of Music (3 cr.).

Professional Education 6 credit hours. EDUCP510 Psychology in Teaching (3 cr.), EDUCK505 Introduction to Special Education forGraduate Students (3 cr.), EDUC M501Laboratory/Field Experience (0-0 cr.). Studentsin instrumental teaching areas (band andstrings) are required to participate in at leastone spring semester of Young Winds as partialfulfillment of EDUC M501.

Student teaching 10 credit hours.EDUC M580 Internship in Music (10 cr.).

Music History and Literature Requirement6 credit hours. See “Structure of Master’sCurricula” under “General Requirementsfor Master’s Degrees” in this bulletin.

Music Techniques Credit hours needed tomeet the requirements of the area in which thestudent expects to be certified (choral teaching,general music teaching, instrumental teaching-band, or instrumental teaching-string). Theserequirements may be met through examinationor by course work.

Choral Teaching 18 credit hours. E312Arranging for Instrumental and Vocal Groups(2 cr.), E494 Vocal Pedagogy (3 cr.), F205Introduction to Instrumental Techniques (3cr.), F411 Musical Productions for the ChoralDirector (2 cr.), F413 Choral Literature forMusic Educators (2 cr.), G370 Techniques forConducting (2cr.), G371 Choral Conducting I (2cr.), G372 Choral Conducting II (2 cr.).

General Music Teaching 20 credit hours. E312Arranging for Instrumental and Vocal Groups(2 cr.), E494 Vocal Pedagogy (3 cr.), F205Introduction to Instrumental Techniques (3cr.), F302 Classroom Instrument Techniques (2cr.), F412 Children’s Chorus (2 cr.), F414 Musicin Early Childhood (2 cr.), F415Orff/Dalcroze/ Kodaly (2 cr.), G370Techniques for Conducting (2 cr.), G371 ChoralConducting I (2 cr.).

Instrumental Teaching–Band 22 credit hours.E312 Arranging for Instrumental and VocalGroups (2 cr.), E470 Pedagogy of Jazz (2 cr.),F261 String Class Techniques (2 cr.), F281 BrassInstrument Techniques (2 cr.) concurrent withF200 Music Education Instrumental Laboratory(1 cr.), F337 Woodwind Techniques (2 cr.)concurrent with F200 Music EducationInstrumental Laboratory (1 cr.), F338Percussion Techniques (2 cr.), F466 Techniquesin Marching Bands (2 cr.), G370 Techniques forConducting (2 cr.), G373 InstrumentalConducting (2 cr.), EDUC M434Administration of School Bands (2 cr.).

Instrumental Teaching–Strings 26 credithours. E303 Violin/Viola Pedagogy I (2 cr.),E304 Violin/Viola Pedagogy II (2 cr.), E306Cello Pedagogy (2 cr.), E312 Arranging forInstrumental and Vocal Groups (2 cr.), E420String Pedagogy (2 cr.), E470 Pedagogy ofJazz (2 cr.), F281 Brass Instrument Techniques(2 cr.), concurrent with F200 Music EducationInstrumental Laboratory (1 cr.), F337Woodwind Techniques (2 cr.), concurrent withF200 Music Education Instrumental Laboratory(1 cr.), F338 Percussion Techniques (2 cr.), G370Techniques for Conducting (2 cr.), G373Instrumental Conducting (2 cr.), EDUCM436Administration of School Orchestras (2 cr.).

General Education Courses A minimum of6 credit hours in each category (Written and


Oral Expression, Life and Physical Sciencesand Mathematics, and Social and BehavioralSciences) with a total of at least 27 credit hoursin general education courses. These arenormally undergraduate courses. Previouscredit will be counted.

Ensemble Each semester. At least onesemester of marching band is required for allwind or percussion players who have not hadprevious undergraduate college marchingband experience. At least one semester ofInternational Vocal Ensemble is required for allstudents with emphasis in general musicteaching and choral teaching.

Teaching Certification In addition to thesuccessful completion of the M.S. in MusicEducation degree, teaching certification for theState of Indiana requires the recommendationof Indiana University and successfulcompletion of Praxis II, Music ContentKnowledge specialty test.

Specialist in Music EducationPrerequisite The applicant must have amaster’s degree in music or music educationand at least three years of teaching experience.


Major 30 credit hours.Music Education Core 6 credit hours selectedfrom E516 Instructional Programs andLearning in Music (3 cr.), E517 Sociology ofMusic (3 cr.), E518 Foundations of MusicEducation (3 cr.), E519 Psychology of Music (3cr.), E530 Learning Processes in Music (3 cr.),E531-E532 Research Methods in Music I-II (3-3cr.), E616 Curriculum in Music Education (3cr.), E618 History and Philosophy of MusicEducation (3 cr.), E635 College Music Teaching(3 cr.), E660 Philosophical Research in MusicEducation (2 cr.), E661 Historical Research inMusic Education (2 cr.), or E662 Public Lecturein Music Education (1 cr.).

Music Education Techniques 6 credit hoursselected from E521 The Children’s Chorus(3 cr.), E522 Music in Early Childhood (3 cr.),E523 Music in Special Education (3 cr.), E524Exploratory Teaching in Elementary SchoolMusic (3 cr.), E525 Supervision of Music inthe Public Schools (1-3 cr.), E526 Exploratoryapproaches to Music in Junior and Senior HighSchool (3 cr.), E527 Advanced InstrumentalMethods (3 cr.), E528 Advanced ChoralMethods (3 cr.), E533 Research in MusicEducation (1-3 cr.), E545 Guided Professional

Experiences (1-3 cr.), E551 Seminar inInstrumental Teaching (3 cr.), E568Administration of Instrumental Groups (3 cr.),E571-E572-E573 Kodály Concept I-II-III (3-3-3cr.), E574-E575-E576 Orff ProgramDevelopment I-II-III (3-3-3 cr.), G560 GraduateChoral Conducting (3 cr.), or G566-G567Interpretation and Conducting of BandLiterature I-II (3-3 cr.), or M570 HistoricalDevelopment of Wind Groups and Literature(3 cr.).

Other Music Courses 18 credit hours selectedfrom either of the previous areas or, with thepermission of the chair of the music educationdepartment and the director of graduatestudies, other courses in the Jacobs School ofMusic for which the student has the necessarybackground.

Although no auditions or entranceexaminations in music history and theory arerequired for admission to the specialistprogram, enrollment in certain graduate musiccourses does require an audition or entranceexamination.

Students who have received the Specialist inMusic Education may not subsequently countthose credit hours toward a doctorate.

Doctor of Music EducationStudents working toward this degree mayemphasize band conducting and literature,choral methodology, college music teaching,instrumental methodology, or supervision andadministration. The area of emphasis must bedifferent from that of the master’s degree.

Prerequisite Candidates must have ascholarly and/or teaching backgroundappropriate to the area of emphasis they wishto pursue.


Major 25 credit hours.Core Requirement 13 credit hours. E530Learning Processes in Music (3 cr.), E616Curriculum in Music Education (3 cr.), E618History and Philosophy of Music (3 cr.), E658-E659 Music Education Doctoral Seminar I-II (2-2 cr.).

Electives 12 credit hours of graduate musiceducation electives selected from thefollowing, with the approval of the departmentchair or coordinator of graduate studies. Aconducting audition is required for band,choral, and instrumental areas.


1. Band Conducting and Literature: E568Administration of Instrumental Groups (3cr.), G566-G567 Interpretation andConducting of Band Literature I-II (3-3 cr.),M570 Historical Development of WindGroups and Literature (3 cr.).

2. Choral Methodology: E519 Psychology ofMusic (3 cr.), E528 Advanced ChoralMethods (3 cr.), E635 College MusicTeaching (3 cr.); electives in music educationor vocal pedagogy (3 cr.), one minor area inchoral conducting is required.

3. College Music Teaching: E519 Psychologyof Music (3 cr.), E635 College MusicTeaching (3 cr.); 6 credit hours from othermusic education courses.

4. Instrumental Methodology: E527 AdvancedInstrumental Methods (3 cr.), E551 Seminarin Instrumental Teaching (2 cr.), E568Administration of Instrumental Groups (3cr.), E570 Pedagogy of Jazz (2 cr.), andeither E533 Research in Music Education (2cr.) or E545 Guided ProfessionalExperiences (2 cr.).

5. Supervision and Administration: E525Supervision of Music in the Public Schools(3 cr.), either E545 Guided ProfessionalExperiences (3 cr.) or E625 Administrationof Music in Higher Education (3 cr.), and 6credit hours from other music educationcourses.

Minor 12 credit hours within or outside thefield of music in any subject for which thecandidate has the necessary background foradvanced course work.

Students may choose to complete a secondformal minor or, with approval of theiradvisory committee and the director ofgraduate studies, use the remaining 12 credithours as free, graduate-level electives inside oroutside the field of music.

Tool Subject E531-E532 Research Methods inMusic I-II (3-3 cr.) with a grade of C or higheror evidence of proficiency demonstrated byexamination.

Dissertation E700 Dissertation in MusicEducation (12 cr.).

Doctor of Philosophy in MusicEducation (through UniversityGraduate School)

The Doctor of Philosophy in Music Educationis designed to prepare the student who intendsto conduct scholarly research in musiceducation.

Prerequisite Candidates must have ascholarly or teaching background thatindicates potential for outstanding scholarshipin the field of music education.

Admission (1) GRE General Test scores (2)short video recording which demonstratesproficiency in teaching and performance orensemble direction (3) interview with musiceducation faculty (4) three to five-page essayon applicant’s background and goals in musiceducation.

Major 22 credit hours. E519 Psychology ofMusic (3 cr.), E530 Learning Processes in Music(3 cr.), E616 Curriculum in Music Education (3cr.), E618 History and Philosophy of Music (3cr.), E635 College Music Teaching (3 cr.), E660Philosophical Research in Music Education (2cr.) or E661 Historical Research in MusicEducation (2 cr.), E662 Public Lecture in MusicEducation (1 cr.), E658-E659 Music EducationDoctoral Seminar I-II (2-2 cr.).

Minor 12 credit hours within or outside thefield of music in any subject for which thecandidate has the necessary background foradvanced course work.

Students may choose to complete a secondformal minor or, with approval of theiradvisory committee and the director ofgraduate studies, use the remaining 12 credithours as free, graduate-level electives inside oroutside the field of music.

Tool Subject E531-E532 Research Methods inMusic I-II (3-3 cr.) with a grade of C or higheror evidence of proficiency as demonstrated byexamination. Reading knowledge of two non-English languages as demonstrated byexamination; or reading knowledge of onelanguage and demonstration of proficiency inone research skill such as statistics or computerscience, approved by the department and thedirector of graduate studies of the JacobsSchool of Music.

Dissertation E700 Dissertation in MusicEducation (12 cr.).

Music TheoryMusic theory at Indiana University emphasizesmusicianship and scholarly study withparticular emphasis on the history of musicalthought, analysis of musical structure, andpedagogy.

Master of Music in Music TheoryPrerequisite Bachelor’s degree with a majorin music.

Admission The applicant must submit at thetime of application three letters ofrecommendation and a typed, formal paper ofsubstantial length on an analytical ortheoretical subject. The paper is expected todemonstrate the applicant’s musical insightand ability to express ideas clearly and


correctly. An individual interview is alsorequired; applicants are expected to beproficient in sight singing, aural skills, andkeyboard harmony. The applicant’s scores onthe GRE General Test must be received fromEducational Testing Service in Princeton, NewJersey, by the application deadline.

Major 21 credit hours. T550 Readings inMusic Theory (3 cr.), T551 AnalyticalTechniques for Tonal Music (3 cr.), T555Schenkerian Analysis (3 cr.), T556 Analysis ofMusic Since 1900 (3 cr.), T565 StylisticCounterpoint: Variable Topics (3 cr.), T591Teaching of Music Theory (3 cr.), T658 Seminarin Music Theory: Variable Topics (3 cr.), T599Master’s Degree Comprehensive Review (0cr.). A student may demonstrate proficiency inany one of these areas without substitutinganother graduate-level music theory course.



Tool Subject M539 Introduction to MusicBibliography (2 cr.) with a grade of B or higheror evidence of proficiency demonstrated byexamination.


Doctor of Philosophy in MusicTheory (through UniversityGraduate School)

Admission Applicants for the Ph.D. in musictheory must have received a master’s degree inmusic theory or musicology or thedemonstrated equivalent. Students withoutstanding credentials may apply directlyfrom a bachelor’s degree. Students are requiredto demonstrate competency in all areasrequired of the M.M. music theory major atIndiana University, and may be exempted fromcertain courses on the recommendation of thedepartment. Applicants must apply to both theGraduate Division of the Jacobs School ofMusic and the University Graduate School.

In addition to three letters of recommendation,applicants must submit two extensive, formalresearch papers or a master’s thesis in musictheory or musicology. An individual interviewis also required; applicants are expected to beproficient in sight singing, aural skills, andkeyboard harmony. The applicant’s scores onthe GRE General Test must be received fromEducational Testing Service in Princeton,New Jersey, by the application deadline.

Major 36-66 credit hours. FoundationCourses: T551 Analytical Techniques for TonalMusic (3 cr.), T555 Schenkerian Analysis (3 cr.),T556 Analysis of Music Since 1900 (3 cr.), T565Stylistic Counterpoint: Variable Topics (3 cr.),T591 Teaching of Music Theory (3 cr.).Foundation courses may be validated based onprevious coursework.

Advanced courses: T623-T624 History of MusicTheory I-II (3-3 cr.); T658 Seminar in MusicTheory: Variable Topics (3-3-3-3 cr.); T550Readings in Music Theory* (3 cr.); 3 creditschosen from T658 Seminar in Music Theory:Variable Topics (3 cr.), T561 Music Theory:Variable Topics (3 cr.), T619 Projects andProblems in Music Theory (3 cr.) or anothergraduate course approved by the music theorydepartment; T700 Dissertation in Music Theory(9-24 cr.).

* Students who have already fulfilled therequirement for T550 must substitute 3credits of T658, T561, T619, or anotherapproved graduate course.

Public Lecture T659 Public Lecture (0 cr.). Thepublic lecture must be completed before takingthe oral qualifying examination.

Minor Fields 24 credit hours. Student mustelect two minor fields, usually for 12 credithours each. The first minor must be eithermusic history and literature or musicology.The second minor may be inside or outside ofthe Jacobs School of Music. For the secondminor, the student may also select guidedelectives not in the major field, approved bythe student’s advisory committee and thedirector of graduate studies.

Tool Subjects M539 Introduction to MusicBibliography (2 cr.) with a grade of B or higherand reading knowledge of two non-Englishlanguages as demonstrated by examinationor by grades of B or higher in two semesters ofreading courses at the graduate level in each;or reading knowledge of one language anddemonstration of proficiency in one researchskill, approved by the department and thedirector of graduate studies of the JacobsSchool of Music.

Musicology

Master of Arts in Musicology(through University GraduateSchool)Prerequisite Bachelor’s degree (B.M. or B.A.)with a major in music, or demonstratedequivalent.

Admission Applications must includea formal research paper on a historical ortheoretical subject in music. The applicant’s


scores on the GRE General Test must bereceived from Educational Testing Service inPrinceton, New Jersey by the applicationdeadline.

Major 18 credit hours. 9 credit hours selectedfrom M525 Survey of Operatic Literature (3cr.), M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.), M528Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), M650 Musicin the United States (3 cr.), M651 MedievalMusic (3 cr.), M652 Renaissance Music (3 cr.),M653 Baroque Music (3 cr.), M654 ClassicMusic (3 cr.), M655 Romantic Music (3 cr.),M656 Music Since 1900 (3 cr.), M502Composers: Variable Topics (3 cr.) or M510Topics in Music Literature (3 cr.); 6 credithours selected from T551 AnalyticalTechniques for Tonal Music (3 cr.), T545Introductory Analysis of Music Literature (3cr.), T555 Schenkerian Analysis (3 cr.), or T556Analysis of Music Since 1900 (3 cr.); 3 credithours selected from graduate courses in musichistory and literature, musicology, musictheory, or ethnomusicology.

Music History and Literature Requirement6 credit hours. See “Structure of Master’sCurricula“ under ”General Requirements forMaster’s Degrees” in this bulletin.

Outside Area 6 credit hours.

Tool Subjects M539 Introduction to MusicBibliography (2 cr.); reading knowledge ofGerman as demonstrated by musicologydepartment examination.


Master of Arts examination To be taken in thesemester in which a student completes thecourse work for the degree.

Doctor of Philosophy in Musicology(through University GraduateSchool)

Prerequisite Applicants for the Ph.D. inmusicology must have received an M.A. orM.M. degree from an accredited institution ormust demonstrate equivalent accomplishment.Previous course work may be offered in partialfulfillment of major or minor fieldrequirements, subject to evaluation andacceptance. Ph.D. candidates are required todemonstrate competency in all areas requiredof the M.A. in musicology major at IndianaUniversity.

Admission Applicants for the Ph.D. inmusicology must demonstrate strongpreparation in music history. Students withoutstanding credentials may apply directlyfrom a bachelor’s degree; students holding anM.A. or M.M. in musicology may be exemptedfrom certain courses on the recommendation of

the department. A formal research paper mustbe submitted with the application. Theapplicant’s scores on the GRE General Testmust be received from Educational TestingService in Princeton, New Jersey by theapplication deadline.

Progress toward Degree Deficiencies in musichistory or music theory, as determined by thegraduate entrance examinations, must be metby the end of the first year. One languageexamination must be passed by the end of thefirst year, and a second must be passed beforethe qualifying examination. The qualifyingexamination should ordinarily be taken in thefall of the fourth year. A dissertation proposalshould ordinarily be submitted during thefourth year. Exceptions to this general schedulerequire the permission of the department.

Major 48 to 78 credit hours. M551Introduction to Historical Musicology(3 cr.); M602 Seminar in Musicology (3-3-3-3-3-3-3-3 cr.); M603 Methods of MusicalScholarship (3-3 cr.); 12 credit hours of coursesin musicology, music theory, ethnomusicology,or other musical subjects approved by thestudent’s doctoral advisory committee; M700Dissertation in Musicology (3-33 cr.).

Minor One minor, with sufficient credit hoursto satisfy the course requirements for a Ph.D.minor, as determined by the department inwhich the minor is taken. All such minors mustbe recognized or accepted by the UniversityGraduate School. A Ph.D. minor typicallyrequires 12 credit hours of course work, anddepartments may also require a written and/ororal examination in the minor field.

Tool Subjects M539 Introduction to MusicBibliography (2 cr.) and reading knowledge oftwo non-English languages as demonstratedby musicology department examination. Thefirst must be German, French, Italian, Latin,Spanish, or Russian; the second should berelevant to the student’s research area.

OrganMaster of Music in PerformancePrerequisite Bachelor of Music or itsdemonstrated equivalent.

Major 18 credit hours. Q900 Organ GraduateMajor (12 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.), 6credit hours from M675-M676-M677-M678Seminar in Organ Literature (3-3-3-3 cr.) orE589 Organ Pedagogy (3 cr.).







Admission Admission to the curriculum isdetermined on the basis of an audition. Duringthe 30-minute audition, the student should beprepared to demonstrate abilities in at leastthree different style periods.

Major 36 credit hours. Q900 Organ GraduateMajor (15 cr.); Q601 Doctoral Organ Recital(with at least 15 minutes of each recital frommemory) (1-1-1 cr.); 9 credit hours from M675-M676-M677-M678 Seminar in Organ Literature(3-3-3-3 cr.) or E589 Organ Pedagogy (3 cr.);C505 Organ Construction and Design (2 cr.);elective (3 cr.); M620 Doctoral Final Project (4cr.).



Organ and Church MusicMaster of Music in Organ andChurch Music, Double Major

Prerequisite Bachelor’s degree in organ or itsdemonstrated equivalent.

Major I (Organ) 17 credit hours. Q900 OrganGraduate Major (12 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital (0cr.), C524 Organ Improvisation (2 cr.), 3 credithours from M675-M676-M677-M678 Seminarin Organ Literature (3-3-3-3 cr.), or E589 OrganPedagogy (3 cr.).

Major II (Church Music) 16 credit hours.E521 The Children’s Chorus (3 cr.), C502Hymnody (2 cr.), C523 Church MusicPracticum (2 cr.), C533-C534 Sacred ChoralLiterature I Small Forms, II Large Forms (2-2cr.), C505 Organ Construction and Design (2cr.); 3 credit hours from E536 SpecialWorkshop in Music Education (2 cr.), E561Choral Methods and Materials (3 cr.), F531-F532 Score Reading and Aural Skills I –II (1-1cr.), E312 Arranging for Instrumental andVocal Groups (2 cr.), U361 English Diction forSingers (1 cr.), M558 Topics in Early Music (1cr.), Y700 Carillon (2 cr.), Y710 Harpsichord (2cr.).


Outside Area 6 credit hours in choralconducting (G560 Graduate ChoralConducting and another course selected inconsultation with the choral conductingdepartment chairperson). Students wishing tohave an outside area in another field arerequired to take G560 as a part of the Major IIrequirements. For information on other outsideareas, see “Structure of Master’s Curricula”under “General Requirements for Master’sDegrees” in this bulletin.


Doctor of Music in Organ and ChurchMusic

Prerequisite Master’s degree in organ andchurch music or its equivalent.

Admission Admission to the curriculum isdetermined on the basis of an audition. Duringthe 30-minute audition, the student should beprepared to demonstrate abilities in at leastthree different style periods.

Major 37 credit hours. Q900 Organ GraduateMajor (12 cr.), Q601 Doctoral Organ Recital(with at least 15 minutes of each recitalfrom memory) (1-1-1 cr.), Q608 DoctoralOrgan/Choir Practicum (1 cr.), E521 TheChildren’s Chorus (3 cr.), C502 Hymnody (2cr.), C523 Church Music Practicum (2 cr.), C524Organ Improvisation (2 cr.), C533-C534 SacredChoral Literature I Small Forms, II LargeForms (2-2 cr.), E594 Vocal Pedagogy (3 cr.),M620 Doctoral Final Project (2 cr.), 3 credithours from M675-M676-M677-M678 Seminarin Organ Literature (3-3-3-3 cr.), or E589Organ Pedagogy (3 cr.). Students wishing toincorporate harpsichord into the major shouldconfer with the organ department.



PercussionMaster of Music in PerformancePrerequisite Bachelor of Music or itsdemonstrated equivalent.

Major 18 credit hours. D900 PercussionGraduate Major (14 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital (0cr.), F550 Chamber Music (1-1-1-1 cr.).







Admission Admission to the curriculum isdetermined on the basis of a full-length recital,which may or may not be heard in its entirety,performed during the first period ofregistration, and an examination (written ororal) on the literature, techniques, andpedagogy of percussion.

Major 36 credit hours. D900 PercussionGraduate Major (18 cr.), D601-D602-D603-D604Percussion Recital I-II-III-IV (1-1-2-2 cr.), M637Seminar in Percussion History (3 cr.), M638Percussion Ensemble Literature (3 cr.), F603-F604 Seminar in Percussion Performance I-II(2-2 cr.); M620 Doctoral Final Project (2 cr.).



Ensemble Participation in a major and/orminor ensemble; assignment determined bythe percussion faculty.

PianoMaster of Music in PerformancePrerequisite Bachelor of Music or itsdemonstrated equivalent.

Major 20 credit hours. P900 Piano GraduateMajor (12 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.), F500Accompanying Recital (0 cr.), M543 KeyboardLiterature from 1700 to 1850 (3 cr.), M544 PianoLiterature from 1850 to the Present (3 cr.), E493Piano Pedagogy (2 cr.). E493 Piano Pedagogy isrequired only for those students who have nothad a course in piano pedagogy or equivalentteaching experience.



Ensemble Each semester; X002 PianoAccompanying in the first two semesters ofenrollment (excluding summer).


Prerequisite A master’s degree with the samemajor or its demonstrated equivalent.

Admission Admission to the curriculum isdetermined on the basis of a full-length recital,comparable to an M.M. recital, which may ormay not be heard in its entirety. This recitalwill be performed by invitation only, after ascreening evaluation either by recording orduring audition weekends. There will be anoral examination at the time of the recital onthe literature, techniques, and pedagogy of thepiano. Applicants must show evidence ofsufficient performing experience and learningability to satisfy the committee that they areable to fulfill the requirements for the degree.Applicants must also submit a completerepertoire of works performed and/or studiedat the time of the recital.

Major 37 credit hours. P900 Piano GraduateMajor (16 cr.), P601-P602 Doctoral PianoRecital (1-1 cr.), P603 Doctoral PianoLecture/Recital (1 cr.), P604 Final DoctoralRecital (1 cr.), P605-P606 Doctoral Concerto I-II(1-1 cr.), I821 Doctoral Chamber Music Recital(1-1 cr.), M645-M646-M647-M648 Seminar inPiano Literature I-II-III-IV (3-3-3-3 cr.), M621Doctoral Piano Essay (1 cr.) The final recital isplayed after the qualifying examination hasbeen passed.



StringsMaster of Music in PerformancePrerequisite Bachelor of Music or itsdemonstrated equivalent.

Major

Violin 18 credit hours. S910 Violin GraduateMajor (14 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.), F550Chamber Music (1-1 cr.), and M665 Survey ofViolin/Viola Literature I (2 cr.) or M666 Surveyof Violin/Viola Literature II (2 cr.).


Viola 18 credit hours. S920 Viola GraduateMajor (14 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.), F550Chamber Music (1-1 cr.), and M665 Survey ofViolin/Viola Literature I (2 cr.) or M666 Surveyof Violin/Viola Literature II (2 cr.).

Violoncello 18 credit hours. S930 VioloncelloGraduate Major (14 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital (0cr.), F550 Chamber Music (1-1 cr.), and M667Survey of Violoncello Literature I (2 cr.) orM668 Survey of Violoncello Literature II (2 cr.).

Double Bass 18 credit hours. S940 DoubleBass Graduate Major (16 cr.), I711 Master’sRecital (0 cr.), 2 credit hours selected from F519Orchestral Repertoire (1 cr.) or F520 Topics inPerformance Study (1 cr.).Courses in pedagogy and literature may berecommended for students wishing toemphasize preparation for teaching rather thanmusic performance; at least 6 credit hours ofmusic performance instruction are required forall majors.





Admission Admission to the curriculum isdetermined on the basis of a full-length recital,comparable to an M.M. recital, which may ormay not be heard in its entirety. This recitalwill be performed by invitation only, after ascreening evaluation either by recording orduring audition weekends.

MajorViolin 36 credit hours. S910 Violin GraduateMajor (18 cr.); S611-S612 Doctoral Violin RecitalI-II (1-1 cr.), S613 Doctoral Violin Concerto (1cr.); S650 Concertmaster or Section Leader(Doctoral) (1 cr.); I821 Doctoral Chamber MusicRecital (1-1 cr.); 6 credit hours chosen fromM665 Survey of Violin/Viola Literature I (2 cr.);M666 Survey of Violin/Viola Literature II (2cr.), M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.), orM550 Doctoral String Literature (1-3 cr.); F550Chamber Music (1-1 cr.); 2 credit hours chosenfrom E503 Violin/Viola Pedagogy I (2 cr.), E504Violin/Viola Pedagogy II (2 cr.), E505Violin/Viola Pedagogy III (2 cr.), or F550Chamber Music (1-1 cr.); M620 DoctoralFinal Project (2 cr.).

Viola 36 credit hours. S920 Viola GraduateMajor (18 cr.), S614 Doctoral Viola Concerto(1 cr.), S621-S622 Doctoral Viola Recital (1-1cr.), S650 Concertmaster or Section Leader(Doctoral) (1 cr.), I821 Doctoral Chamber MusicRecital (1-1 cr.); 6 credit hours chosen fromM665 Survey of Violin/Viola Literature I (2cr.), M666 Survey of Violin/Viola Literature II(2 cr.), M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.),or M550 Doctoral String Literature (1-3 cr.);F550 Chamber Music (1-1 cr.); 2 credit hourschosen from E503 Violin/Viola Pedagogy I (2cr.), E504 Violin/Viola Pedagogy II (2 cr.), E505Violin/Viola Pedagogy III (2 cr.), or F550Chamber Music (1-1 cr.); M620 Doctoral FinalProject (2 cr.).

Violoncello 36 credit hours. S930 VioloncelloGraduate Major (18 cr.), S631-S632 DoctoralVioloncello Recital I-II (1-1 cr.), S633 DoctoralVioloncello Concerto (1 cr.), S650 Concert-master or Section Leader (Doctoral) (1 cr.), I821Doctoral Chamber Music Recital (1-1 cr.), 6credit hours chosen from M667 Survey ofVioloncello Literature I (2 cr.), M668 Survey ofVioloncello Literature II (2 cr.), M528 ChamberMusic Literature (3 cr.), or M550 DoctoralString Literature (1-3 cr.); F550 Chamber Music(1-1 cr.); 2 credit hours chosen from E 506 CelloPedagogy (2 cr.) or F550 Chamber Music (1-1cr.); M620 Doctoral Final Project (2 cr.).

Double Bass 36 credit hours. S940 DoubleBass Graduate Major (18 cr.); S651-S652Doctoral Double Bass Recital (1-1 cr.); S650Concertmaster or Section Leader (Doctoral) (1-1 cr.); I821 Doctoral Chamber Music Recital (1cr.); M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.);M550 Doctoral String Literature (1-1-1 cr.);E515 Double Bass Pedagogy (2 cr.); 3 credithours chosen from F550 Chamber Music, F519Orchestral Repertoire, or F520 Special Topics(1-1-1 cr.); M620 Doctoral Final Project (2 cr.).



VoiceMaster of Music in PerformancePrerequisite Bachelor of Music or itsdemonstrated equivalent.

Language Proficiencies Knowledge ofFrench, German, and Italian grammarequivalent to two semesters at the college levelin each, and proficiency in diction in eachlanguage as demonstrated by examination orby passing a Jacobs School of Music dictioncourse. Students must take all three dictionexams in their first semester of enrollment;


with voice department permission, they maytake specific exams for a second time in theirsecond semester of enrollment. For any examnot passed, students must pass the appropriateJacobs School of Music diction course.

Major 21 credit hours. V900 Voice GraduateMajor (12 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital (0-0 cr.),M531-M532 Song Literature III-IV (3-3 cr.),E594 Vocal Pedagogy (3 cr.). The first recitalrequirement (I711 Master’s Recital) must be astandard voice recital. The second recital maybe a standard or specialized voice recital, orthis requirement may be met with opera roles,if approved by the voice faculty.


Outside Area 6 credit hours. See “Structureof Master’s Curricula” under “GeneralRequirements for Master’s Degrees” in thisbulletin.


Doctor of Music in Music Literatureand PerformancePrerequisite Master’s degree in voice or itsdemonstrated equivalent.

Language Proficiencies Knowledge ofFrench, German, and Italian grammarequivalent to two semesters at the college levelin each, and proficiency in diction in eachlanguage as demonstrated by examination orby passing a Jacobs School of Music dictioncourse. Students must take all three dictionexams in their first semester of enrollment;with voice department permission, they maytake specific exams for a second time in theirsecond semester of enrollment. For any examnot passed, students must pass the appropriateJacobs School of Music diction course.

Admission Admission to the curriculum isdetermined on the basis of a recital, which mayor may not be heard in its entirety, performedduring the initial entrance audition or duringthe first period of enrollment if the initialaudition is by recording. This recital mustconsist of two selections in each of thefollowing languages: English, German, French,and Italian. Not more than two of the eightselections can be operatic arias; however, onearia is required.

Major 38 credit hours. V900 Voice GraduateMajor (15 cr.), V601-V602-V603 Doctoral VoiceRecital (1-1-1 cr.), M685 Vocal Literature Before1800 (3 cr.), M686-M687 Romantic SongLiterature and Oratorio I-II (3-3 cr.), M688Twentieth-Century Vocal Literature (3 cr.),E694 Applied Comparative Voice Pedagogy

(3 cr.), E695 Seminar in Vocal PedagogyResearch (3 cr.), M620 Doctoral Final Project (2cr.). Credit may be divided between V900Voice Graduate Major and V910 VocalCoaching with approval of candidate’sadvisory committee. One of the three requiredvoice recitals must be a standard recital.Operatic roles may be substituted for one ofthe required recitals with the approval of thevoice faculty.



Wind ConductingMaster of Music in WindConducting

Prerequisite Bachelor of Music or itsdemonstrated equivalent.

Admission Admission to the program is byaudition and entrance examination.

Major 18 credit hours. G579 Master’sAdvanced Wind Conducting (3-3-3 cr.), G605Master’s Wind Conducting Performance (0 cr.),M570 Historical Development of Wind Groupsand Literature (3 cr.), M579 Master’s Seminarin Wind Literature (3-3 cr.).



Ensemble Each semester. Participation in amajor and/or minor ensemble; assignmentdetermined by wind conducting faculty.

Doctor of Music in WindConductingPrerequisite Master’s degree with the samemajor or its demonstrated equivalent.

Admission Admission to the program is byaudition and entrance examination.

Major 36 credit hours. G679 DoctoralAdvanced Wind Conducting (3-3-3-3 cr.); G802Doctoral Wind Conducting Performance (3 cr.);3 credit hours selected from M571 Master’sSeminar in Symphonic Literature I (3 cr.), G561Master’s Choral Conducting I (3 cr.), or M555Foundations in Choral Score Analysis andPreparation (3 cr.); M679 Doctoral Seminar in


Wind Literature (3-3-3-3 cr.); M570 HistoricalDevelopment of Wind Groups and Literature(3 cr.); M620 Doctoral Final Project (3 cr).



Ensemble Each semester. Participation in amajor and/or minor ensemble; assignmentdetermined by wind conducting faculty.

WoodwindsMaster of Music in PerformancePrerequisite Bachelor’s degree in music or itsdemonstrated equivalent.

MajorFlute 18 credit hours. W910 Flute GraduateMajor (13 cr.), E559 Instrumental Pedagogy*(2 cr.), F519 Orchestral Repertoire* (1 cr.), I711Master’s Recital (0-0 cr.), F550 Chamber Music(1-1 cr.).

Oboe 18 credit hours. W920 Oboe GraduateMajor (12 cr.), E559 Instrumental Pedagogy* (2cr.), F519 Orchestral Repertoire* (1 cr.), U510Advanced Reed Making* (1 cr.), I711 Master’sRecital (0-0 cr.), F550 Chamber Music (1-1 cr.).

Clarinet 18 credit hours. W930 ClarinetGraduate Major (13 cr.), E559 InstrumentalPedagogy* (2 cr.), F519 Orchestral Repertoire*(1 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital (0-0 cr.), F550Chamber Music (1-1 cr.).

Bassoon 18 credit hours. W940 BassoonGraduate Major (12 cr.), E559 InstrumentalPedagogy* (1 cr.), F519 Orchestral Repertoire*(1 cr.), U510 Advanced Reed Making* (1 cr.),one additional credit of either F519 or U510(1 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital (0-0 cr.), F550Chamber Music (1-1 cr.).

Saxophone 18 credit hours. W950 SaxophoneGraduate Major (14 cr.), E559 InstrumentalPedagogy* (2 cr.), I711 Master’s Recital (0-0 cr.),F550 Chamber Music (1-1 cr.).

* Students who have already fulfilled therequirements for E559, F519, or U510 maysubstitute additional lesson credits oradditional credits of F519 or U510 (withpermission of the woodwind departmentchair) to bring the major field total to 18credits.


Outside Area 6 credit hours. See “Structure ofMaster’s Curricula” under “GeneralRequirements for Master’s Degrees” in thisbulletin.Ensemble X040 University InstrumentalEnsembles (2 cr.) each semester.

Doctor of Music in Music Literatureand PerformancePrerequisite Master’s degree with the samemajor or its demonstrated equivalent.Admission Admission to the curriculum isdetermined on the basis of an extensiveperformance audition. Auditions will be byinvitation only, after a screening evaluation byrecording. At the time of the audition,prospective students will complete a writtenexamination on the literature, history, andpedagogy of the major instrument.

MajorFlute 36 credit hours. W910 Flute GraduateMajor (16 cr.), E559 Instrumental Pedagogy*(2 cr.), F519 Orchestral Repertoire* (1 cr.), W611-W612 Doctoral Woodwind Solo Recital (1-1 cr.),W613 Doctoral Woodwind Chamber MusicRecital (1 cr.), F650 Coaching Chamber Music(1-1 cr.), M547-M548 Woodwind Literature I-II(3-3 cr.), E635 College Music Teaching (3 cr.),M620 Doctoral Final Project (3 cr.).Oboe 36 credit hours. W920 Oboe GraduateMajor (15 cr.), E559 Instrumental Pedagogy*(2 cr.), F519 Orchestral Repertoire* (1 cr.), U510Advanced Reed Making* (1 cr.), W611-W612Doctoral Woodwind Solo Recital (1-1 cr.),W613 Doctoral Woodwind Chamber MusicRecital (1 cr.), F650 Coaching Chamber Music(1-1 cr.), M547-M548 Woodwind Literature I-II(3-3 cr.), E635 College Music Teaching (3 cr.),M620 Doctoral Final Project (3 cr.).Clarinet 36 credit hours. W930 ClarinetGraduate Major (15 cr.), E559 InstrumentalPedagogy* (2 cr.), F519 Orchestral Repertoire*(1-1 cr.), W611-W612 Doctoral Woodwind SoloRecital (1-1 cr.), W613 Doctoral WoodwindChamber Music Recital (1 cr.), F650 CoachingChamber Music (1-1 cr.), M547-M548Woodwind Literature I-II (3-3 cr.), E635College Music Teaching (3 cr.), M620 DoctoralFinal Project (3 cr.).Bassoon 36 credit hours. W940 BassoonGraduate Major (15 cr.), E559 InstrumentalPedagogy* (1 cr.), F519 Orchestral Repertoire*(1 cr.), U510 Advanced Reed Making* (1 cr.),one additional credit of either F519 or U510(1 cr.), W611-W612 Doctoral Woodwind SoloRecital (1-1 cr.), W613 Doctoral WoodwindChamber Music Recital (1 cr.), F650 CoachingChamber Music (1-1 cr.), M547-M548Woodwind Literature I-II (3-3 cr.), E635College Music Teaching (3 cr.), M620 DoctoralFinal Project (3 cr.).


Saxophone 36 credit hours. W950 SaxophoneGraduate Major (17 cr.), E559 InstrumentalPedagogy* (2 cr.), W611-W612 DoctoralWoodwind Solo Recital (1-1 cr.), W613Doctoral Woodwind Chamber Music Recital(1 cr.), F650 Coaching Chamber Music (1-1 cr.),M547-M548 Woodwind Literature I-II (3-3 cr.),E635 College Music Teaching (3 cr.), M620Doctoral Final Project (3 cr.).* Students who have already fulfilled therequirements for E559, F519, or U510 maysubstitute additional lesson credits oradditional credits of F519 or U510 (withpermission of the woodwind departmentchair) to bring the major field total to 36credits.


Tool Subjects M539 Introduction to MusicBibliography (2 cr.).

Ensemble Participation in a major and/orminor ensemble; assignment is determined bythe woodwind faculty.

Woodwinds (Multiple)Master of Music in PerformancePrerequisite Bachelor’s degree in music or itsdemonstrated equivalent.

Admission (Three Instrument) Audition.Demonstration of artistic performance level onthe primary instrument. Demonstration ofperformance level on two secondaryinstruments at the entering undergraduateconcentration level.

Admission (Five Instrument) Audition.Demonstration of artistic performance level onthe primary instrument. Demonstration ofperformance level on two secondaryinstruments at the entering undergraduateconcentration level.

Major (Three Instrument) 19 credit hours.Flute (W910) (6 cr.), oboe (W920) (6 cr.),clarinet (W930) (6 cr.), bassoon (W940) (6 cr.),or saxophone (W950) (6 cr.); W7-0 other twoinstruments (6-6 cr.); I711 Master’s Recital(0 cr.); F550 Chamber Music (1 cr.).Proficiency in the secondary instruments at theundergraduate concentration upper-divisionexamination level.

Major (Five Instrument) 18 credit hoursminimum. Flute (W910) (9 cr.), oboe (W920)(9 cr.), clarinet (W930) (9 cr.), bassoon (W940)(9 cr.), or saxophone (W950) (9 cr.); W7-0, 2credits each semester until proficiency level isreached on each of the four other instruments;I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.); F550 ChamberMusic (1 cr.).

Proficiency in two secondary instruments atthe undergraduate concentration freshmanjury level and in the other two secondaryinstruments at the elective freshman jury level.





Admission (Three Instrument) Admission tothe curriculum is determined on the basis of anextensive performance audition using the threewoodwind instruments. Demonstration ofartistic performance level on the primaryinstrument. Demonstration of performance ontwo secondary instruments at the concentrationupper-division examination level. Auditionswill be by invitation only, after a screeningevaluation by recording. At the time of theaudition, prospective students will complete awritten examination on the literature, history,and pedagogy of the major instrument.

Admission (Five Instrument) Admission tothe curriculum is determined on the basis of anextensive performance audition, using three ofthe five woodwind instruments.Demonstration of artistic performance level onthe primary instrument. Demonstration ofperformance on two secondary instruments atthe concentration freshman jury level.Auditions will be by invitation only, after ascreening evaluation by recording. At the timeof the audition, prospective students willcomplete a written examination on theliterature, history, and pedagogy of the majorinstrument.

Major (Three Instrument) 36 credit hours.Flute (W910) (9 cr.), oboe (W920) (9 cr.),clarinet (W930) (9 cr.), bassoon (W940) (9 cr.),or saxophone (W950) (9 cr.); W7-0 other twoinstruments (6-6 cr.); W611-W612 DoctoralWoodwind Solo Recital (1-1 cr.); W613Doctoral Woodwind Chamber Music Recital(1 cr.); 6 credit hours selected, in consultationwith the department chair, from E559Instrumental Pedagogy (2 cr.), M547Woodwind Literature I (3 cr.), or M548Woodwind Literature II (3 cr.); E635 CollegeMusic Teaching (3 cr.); M620 Doctoral FinalProject (3 cr.).


Proficiency in the secondary instruments at theundergraduate concentration graduation level.

Major (Five Instrument) 36 credit hours.Flute (W910) (9 cr.), oboe (W920) (9 cr.),clarinet (W930) (9 cr.), bassoon (W940) (9 cr.),or saxophone (W950) (9 cr.); W7-0 secondaryinstruments (12 cr.); W611-W612 DoctoralWoodwind Solo Recital (1-1 cr.); W613Doctoral Woodwind Chamber Music Recital(1 cr.); 6 credit hours selected, in consultationwith the department chair, from E559Instrumental Pedagogy (2 cr.), M547Woodwind Literature I (3 cr.) or M548Woodwind Literature II (3 cr.); E635 CollegeMusic Teaching (3 cr.); M620 Doctoral FinalProject (3 cr.).

Additional study may be necessary to meet aproficiency level on each instrument.

Proficiency in two secondary instruments atthe undergraduate concentration upper-division examination level and in the other twosecondary instruments at the concentrationfreshman jury level.



Ensemble Participation in a major and/orminor ensemble; assignment determined bythe woodwind faculty.

Curricula for Music-Related Graduate DegreesMaster of Arts and Master of LibraryScience; Master of Music and Masterof Library ScienceThis program permits the student tocoordinate a degree in music theory or musichistory and literature with a Master of LibraryScience. Specialized training in music libraryscience is provided by the professionallibrarians of the Jacobs School of Music.Students who already have a master’s degreein music or who do not desire a master’s inmusic from Indiana University may wish to

contact the Admissions Office of the School ofLibrary and Information Science forinformation concerning the MusicLibrarianship Specialization within the Masterof Library Science degree only.

Prerequisite Bachelor’s degree in music.

Admission Students must apply foradmission simultaneously to the Jacobs Schoolof Music for the M.M. and the School ofLibrary and Information Science for the M.L.S.

Course Requirements The student mustsatisfy all the requirements for a Master of Artsdegree in musicology or a Master of Musicdegree in music theory (listed in this bulletin)and for a Master of Library Science degree(listed in the bulletin of the School of Libraryand Information Science).

The outside area for the Master of Arts orMaster of Music degree is fulfilled by 6 credithours in library science, which count towardsboth degrees.

Master of Science in Music, StageDirection for OperaPrerequisite Bachelor’s degree or equivalent,preferably with a major in theater or music.

Admission By examination (musicality,dramatic and visual creativity).

Language Proficiencies Knowledge of Italiangrammar and either French or Germangrammar equivalent to two semesters at thecollege level in each.

Major 19 credit hours. R502 StageManagement (1 cr.), R503 Seminar in OperaProduction Project (2 cr.), R504 OperaProduction Project (1 cr.), R505-R506-R507-R508 Opera Stage Direction Technique I-II-III-IV (3-3-3-3 cr.), R320 Workshop in ScenicTechnique (3 cr.) (A theater course may besubstituted with permission of thedepartment.).

Minor 12 credit hours. M561-M562-M563-M564 History and Literature of Opera I-II-III-IV (3-3-3-3 cr.).

Ensemble X070 University Choral Ensemblesor X080 Opera Technical Crew each semester.


Not all courses are offered every year. Thenumber of credit hours given for a course isindicated in parentheses following the coursetitle. The abbreviation ‘‘P’’ refers to the courseprerequisite or prerequisites, and theabbreviation ‘‘C’’ refers to the coursecorequisite or corequisites. Courses exemptfrom the Incomplete rule (see ‘‘AcademicRegulations’’) are marked by the sign *.Letterprefixes indicate subject fields as follows:A Recording ArtsB BrassC Church MusicD PercussionE Music Education and PedagogyF TechniquesG ConductingH HarpI RecitalsJ BalletK CompositionL GuitarM Music History and LiteratureN Honors, Music Technology, Music

Information TechnologyO JazzP PianoQ OrganR OperaS StringsT Music TheoryU Unclassified CoursesV VoiceW WoodwindsX EnsemblesY Early MusicZ Nonmajor

Undergraduate MusicPerformance StudyUndergraduate music performance studycourses include private lessons and recitals.

Private LessonsUndergraduate Undergraduate

Elective/Secondary Major(2 cr.) (2-6 cr.)

BrassHorn B110 B410Trumpet B120 B420Trombone B130 B430Euphonium B140 B440Tuba B150 B450

Early MusicEarly Instrumentsand Early Voice Y110 Y410

Guitar L100 L400Harp H100 H400Organ Q100 Q400Percussion D100 D400Piano P100 P400StringsViolin S110 S410Viola S120 S420Violoncello S130 S430Double Bass S140 S440

Voice V100 V400WoodwindsFlute W110 W410Oboe W120 W420Clarinet W130 W430Bassoon W140 W440Saxophone W150 W450

Graduate MusicPerformance StudyGraduate music performance study coursesinclude private lessons and recitals.

Private LessonsGraduate Graduate GraduateElective Minor Major

BrassHorn B710 B810 B910Trumpet B720 B820 B920Trombone B730 B830 B930Euphonium B740 B840 B940Tuba B750 B850 B950Early Music Y710 Y810 Y910Voice Y750 Y850 Y950Guitar L700 L800 L900Harp H700 H800 H900Organ Q700 Q800 Q900Percussion D700 D800 D900Piano P700 P800 P900StringsViolin S710 S810 S910Viola S720 S820 S920Violoncello S730 S830 S930DoubleBass S740 S840 S940Voice V700 V800 V900WoodwindsFlute W710 W810 W910Oboe W720 W820 W920Clarinet W730 W830 W930Bassoon W740 W840 W940Saxophone W750 W850 W950


Courses in the Jacobs School of Music

RecitalsUndergraduate RecitalsI311 B.S./B.M.E./B.M. Jazz Senior Recital (0 cr.)I411 B.M. Junior Recital (0 cr.)I412 B.M. Senior Recital (0 cr.)K402 Senior Recital in Composition (0 cr.)

Master’s, Diploma, and DoctoralChamber RecitalsG603 Master’s Instrumental ConductingPerformance (0 cr.)G604 Master’s Choral ConductingPerformance (0 cr.)G605 Master’s Wind Conducting Performance(0 cr.)I611 Performer Diploma Recital (0 cr.)I711 Master’s Recital (0 cr.)I821 Doctoral Chamber Music Recital (1 cr.)I911 Artist Diploma Recital (0 cr.)I921 Artist Diploma Chamber Music Recital(0 cr.)R600 Opera Roles (0 cr.)

Doctoral Recitals(Consult department chairperson for repertoirerequirements.)

B601 Doctoral Brass Recital (1 cr.)B602 Doctoral Brass Chamber Recital (1 cr.)D601-D602-D603-D604 Doctoral PercussionRecital I-II-III-IV (1-1-1-1 cr.)G801 Doctoral Instrumental ConductingPerformance (2 cr.)G802 Doctoral Wind Conducting Performance(3 cr.)G810-G811 Doctoral Choral ConductingPerformance I-II (2-2 cr.)H601-H602-H603-H604 Doctoral Harp RecitalI-II-III-IV (1-1-2-2 cr.)K701 Doctoral Composition Chamber Recital(1 cr.)L661 Doctoral Guitar Recital (1-1-1 cr.)P601-P602 Doctoral Piano Recital I-II (1-1 cr.)P603 Doctoral Piano Lecture/Recital (1 cr.)P604 Doctoral Piano Recital—Final (1 cr.)P605-P606 Doctoral Piano Concerto I-II (1-1 cr.)Q601 Doctoral Organ Recital (1 cr.)Q608 Doctoral Organ/Choir Practicum (1 cr.)S611-S612 Doctoral Violin Recital I-II (1-1 cr.)S613 Doctoral Violin Concerto (1 cr.)S614 Doctoral Viola Concerto (1 cr.)S621-S622 Doctoral Viola Recital I-II (1-1 cr.)S631-S632 Doctoral Violoncello Recital I-II (1-1 cr.)

S633 Doctoral Violoncello Concerto (1 cr.)S650 Concertmaster or Section Leader(Doctoral) (1 cr.)S651-S652 Doctoral Double Bass Recital I-II(1-1 cr.)V601-V602-V603 Doctoral Voice Recitals (1-1-1 cr.)W611-W612 Doctoral Woodwind Recitals (1-1cr.)W613 Doctoral Woodwind Chamber MusicRecital (1 cr.)Y701 Doctoral Early Music Recital (1 cr.)Y702 Doctoral Early Music Ensemble Recital(1 cr.)

Performance andComposition MasterclassI500 Performance and CompositionMasterclass (0 cr.)

Instruction in PerformanceL101 Beginning Guitar Class (2 cr.)P: Permission of instructor. Class guitarinstruction for non–music majors.L102 Intermediate Guitar Class (2 cr.)P: Permission of instructor. Class guitarinstruction for non–music majors.L103 Advanced Guitar Class (2 cr.)P: Permission of instructor. Class advancedguitar instruction for non–music majors.L111 Beginning Bass Guitar Class (2 cr.)P: Permission of instructor. Class bass guitarinstruction for non–music majors.L112 Intermediate Bass Guitar Class (2 cr.)P: Permission of instructor. Class intermediateclassical bass guitar instruction for non–musicmajors.L113 Advanced Bass Guitar Class (2 cr.)P: Permission of instructor. Class bass guitarinstruction for non–music majors.P100 Piano Elective/Secondary (2 cr.)P: A passing grade in P141, or the successfulcompletion of the keyboard proficiency, orpermission of instructor.P110 Beginning Piano Class 1, Non–MusicMajors (2 cr.) Class piano for beginning pianostudents.P111 Piano Class 1, Music Majors (2 cr.) Classpiano for beginning piano students.P120 Beginning Piano Class 2, Non–MusicMajors (2 cr.) Class piano (second-semesterlevel).P121 Piano Class 2, Music Majors (2 cr.) Classpiano (second-semester level).P130 Beginning Piano Class 3, Non–MusicMajors (2 cr.) Class piano (third-semester level).


P131 Piano Class 3, Music Majors (2 cr.) Classpiano (third-semester level, accelerated).P141 Piano Class 4, Music Majors (2 cr.) Classpiano (fourth-semester level).P201 Jazz Piano Class 1 (2 cr.) P: P121 PianoClass 2, Music Majors. Development of basicjazz keyboard skills and techniques for thenon-piano jazz major, non-jazz piano majorand non-music major. Basic voicings forcommon harmonic formulae used in jazz;chord/scale relationships; simple rhythmiccomping patterns.P202 Jazz Piano Class 2 (2 cr.) P: P201 JazzPiano Class 1. More advanced voicings;substitutions; comping patterns.V101 Voice Class (cr. arr.) Instruct beginnersin introductory aspects of voice, vocaltechniques, and sight reading.V410 Vocal Coaching (Undergraduate VoiceMajors) (1-2 cr.)V910 Vocal Coaching (Graduate VoiceMajors) (1-2 cr.)

EnsembleMajor EnsemblesX002 Piano Accompanying (2 cr.) For BMpiano majors who have passed the upper-division examination and for MM, AD, and PDpiano majors. Other qualified students mayenroll with approval of the choral department.Assignment to studio accompanying in lieu ofensemble participation.X030 Ballet Ensemble (2 cr.) Required of allballet students; elective for students outsidethe Jacobs School of Music with consent ofinstructor. Rehearsals for ballet and operaproduction.X040 Instrumental Ensembles (2 cr.)

Bands There are three concert bands(Wind Ensemble, Symphonic Band, andConcert Band), Marching Hundred, andBasketball Pep Band. The Pep Band isorganized following the football seasonfrom members of the Marching Hundred.Orchestras There are four symphonyorchestras (Philharmonic, Concert,Symphony, and University), a chamberorchestra, a baroque/classical (periodinstrument) orchestra, and the New MusicEnsemble.Jazz Bands There are four jazz bands.

X050 Marching Hundred for Non–MusicMajors (2 cr.) Open to all enrolled students onthe Bloomington campus.X060 Early Music Ensembles (2 cr.)Concentus, a mixed instrumental/vocalensemble constituted differently to fit therepertoire of each concert, is required of allearly music majors.

X070 Choral Ensembles (2 cr.) Choralensembles include the University Singers,University Chorale, Contemporary VocalEnsemble, Pro Arte, Singing Hoosiers,International Vocal Ensemble, Opera Chorus(2), Women’s Chorus, Symphonic Choir, MotetChoir, and Morning Choral Ensembles (4).X080 Opera Technical Crew (2 cr.)X090 Audio Technical Crew (2 cr.) Requiredof all recording arts majors.X091 String Repair Technical Crew (2 cr.)Required of all string instrument technologymajors. Supervised execution of repair andmaintenance techniques for string instruments.

Other EnsemblesSee also F449 and F549 for Harp Ensemble andF450 and F550 for Chamber Music. Thesecourses may not be counted for requiredensemble credit.X420 Small Ensembles (1 cr.) Specializedinstrumental and vocal ensembles.X490 Percussion Ensemble (1 cr.)X414 Latin American Ensemble (2 cr.)Emphasis on musical practice, arranging, andperformance of Latin American popular musicgenres for solo, chamber, and band ensembles.Open to music majors and non-majors withperforming skills. Audition required.X001 All-Campus Ensemble (1-2 cr.) Open tostudents outside the Jacobs School of Music.Does not fulfill the major ensemblerequirement for music majors. Men’s chorus,women’s chorus, mixed chorus, band, stringorchestra, and other ensembles.

Academic CoursesRecording Arts and AudioTechnologyA101 Introduction to Audio Technology (3 cr.)Introduction to the equipment and techniquesemployed in audio recording and soundreinforcement.A102 Audio Techniques I (3 cr.) P: A101Introduction to Audio Technology.Introduction to studio equipment andrecording procedures including microphoneuse, basic studio techniques, editing concepts,and recording and signal processingequipment.A111 Basic Electricity (3 cr.) P: Two years highschool algebra, MATHM025 Pre-CalculusMathematics, or equivalent. Fundamentalprinciples of electricity and magnetism, withreview of necessary algebra.A112 Electronics I (3 cr.) P: A111 BasicElectricity. AC theory and introduction tocircuit elements and active devices.


A150 Introductory Seminar in Recording Arts(1 cr.) P: A101 Introduction to AudioTechnology. An introduction to criticallistening for recording engineers andproducers, with an emphasis on technicalevaluation and aesthetic principles within thecontext of musical style.A201 Audio Techniques II (3 cr.) P: A102Audio Techniques I, and A150 IntroductorySeminar in Recording Arts. Intermediatestudio and recording procedures includingsignal processing, digital audio theory, andbasic digital audio workstation techniques.A202 Audio Techniques III (3 cr.) P: A201Audio Techniques II. Advanced digital audiotheory including media production, audio forInternet, and advanced digital audioworkstation techniques.A211 Electronics II (3 cr.) P: A112 Electronics I.System design and operation applied to audio,both analog and digital.A270 Multitrack Studio Techniques I (3 cr.)P: A102 Audio Techniques I and A150Introductory Seminar in Recording Arts.Multitrack studio and recording procedureswith an emphasis on signal processing andmixdown techniques.A311 Audio Repair and Maintenance I (3 cr.)P: A112 Electronics I. Instruction in basicmaintenance of audio equipment and studiomaintenance. Practical experience isemphasized.A312 Audio Repair and Maintenance II (3 cr.)P: A311 Audio Repair and Maintenance I.Instruction in advanced audio equipmentmaintenance with concentration on wiringpractices, system design, analysis, and repair.Practical experience is emphasized.A320 Sound Reinforcement Techniques (3 cr.)P: A201 Audio Techniques II. An introductionto sound reinforcement systems and thetechniques of sound reinforcement.A321 Sound for Picture Production (3 cr.)P: A202 Audio Techniques III and A270Multitrack Studio Techniques I. Study of audioproduction techniques for radio, video, film,and multimedia. Emphasis on mixing criteriafor broadcast and visual productions.A325 Digital Audio Workstation Seminar (2cr.) A seminar in intermediate and advanceddigital audio workstation productiontechniques.A330 Recording Techniques for Music Majors(3 cr.) P: A101 Introduction to AudioTechnology. An overview of recordingtechniques for musicians. Emphasis is on apractical understanding of recordingtechnology from the perspective of both astudio musician and engineer.A331 Production Techniques for MusicMajors (2 cr.) P: A330 Recording Techniquesfor Music Majors. For music majors who want

to record a demonstration tape. Producing arecording from the planning stage, through therecording and post-production process, to thecreation of a finished master. Final project willbe the production of a short recording.A340 Topics in Recording Arts (2-3 cr.)Maybe repeated for credit with permission ofinstructor for different topics only.A350 Seminar in Recording Arts (1 cr.)P: A150 Introductory Seminar in RecordingArts. Critical listening and discussion ofrecording techniques, concepts, and aesthetics.A360 Recording Arts: Techniques andProduction I (2 cr.) P: A201 Audio TechniquesII and A270 Multitrack Studio Techniques I.Basic classical music recording and productiontechniques.A370 Multitrack Studio Techniques II (2 cr.)P: A270 Multitrack Studio Techniques I andA350 Seminar in Recording Arts. Supervisedpractical experience in multitrack studioprocedures with an emphasis on microphoneand recording techniques. Small group andindividual project work, plus group listeningand discussion.A420 Advanced Sound Reinforcement (2 cr.)P: A320 Sound Reinforcement Techniques.Study of advanced sound reinforcement,system design, and practical experience insound reinforcement.A440 Individual Project in Recording Arts (1-3 cr.) P: Senior standing.A460 Recording Arts: Techniques andProduction II (2 cr.) P: A360 Recording Arts:Techniques and Production I. Advancedclassical music recording and productiontechniques.A461 Final Project in Recording Arts (1 cr.) P:Permission of instructor. Preparation of dossiersummarizing all work completed (concurrentwith last semester of on-campus course work).Student will make a presentation of the dossierto a group of music faculty including thedirector of recording arts and at least one otherfaculty member from outside the AudioDepartment.A470 Individual Multitrack Studio Projects I(2 cr.) P: A370 Multitrack Studio Techniques II.Advanced production experience in multitrackrecording and mixing. Individual project work,plus group listening and discussion.A471 Individual Multitrack Studio Projects II(2 cr.) P: A470 Individual Multitrack StudioProjects I. Individual projects in multitrackrecording.A480 Internship in Audio (3 cr.) P: A461 FinalProject in Recording Arts. Supervisedexperience in a working environment directlyrelated to audio technology. Assessed byreports from the student and on-sitesupervisor.


Church MusicC400 Research in Church Music (cr. arr.).*C401 Church Music I (3 cr.) Basic keyboardskills, four-part harmonization of melodies andgiven basses, improvisation of simple chordprogressions in four-part style, basicmodulation, and transposition of four-partmaterials (hymns).C402 Church Music II (3 cr.) P: C401 ChurchMusic I or special examination. Furtherdevelopment of keyboard skills, reading offigured bass, score reading, and advancedtransposition.C403 Church Music III (3 cr.) P: C402 ChurchMusic II or special examination. Survey ofliturgies, introductory hymnody, consoleconducting, service music, advancedmodulation, and improvisation.C404 Church Music IV (3 cr.) P: C403 ChurchMusic III. Continuation of materials of C403Church Music III.C405 Organ Construction and Design (2cr.) A historical and interactive study of theaction and pipes of the organ, from the earliestEuropean example to the latest developmentsin the organ building industry. Includes a labcomponent where the student has hands-onexperience with university organs, performingbasic maintenance routines, such as tuning andrepair.C500 Independent Study in Church MusicPractices (cr. arr.)C502 Hymnody (2 cr.) A study of the historyand structure of hymn texts and music withspecial emphasis on hymn writers of thetwentieth century.C504 Improvisational Skills (2 cr.) Basickeyboard skills with emphasis on harmony,chord progressions, and simple form(s).Prerequisite to C524 Organ Improvisationunless exempted by audition.C505 Organ Construction and Design (2cr.) A historical and interactive study of theaction and pipes of the organ, from the earliestEuropean example to the latest developmentsin the organ building industry. Includes a labcomponent where the student has hands-onexperience with university organs, performingbasic maintenance routines, such as tuning andrepair.C522 Handbell Practicum (1 cr.) A practicalintroduction to handbell performance,conducting, and ensemble development.Course includes instruction in basic andadvanced handbell ringing techniques,conducting, assignment of bells, andknowledge of literature. Open to organ andorgan and church music majors.C523 Church Music Practicum (2 cr.)* A studyof repertoire, performance techniques (e.g.,

console conducting), and organizationalmethods required of church musicians.C524 Organ Improvisation (2 cr.) P: C403Church Music III, C404 Church Music IV, andC504 Improvisational Skills. Improvisation forthe church organists, with emphasis onstylistic considerations, formal structures, anddevices.C533 Sacred Choral Literature I, Small Forms(2-3 cr.) Sacred music from the sixteenthcentury to the present: smaller forms, motets,and anthems.C534 Sacred Choral Literature II, Large Forms(2 cr.) The development of cantata, oratorio,and the concert mass from 1600 to the present.Special emphasis on usage in the church musicprograms of today.C535 Introduction to Liturgy and the Arts (2cr.) A study of the relationship betweenliturgy, music, and other related arts both inhistory and current practice.C620 Certificate Final Project (1 cr.)

Music Education and PedagogyCoursesE130 Introduction to Music Learning (2 cr.)Introduction to the philosophy, sociology, andpsychology of music. Survey of careers inmusic, including teaching (school and private),performing, scholarship, publishing, andtechnical fields. This course fulfills thepedagogy requirement for B.M. degrees.E131 Freshman Colloquium in MusicEducation (2 cr.) C: EDUC M101 FieldExperience. Introduction to the developmentof instructional materials and professionalartifacts through observations, peer teaching,and the application of technological resources.A grade of C+ or higher is required.E230 Teaching Music through Performance (2cr.) P: E130 Introduction to Music Learning orE131 Freshman Colloquium in MusicEducation. Preparation oflecture/demonstrations in music, includingselection of topics and literature,administration, and evaluation. Ensemblescomposed of students enrolled in the classperform productions at community sites suchas schools, hospitals, and service clubs.E231 General Music Methods K-12 (2 cr.) P:E131 Freshman Colloquium in MusicEducation; C: EDUC M201 Laboratory/FieldExperience (0 cr.), which requires 15 hours offieldwork. Principles of musical developmentand curriculum planning applied to theteaching of general music in schools, includingspecial populations. The application ofcomputer technologies to the teaching ofgeneral music and music appreciation isexamined. A grade of C+ or higher is required.


E241 Introduction to Music Fundamentals (2-3 cr.) Designed to aid elementary majors in theSchool of Education in learning to sing andread music.E303 Violin/Viola Pedagogy I (2 cr.)E304 Violin/Viola Pedagogy II (2 cr.) P: E303Violin/Viola Pedagogy I.E306 Cello Pedagogy (2 cr.)E312 Arranging for Instrumental and VocalGroups (2 cr.) P: T252 Music Theory andLiterature IV and T232 Musical Skills III, orequivalent for all students, and F205Introduction to Instrumental Techniques forchoral and general music education majors.Scoring for orchestra, band, and chorus.E400 Undergraduate Readings in MusicEducation (cr. arr.)*E410 Topics in Music Education andPedagogy ( 3 cr.) P: Junior standing in theJacobs School of Music or consent of instructor.Focus on aspects of music education andpedagogy relevant to students enrolled in thedegree programs, Bachelor of Music orBachelor of Science in Music; the course is notintended to fulfill Bachelor of Music Educationrequirements. E410 emphasizes theory andresearch in music education and pedagogy.The scope of topics will include music teachingin private and small group settings, the role ofmusic in society, women in music, research inmusic pedagogy, philosophy, psychology, andsociology of music. May be repeated fordifferent topics.E420 String Pedagogy (2 cr.) String teachingmaterials, methods, and techniques for usewith K-12 students.E459 Instrumental Pedagogy (1-3 cr.)Pedagogy classes pertaining to the individualinstruments.E467 Techniques of String Class Teaching (3cr.) Current pedagogical practices, procedures,and materials for string teaching for both classand private instruction.E470 Pedagogy of Jazz (2 cr.) Techniques andmethods of teaching jazz studies, including thetraining of jazz bands.E489 Organ Pedagogy (3 cr.) Pedagogicalpractices, procedure, and materials for organteaching.E491 Senior Seminar in Music Education(3 cr.) P: EDUC M482 Student Teaching. Issuesin the profession of music education, synthesisof student teaching experiences, and thedevelopment of a plan for personal growth as ateacher.E493 Piano Pedagogy (2 cr.) Required of seniorpiano majors. Methods and materials forteaching individuals and classes of bothchildren and adults. Two hours ofdemonstration and two hours of teaching eachweek.

E494 Vocal Pedagogy (3 cr.) Principles of voiceproduction. Quality, diction, range, breathing,vocalization, dynamics, agility, and vocalhygiene as bases for an approach to voiceteaching.E502 The Practice of Music Teaching (3 cr.)An overview of learning theories andcurriculum design related to specific musiceducation fields. Includes an investigation ofgeneral learning theories and application ofthese to choral, general, and instrumentalmusic teaching situations. Field experiencecomponent will provide opportunities forobservation of area teachers andimplementation of curriculum with areastudents.E503 Violin/Viola Pedagogy I (2 cr.) Learningthe skills to teach beginning violin or violastudents through lectures, observation ofprivate and group lessons, and teachingchildren under the supervision of theinstructor. Paper on a topic from the course.E504 Violin/Viola Pedagogy II (2 cr.) P: E503Violin/Viola Pedagogy I. Learning to teachshifting, vibrato, and bow strokes, andexploring the repertoire of young violinists andviolists. Course includes lectures, observationof private and group lessons, and teachingchildren under the supervision of theinstructor. Paper on a topic from the course.E505 Violin/Viola Pedagogy III (2 cr.) P: E503Violin/Viola Pedagogy I and E504Violin/Viola Pedagogy II. Extended workand independent projects in violin and violapedagogy. Paper and lecture on a topic fromthe course.E506 Cello Pedagogy (2 cr.) Comparisons ofcello methods and materials, study of right-hand and left-hand techniques, observation ofteaching, and practical experience teachingprivate and class lessons. Paper on a topic fromthe course.E507 Colloquium in Recorder Pedagogy (3cr.) A survey of historical and modern methodsof recorder performance and pedagogy.Students study the changes in the instrumentitself as well as its role in solo and ensemblemusic from the Middle Ages to the twentiethcentury. Teaching of historically appropriateskills is discussed.E509 Horn Pedagogy (1 cr.) Observation of twoprivate lessons per week taught by majorteachers. Term paper required.E510 Trumpet and Cornet Pedagogy (1 cr.)Observation of two private lessons per weektaught by major teachers. Term paper required.E511 Trombone Pedagogy (1 cr.) Observationof two private lessons per week taught bymajor teachers. Term paper required.E512 Tuba Pedagogy (1 cr.) Observation of twoprivate lessons per week taught by majorteachers. Term paper required.


E513 Harp Pedagogy (3 cr.) A survey ofteaching materials and methods for the harpand texts on basic musicianship. Observationof private lessons and class instruction.E514 Applied Harp Pedagogy (3 cr.) Asupervised series of private and class harplessons.E515 Double Bass Pedagogy (2 cr.) Study oftechniques, practitioners, and scope of doublebass pedagogy from the 18th century to thepresent. Weekly discussion topics; two papersrequired.E516 Instructional Programs and Learning inMusic (3 cr.) The application of theories ofmusical learning to the selection andsequencing of content in a variety of learningsettings.E517 Sociology of Music (1-3 cr.) Discussionsand informal lectures on aspects of thesociology of music viewed from theperspective of process.E518 Foundations of Music Education (3 cr.)Interdisciplinary approach, including aspectsof philosophy, psychology, aesthetics, andsociology.E519 Psychology of Music (3 cr.) Functions ofthe musical mind; factors in the developmentof musical skills and maturity.E520 Seminar in Music Education forMaster’s Degree Students (2 cr.) P or C: E518Foundations of Music Education. Required ofmaster’s degree students in music education.Two meetings a week. Reports on research bystudents or faculty members.E521 The Children’s Chorus (3 cr.) Vocal andchoral techniques, literature, andorganizational practices appropriate tochildren’s choral ensembles.E522 Music in Early Childhood (3 cr.) Asurvey of research literature in musicaldevelopment and applications to the selectionof materials and teaching methods for thepreschool- and kindergarten-aged child.E523 Music in Special Education (3 cr.)Methods and materials for the musicaleducation of learners with specialcharacteristics. Emphasis on adaptiveprocedures for mainstream education students.E524 Exploratory Teaching in ElementarySchool Music (3 cr.) For graduate studentsin music education who have teachingexperience. Comprehensive study of theelementary music program, including newtechniques, materials, and literature.E525 Supervision of Music in the PublicSchools (1-3 cr.) Functions and techniquesof music supervision; problems of musicconsultants; in-service training for classroomteachers; and administration of school musicprograms.

E526 Exploratory Approaches to Music inJunior and Senior High School (1-3 cr.)Contemporary philosophy, music theory, andpractice for use in classes in general music,music appreciation, music history, allied arts,and music theory. Techniques for workingwith adolescents and their problems ofinterest, changing voice, and capability.E527 Advanced Instrumental Methods (3 cr.)Application of current teaching techniques togroup instrumental instruction. Designed forstudents with previous teaching experience.E528 Advanced Choral Methods (3 cr.)Application of current teaching techniques to avariety of choral ensemble types. Designed forstudents with previous teaching experience.E529 Special Topics in Music Education (2-3cr.) Selected topics in music education practiceand research, including instructional methods;historical, philosophical, psychological, andsocial foundations; and contemporary issues inmusic education. The course may be repeatedunder different topic designations.E530 Learning Processes in Music (3 cr.)Descriptive and prescriptive conditions ofmusical learning and development. Includedare interdisciplinary studies of learninginvolving musical, psychological, physiological,cultural, and sociological factors.E531-E532 Research Methods in Music I-II (3-3 cr.) I. Nature of research and scientificmethod; application to problems of musicresearch. Critique of research studies. II.Problem definition; development of researchdesign. Probability and sampling procedure.Techniques for the location, collection,quantification, and treatment of data. Researchreport required.E533 Research in Music Education (cr. arr.)*P: E532 Research Methods in Music II orconsent of instructor.E534 Practicum in Music Education (1-3 cr.)*Research techniques and procedures. Practicalor creative project or investigation required(may be a phase of a cooperative study or anindependent project).E535 Measurement, Evaluation, and Guidancein Music (3 cr.) P: E519 Psychology of Music orconsent of instructor. Standardized tests,classroom or studio marking, auditioning, andadjudication; evaluation of aptitude in light ofprofessional and educational criteria; and use ofdata in counseling.E536 Special Workshop in Music Education(cr. arr.)E545 Guided Professional Experiences (cr. arr.)P: Consent of instructor. Further developmentof professional skills in teaching, supervision,and administration by means of laboratorytechniques and use of Jacobs School of Musicfacilities and resources. Evidence required ofcompetency to carry out independent work.


E551 Seminar in Instrumental Teaching (3 cr.)Principles of the pedagogy of individualinstruments applied to private and groupinstruction. Members of the performancefaculty will participate in discussions.E557 Band Arranging for Graduate Students(3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Practicalarranging of music for concert, marching, andpep bands. Transcriptions of appropriateselections from piano, organ, or orchestralliterature.E559 Instrumental Pedagogy (1-3 cr.) P:Graduate standing. Pedagogy classespertaining to the individual instruments.E561 Choral Methods and Materials (3 cr.)Advanced choral methods for the practicingteacher or advanced student. Literature surveyfor secondary school environment. Resourcesand methodology leading to a comprehensivechoral curriculum.E568 Administration of Instrumental Groups(3 cr.) Supervision of school bands andorchestras: student personnel, financing,program construction, rehearsal techniques,festival participation, physical plant, and repairof instruments.E570 Pedagogy of Jazz (2 cr.) Techniques andmethods of teaching jazz studies.E571-E572-E573 Kodály Concept I-II-III (3-3-3cr.)Methods, analysis, and solfege; materialsand curriculum development. I. Primary. II.Intermediate. III. Advanced.E574-E575-E576 Orff Program Development I-II-III (3-3-3 cr.)Methods and materials,movement, singing and playing skills;curriculum development. I. Primary. II.Intermediate. III. Advanced.E589 Organ Pedagogy (3 cr.) An overview ofhistorical organ method books, organpedagogy, and supporting material. Courseconsists of some lecture as well as theindividual student doing actual teaching(observed by the instructor) with follow-upconferences.E593 Piano Methods (2 cr.) Elective formaster’s degree candidates in piano. Twolectures a week. Four instructors for fourweeks each.E594 Vocal Pedagogy (3 cr.) P: Voice major orconsent of instructor. Processes in voiceproduction: respiration, phonation,articulation, and resonance. Psychological,physiological, and acoustical problemsincluding voice classification, quality, diction,and registration will be discussed. A majorpaper on a related subject will also be required.Assignment of students to members of theclass for supervised teaching. A study of studioprocedure and practical subjects related tostudio and class voice instruction.E596 Research in Music (cr. arr.)*

E600 Thesis in Music Education (3 cr.)*E616 Curriculum in Music Education (3 cr.) P:E518 Foundations of Music Education andconsent of instructor. Purpose, problems,development, and current trends in musiccurricular structures in elementary, secondary,and higher education.E618 History and Philosophy of MusicEducation (3 cr.) P: E518 Foundations of MusicEducation. The interaction of the theory andpractice of music education with historical andphilosophical developments in theEuropean/American tradition.E625 Administration of Music in HigherEducation (3 cr.) Administration problems,curricular content, securing of teachingpersonnel and equipment, planning of musicbuildings, and other duties attendant upon theadministrator of a music department or schoolof music.E635 College Music Teaching (3 cr.) Theory ofteaching, philosophic assumptions, aesthetictheories, approaches to education, implicationsfor teaching music education, music historyand literature, and music theory courses.E658 Music Education Doctoral Seminar I (2cr.) Required of doctoral students in musiceducation. Two meetings a week. Reports onresearch by students or faculty members.E659 Music Education Doctoral Seminar II (2cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Advancedprofessional study in the theory and practice ofmusic education, with application of allprevious course material for the doctoraldegree.E660 Philosophical Research in MusicEducation (2 cr.) An examination of themethods used in philosophical research inmusic education, with a survey of majorstudies and trends of inquiry.E661 Historical Research in Music Education(2 cr.) An examination of the methods used inhistorical research in music education, with asurvey of major studies and trends of inquiry.E662 Public Lecture (1 cr.) A presentationmade to the university community andsubmitted for consideration to an appropriateprofessional conference. The paper presentedmust represent new, doctoral-level research,and be approved by a primary facultysupervisor and a second faculty reader.E690 Seminar in Piano Pedagogy andInstructional Materials I (cr. arr.) P: Consentof instructor. Teaching approaches: rationalpracticing, beginner’s methods, and groupteaching.E691-E692 Seminar in Piano Pedagogy andInstructional Materials II-III (cr. arr.) P: E690Seminar in Piano Pedagogy and InstructionalMaterials I or consent of instructor. II.Technique, mechanics of the instrument,


physiology and psychology of playing. III.Teaching repertoire, schools of pianism,memorization, and sight reading.E694 Applied Comparative Voice Pedagogy (3cr.) P: E594 Vocal Pedagogy. Supervisedindividual performance of technical principlesand terminology employed in vocal teaching,1700 to the present. Concepts of breathing,phonation, resonance, and range. Diction issung and discussed by each class member.Vocal examples from song literature.E695 Seminar in Vocal Pedagogy Research (3cr.) P: Consent of instructor. For advancedstudents in voice and voice pedagogy. Formalresearch paper required.E700 Dissertation in Music Education (cr.arr.)*

Music Education Master ClassI201 Master Class in Music Education (0 cr.)Introduction to current topics in musiceducation. For freshman and sophomore musiceducation majors.I202 Master Class in Music Education forStudent Teaching (0 cr.) C: EDUC M482Student Teaching. Preparation and support forstudent teaching experience. Field project andportfolio completion. For music educationstudents during the student teaching semester.I502 Music Education Master Class forStudent Teaching (0 cr.) Co-requisite,EDUC M580 Internship in Music (10 cr.).Preparation and support for student teachingexperience. Meets three times during thestudent teaching semester.

School of Education CoursesEducation M323 The Teaching of Music inthe Elementary Schools (2 cr.) P: MUS E241Introduction to Music Fundamentals. Not opento music majors. Fundamental procedures ofteaching elementary school music, stressingmusic materials suitable for the first six grades.Education M342 Methods and Materials forTeaching Elementary Music (3 cr.)P: Admission to the Teacher EducationProgram, MUS E131 Freshman Colloquiumin Music Education, and MUS E231 GeneralMusic Methods K-12. For field experiencecredit, students should enroll concurrentlyin EDUC M301 Laboratory/Field Experience (0cr.). Detailed study of current teachingtechniques for the elementary school musicclass; Dalcroze, Kodály, and Orff techniques;review of current textbooks and othermaterials; classroom recorder and guitar.A grade of C+ or higher is required.Education M343 Methods and Materials forTeaching Choral Music (3 cr.) P: Juniorstanding; admission to the Teacher EducationProgram; MUS E131 Freshman Colloquium in

Music Education and MUS E231 General MusicMethods K-12. For field experience credit,students should enroll in EDUC M301Laboratory/Field Experience (0 cr.).Organization and development of choralgroups; voice production; rehearsal techniques;tone, diction, and phrasing; materials suitablefor school choruses at secondary level. A gradeof C+ or higher is required.Education M344 Methods and Materials forTeaching Instrumental Music (2-3 cr.)P: Junior standing; admission to the TeacherEducation Program; MUS E131 FreshmanColloquium in Music Education and MUS E231General Music Methods K-12. For fieldexperience credit, students should enroll inEDUC M301 Laboratory/Field Experience (0cr.). Teaching methods and materials;organization of the instrumental curriculum. Agrade of C+ or higher is required.Education M434 Administration of SchoolBands (2 cr.) P: Senior standing. Teaching,organization, and administration of schoolwind and percussion ensembles. A grade of C+or higher is required.Education M436 Administration of SchoolOrchestras (2 cr.) P: Senior standing. Teaching,organization, and administration of schoolorchestras. A grade of C+ or higher is required.Education M471 Undergraduate Seminar inMusic Education (1 cr.) P: Consent ofinstructor; admission to the Teacher EducationProgram. A practical orientation to thepersonal and professional problems thataccompany the student-teaching experience.On-site visitation.Education M482 Student Teaching: AllGrades (16 cr.) P: Senior standing, upper-division hearing, 10 credit hours ofinstrumental techniques (where required); allrequired conducting, education, and musiceducation courses. A sixteen-week, full-time,continuous, and supervised experience.Education M580 Student Teaching forGraduate Students: All Grades (9 cr.) A nine-week, full-time, continuous, and supervisedexperience.

Accompanying, Chamber Music,Coaching, and TechniquesF200 Music Education InstrumentalLaboratory (1 cr.) C: F281 Brass InstrumentTechniques or F337 Woodwinds Techniques.Preparing lessons, teaching, and conductingheterogeneous instrumental ensembles.F205 Introduction to Instrumental Techniques(3 cr.) For B.M.E. voice and pianoconcentrations. Techniques and materials forbeginning instrumental study. Recommendedfor sophomores and juniors.


F261 String Class Techniques (2 cr.) Classinstruction and teaching methods for violin,viola, violoncello, and double bass.F281 Brass Instrument Techniques (2 cr.)C: F200 Music Education InstrumentalLaboratory. Class instruction and teachingmethods for trumpet, horn, trombone,and tuba.F300 Piano Accompanying (1 cr.)* Sightreading, transposing, and acquaintance withvocal and instrumental literature.F301 Accompanying Recital (1 cr.) P: Consentof instructor. Rehearsal and performance asaccompanist for a required public performanceof a full undergraduate or graduate recital.F302 Classroom Instrument Techniques (2 cr.)Beginning instruction in recorder, guitar, lapdulcimer, autoharp, and classroom OrffInstrument (pitched and non-pitched).F337 Woodwind Techniques (2 cr.) C: F200Music Education Instrumental Laboratory.Class instruction and teaching methods forflute, oboe, bassoon, clarinet, and saxophone.F338 Percussion Techniques (2 cr.) Instructionin timpani, snare drum, xylophone, bass drum,cymbals, Latin and jazz drums, etc. Laboratoryclass with an emphasis on teaching techniques.F340 Postural Alignment for the Musician (1cr.) Biomechanical integration of the muscularand skeletal systems to promote a balancedand supported posture for all musical activites.Centering and relaxation skills. No more thantwo credit hours of course enrollment may becounted toward undergraduate musicelectives.F400 Seminar in Interpretation (2-3 cr.) P:Audition by and consent of instructorconcerned. Instruction in interpretation by aperformance teacher who is not the student’sregular instructor.F403 Scoring Percussion (2 cr.) Nomenclature,calligraphy, spectrum, notation, legendsystems, timbre, characteristics, and ranges.F404 Percussion Master Class (2 cr.) Technical,physical, aesthetic, and logistical factors inpreparing solo, chamber, and orchestralrepertory.F405 Percussion Seminar (1-3 cr.) History,languages, and written and improvisationaluses of indigenous instruments.Masterworks survey.F411 Musical Productions for the ChoralDirector (2 cr.) P: E131 Freshman Colloquiumin Music Education. Direction of vocal/choralproductions involving staging or movement,including madrigal dinners, musical theatre,vocal jazz, and show choir.F412 The Children’s Chorus (2 cr.) Vocal andchoral techniques, literature, andorganizational practices appropriate forchildren’s choral ensembles.

F413 Choral Literature for Music Educators (2cr.) P: E131 Freshman Colloquium in MusicEducation. Survey of choral music appropriatefor secondary school ensembles.F414 Music in Early Childhood (2 cr.) P: E131Freshman Colloquium in Music Education.C: EDUC M401 Field Experience. Methods andmaterials appropriate to the musicaldevelopment of children from birth to age five.F415 Orff, Dalcroze, Kodály (2 cr.) Principlesand practices of music instruction associatedwith Carl Orff, Emile Jaques-Dalcroze, andZoltan Kodály.F419 Orchestral Repertoire (1 cr.) Study oforchestral repertoire for various instruments.F420 Topics in Performance Study (1-3 cr.)F449 Rudiments of Harp EnsemblePerformance (1 cr.) Preparation for performancewith mixed instrument ensembles.F450 Chamber Music (1 cr.) Rehearsal andperformance of chamber music.F457 Seminar in Performance (1-3 cr.) P:Permission of instructor. Independent study.F461-F462 Score Reading I-II (1-1 cr.) P:Adequate skill at the keyboard and T232Musical Skills III. Performance at the pianoof graded examples of scores, both vocaland instrumental.F466 Techniques in Marching Bands (2 cr.) P:Consent of instructor. For undergraduates andgraduates majoring in music education.Techniques for organizing and trainingmarching bands in public schools and at thecollege level. Planning and charting footballshows; rehearsal problems.F500 Accompanying Recital (0 cr.)* Requiredfor fulfillment of second recital requirement forM.M. piano majors. Student is assigned to anaccompanying coach as a studio accompanistfor one semester and must appear asaccompanist for a required public performanceof a full undergraduate or graduate recital.F501 Accompaniment of Baroque Music (3 cr.)Introduction to the art of accompaniment ofseventeenth- and eighteenth-century music.Repertoire is selected from a wide variety ofchamber and larger works, both vocal andinstrumental. Included in the study arerecitative, embellishment, and improvisation.F502 Readings in Basso Continuo (3 cr.) P:F501 Accompaniment of Baroque Music orequivalent experience. Primary sourcesregarding basso continuo performancepractices are examined. Emphasis is onperformance from figured and unfigured bass.F503 Advanced Topics in Basso Continuo (3cr.) P: F501 Accompaniment of Baroque Musicand F502 Readings in Basso Continuo.National styles of basso continuo practice fromthe seventeenth and eighteenth centuries.Readings and application to compositions ofselected composers.


F519 Orchestral Repertoire (1 cr.) Study oforchestral repertoire for various instruments.F520 Topics in Performance Study (1-3 cr.)F531 Score Reading and Aural Skills I (1 cr.)P: T511 or equivalent. Performance at the pianoof graded examples of orchestral and choralscores. Transposition of instruments throughthe mastery of clef reading. Advanced eartraining, emphasizing skills for conductors.F532 Score Reading and Aural Skills II (1 cr.)P: F531 or permission of instructor.Continuation of work in F531.F533 Advanced Score Reading and AuralSkills I (1 cr.) P: F532 or permission ofinstructor. Further mastery of score readingand aural skills for conductors.F534 Advanced Score Reading and AuralSkills II (1 cr.) P: F533 or permission ofinstructor. Continuation of work in F533.F540 Postural Alignment for the Musician (1cr.) Biomechanical integration of the muscularand skeletal systems to promote a balancedand supported posture for all musicalactivities. Centering and relaxation skills. Nomore than two credit hours of courseenrollment may be counted toward thediploma music course requirement, or towardsthe graduate ouside area or minor.F549 Elements of Harp EnsemblePerformance (1 cr.) Study of the techniquesand literature for multiple-harp ensembles.F549 may be waived for students withcomparable experience; courses in conductingor harp pedagogy may be substituted uponrecommendation of the department chair.F550 Chamber Music (1 cr.) Rehearsal andperformance of chamber music.F551 Practicum in Transcription for theGuitar (2 cr.) Guided exercises in transcribingworks for the guitar originally written forpiano, lute, violin, cello, or other instrument orinstrumental ensemble.F560 Chamber Music: Variable Title (3 cr.) P:Consent of instructor. Inquiry into selectedaspects of instrumental and vocal chambermusic literature and history related to specificrepertoires, genres, style, performancepractices, and traditions. Performance of awide range of representative works. May berepeated.F561 Seminar in Interpretation (2-3 cr.) P:Audition by and consent of instructor.Instruction in interpretation by a performanceteacher who is not the student’s regularinstructor.F590 Techniques in Marching Band forGraduate Students (3 cr.) P: Consent ofinstructor. Overview of the complete marchingband program (college and high school)including show planning, drill writing,administration, and rehearsal techniques.

F603-F604 Seminar in Percussion PerformanceI-II (2-2 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Thetechnical and physical factors governing theperformance of solo, chamber, and orchestralliterature.F650 Coaching Chamber Music (1 cr.) Fordoctoral students meeting coachingrequirements for chamber ensembles.

ConductingG370 Techniques for Conducting (2 cr.) P:T231 Musical Skills II and T251 Music Theoryand Literature III. Fundamentals of scorereading and baton technique.G371 Choral Conducting I (2 cr.) P: G370Techniques for Conducting. Conductingpatterns applied to elements of interpretation.Practice in sight singing. Class forms practicechoir.G372 Choral Conducting II (2 cr.) P: G371Choral Conducting I. Choral conductingapplied to tone, balance, diction, phrasing, andinterpretation.G373 Instrumental Conducting (2 cr.) P: G370Techniques for Conducting. Furtherdevelopment of score reading and conductingtechnique.G555 Foundations in Choral Conducting forGraduate Students (3 cr.) P: Graduate standingin the Jacobs School of Music or permission ofinstructor. Techniques for the beginning choralconductor, including basic fundamentals ofstick technique, development of aural andrehearsal skills, and score analysis for theconductor. Intended to satisfy deficiencyrequirements as a prerequisite for G560Graduate Choral Conducting or to serve as anelective. Does not satisfy any existing degreerequirement in conducting on the graduatelevel.G560 Graduate Choral Conducting (3 cr.) P:G371 Choral Conducting I or G555Foundations in Choral Conducting forGraduate Students. For graduate studentsmajoring in fields other than choralconducting. Admission by examination duringorientation week. The course may be takenmore than once.G561-G562 Master’s Choral Conducting I-II(3-3 cr.) Study of the art and techniques ofchoral conducting as related to a study of thescore. Major works from the choral andchoral/orchestral literature are conducted.G566 Interpretation and Conducting of BandLiterature I (3 cr.) P: Two semesters ofundergraduate conducting or equivalentrequired. Study of selected concert bandliterature up to and including grade Vmaterial, with an emphasis on original bandcompositions. Baton technique, score analysis,and rehearsal techniques.


G567 Interpretation and Conducting of BandLiterature II (3 cr.) P: Two semesters ofundergraduate conducting or equivalentrequired. Study of selected wind literature atthe most advanced levels for both small andlarge ensembles. Continued development ofbaton and rehearsal techniques and scorepreparation. Includes rehearsal andperformance of selected works.G570 Graduate Instrumental Conducting (3cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Required forgraduate students with a cognate or minorfield in instrumental conducting.G571Master’s Advanced InstrumentalConducting (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor.Baton techniques and critical examination ofscores; problems of rehearsal and interpretation.May be repeated for degree credit.G579 Master’s Advanced Wind Conducting (3cr.) P: Admission to the wind conductingprogram and consent of instructor. Batontechnique and critical analysis of scores;rehearsal and interpretive problems.G634 Collegium Directing (3 cr.) A practicalstudy of the operation of university collegiummusicum programs, including repertory,instrument acquisition and maintenance,coaching and directing vocal and instrumentalearly music ensembles.G661 Doctoral Choral Conducting:Renaissance (3 cr.) Study of the art andtechniques of choral conducting as related to astudy of the score. Major works from thechoral literature are conducted.G662 Doctoral Choral Conducting: Baroque (3cr.) Study of the art and techniques of choralconducting as related to a study of the score.Major works from the choral andchoral/orchestral literature are conducted.G663 Doctoral Choral Conducting:Classic/Romantic (3 cr.) Study of the art andtechniques of choral conducting as related to astudy of the score. Major works from thechoral and choral/orchestral literature areconducted.G664 Doctoral Choral Conducting: Musicsince 1900 (3 cr.) Study of the art andtechniques of choral conducting as related to astudy of the score. Major works from thechoral and choral/orchestral literature areconducted.G671 Doctoral Advanced InstrumentalConducting (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor.Baton technique and critical examination ofscores; problems of rehearsal andinterpretation. May be repeated for degreecredit.G679 Doctoral Advanced Wind Conducting (3cr.) P: Admission to the wind conductingprogram and consent of instructor. Batontechnique and critical analysis of scores;rehearsal and interpretive problems.

BalletJ100 Ballet Elective/Secondary (2 cr.)

J210 Jazz Dance (1 cr.) A study of jazz dance,including early jazz and musical comedy aswell as contemporary styles. Emphasis oncurrent locomotor jazz techniques.J320 Pointe Technique (1 cr.) Authorizationand concurrent enrollment in J100Intermediate/Advanced Ballet required. Thestudy of classical ballet pointe work. Open tonon–ballet majors.J340 Ballet Pedagogy (2 cr.) A currentapproach to the theory and practice of teachingclassical ballet.J400 Ballet (Major) (2-6 cr.) Daily techniqueclasses, including pointe, for students in theBachelor of Science in Ballet degree program.Performance emphasis.J410 Choreography Workshop (2 cr.) Apractical study of the craft of making dancesusing classical ballet technique.J700 Ballet Graduate Elective (Beginning I)(cr. arr.)

J810 Graduate Jazz Dance (1 cr.) Jazz danceclass for graduate students.

Composition

K100 Composition Undergraduate Elective/Secondary (3 cr.) P: T109 Rudiments of Music Ior equivalent. Individual lessons incomposition. Concurrent registration in I500Performance and Composition Masterclass isrequired.K133 Notation and Calligraphy (1 cr.) P: Formusic majors, T109 Rudiments of Music I; fornon–music majors, permission of instructor.Notation and organization of musicmanuscripts.K214 Instrumentation I (2 cr.) P: T109Rudiments of Music I. Ranges, tonalpossibilities, technical limitations, andnecessary transpositions for all orchestral andband instruments.K215 Instrumentation II (2 cr.) P: K214Instrumentation I. Continuation of K214including writing for combinations ofinstruments.K231 Free Counterpoint I (2 cr.) Developmentof contrapuntal skills and techniques in two-,three-, and four-part textures.K232 Free Counterpoint II (2 cr.) P: T132Musical Skills I and K231 Free Counterpoint I.Continuation of K231.K361 Introduction to MIDI and ComputerMusic (3 cr.) P: Modest working knowledge ofpersonal computers. Basics of the MusicalInstrument Digital Interface system, itssoftware, and the instruments commonly used


with desktop MIDI workstations (synthesizers,digital samplers). MIDI sequencing, digitalaudio editing, and principles of digitalsyntheses. The course is intended for thosewith little prior technical training.K400 Composition Major (3 cr.)* Individuallessons in composition. Concurrent registrationin I500 Performance and CompositionMasterclass is required.K403 Electronic Studio Resources I (3 cr.) P:Consent of instructor. An introduction to thecomputer music studio, techniques of digitalrecording and editing, analog and FMsynthesis, MIDI sequencing, and acomprehensive study of the literature andstyles of the classic tape studios.K404 Electronic Studio Resources II (3 cr.) P:K403 Electronic Studio Resources I. Study ofadvanced synthesis techniques, digitalsampling, video synchronization, andmultimedia applications.K406 Projects in Electronic Music (cr. arr.) P:K403 Electronic Studio Resources I and K404Electronic Studio Resources II. Compositionalprojects in electronic music. Course may berepeated.K451-K452 Advanced Orchestration I-II (2-2cr.) P: K214-K215 Instrumentation I-II. Practicalorchestration in all its applications.K503 Electronic Studio Resources I (3 cr.) P:Consent of instructor. An introduction to thecomputer music studio, techniques of digitalrecording and editing, analog and FMsynthesis, MIDI sequencing, and acomprehensive study of the literature andstyles of the classic tape studios.K504 Electronic Studio Resources II (3 cr.) P:K503 Electronic Studio Resources I. Study ofadvanced synthesis techniques, digitalsampling, video synchronization, andmultimedia applications.K506 Projects in Electronic Music (2-3 cr.) P:K503-K504 Electronic Studio Resources I-II.Advanced projects in electroacousticcomposition. Course may be repeated.K509 Seminar in Computer Music (3 cr.) P:K504 Electronic Studio Resources II orpermission of instructor. Study of advancedtopics in computer music, including directdigital synthesis, acoustic research, andinteractive composition.K512 Jazz Composition (3 cr.) P: Permission ofdepartmental chairperson. High-level study ofproblems of composition in the jazz idiom,including the Third Stream.K554 Advanced Orchestral Arranging forGraduate Students (3 cr.) P: K214-K215Instrumentation I-II or equivalent, orpermission of instructor. Practicalorchestration in all its applications.K600 Thesis in Composition (1-5 cr.)*

K700 Dissertation in Composition (1-5 cr.)*Complete work for major ensemble (score andparts ready for performance). Procedures forfinal submission are available from the majoradvisor. Program annotation addressed to thegeneral public for the student’s dissertation(500 words minimum).K701 Doctoral Composition Chamber Recital(1 cr.)* Presentation of a recital (at least 45minutes of music) of compositions for differentmedia written during residency, with thestudent participating as performer orconductor. Program annotations addressed tothe general public for the student’s DoctoralComposition Chamber Recital (500 wordsminimum).K702 Doctoral Composition Document I (0cr.)*Movement of chamber music writtenduring a week-long examination period.K703 Doctoral Composition Document II(0 cr.)* Setting of a given text during a 24-hourperiod.K710 Composition Graduate Elective (2-4 cr.)Individual lessons in composition. Concurrentregistration in I500 Performance andComposition Masterclass is required.K810 Composition Graduate Minor (2-4 cr.)Individual lessons in composition. Concurrentregistration in I500 Performance andComposition Masterclass is required.K910 Composition Graduate Major (2-6 cr.)Individual lessons in composition. Concurrentregistration in I500 Performance andComposition Masterclass is required.

Musicology and Music HistoryM400 Undergraduate Readings in Musicology(cr. arr.)*M401-M402 History and Literature of Music I-II (4-4 cr.) Style analysis, visual and aural, ofrepresentative compositions, and relationshipof music to sociocultural background of eachepoch. I. P: T252 Music Theory and LiteratureIV or equivalent. History of music frombeginnings of Western civilization to 1750. II.P: T252 Music Theory and Literature IV orequivalent. History of music from 1750 to thepresent.M410 Composer or Genre (3 cr.) P: M401-M402 History and Literature of Music I-II. Lifeand works of representative composers inhistorical context or survey of a major musicalgenre and its historical evolution. Emphasis onstylistic development in the music literaturestudied.M502 Composers: Variable Topics (3 cr.) P:T508 Written Music Theory Review forGraduate Students, and M541 Music HistoryReview for Graduate Students I or M542 MusicHistory Review for Graduate Students II as


appropriate, or equivalents. Life and works ofrepresentative composers in the cultural andhistorical context of their eras; emphasis on thedevelopment of individual style throughanalysis of characteristic works. May berepeated for different composers only.M510 Topics in Music Literature (3 cr.)Inquiry into selected aspects of musicliterature and history related to specificrepertories, genres, styles, performancepractices/traditions, historiography, orcriticism. Research project required. May berepeated for different topics only.M525 Survey of Operatic Literature (3 cr.) P:T508 Written Music Theory Review forGraduate Students, M541 Music HistoryReview for Graduate Students I and M542Music History Review for Graduate StudentsII, or equivalents. Emphasis on the eighteenthand nineteenth centuries.M527 Symphonic Literature (3 cr.) P: T508Written Music Theory Review for GraduateStudents, M541 Music History Review forGraduate Students I, and M542 Music HistoryReview for Graduate Students II, orequivalents. Orchestral music of the eighteenthand nineteenth centuries.M528 Chamber Music Literature (3 cr.) P:T508 Written Music Theory Review forGraduate Students, M541 Music HistoryReview for Graduate Students I and M542Music History Review for Graduate StudentsII, or equivalents. Emphasis on eighteenth andnineteenth centuries.M539 Introduction to Music Bibliography (2-3 cr.)Music reference and research tools in allareas of music, use of library resources andnetworks, and bibliographic style andtechnique. Formal paper required.M541-M542 Music History Review forGraduate Students I-II (3-3 cr.)Designed tosatisfy deficiencies indicated by the graduateentrance examination in music history andliterature. I. Before 1750. II. After 1750. Removalof deficiency requires a grade of C or higher.M551 Introduction to Historical Musicology(3 cr.) Survey of bibliography and problemsand methods of historical research.M556 Research in the History and Literatureof Music (1-3 cr.)* P: Consent of instructor. Foradvanced students in music literature ormusicology desiring to do research in non-course areas of music literature.M601 Topics in Music Research (3 cr.) P: T508Written Music Theory Review for GraduateStudents, and M541 Music History Review forGraduate Students I or M542 Music HistoryReview for Graduate Students II, orequivalents. Inquiry into selected questions,issues, and problems in music history andliterature. Research project required. May berepeated for different topics only.

M602 Seminar in Musicology: VariableTopics (3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Foradvanced students in musicology and musictheory. Formal research paper required. Maybe taken more than once for credit toward Ph.D.M603 Methods of Musical Scholarship:Variable Topics (3 cr.) P: Consent ofinstructor. For advanced students inmusicology and music theory. May be takenmore than once for credit toward the Ph.D.M650 Music in the United States (3 cr.) Amusical and cultural history emphasizing thecoexistence and intersections of a variety ofimported and indigenous, written and oral,traditions, including concert music, opera,Native American music, popular song, jazz,blues, musical theater and film, Tin Pan Alley,rock, spirituals and other religious idioms.M651 Medieval Music (3 cr.) P: M541 MusicHistory Review for Graduate Students I andT508 Written Music Theory Review forGraduate Students, or equivalents.M652 Renaissance Music (3 cr.) P: M541Music History Review for Graduate Students Iand T508 Written Music Theory Review forGraduate Students, or equivalents.M653 Baroque Music (3 cr.) P: M541 MusicHistory Review for Graduate Students I andT508 Written Music Theory Review forGraduate Students, or equivalents.M654 Classic Music (3 cr.) P: M541 MusicHistory Review for Graduate Students I, M542Music History Review for Graduate StudentsII and T508 Written Music Theory Review forGraduate Students, or equivalents.M655 Romantic Music (3 cr.) P: M541 MusicHistory Review for Graduate Students I, M542Music History Review for Graduate StudentsII and T508 Written Music Theory Review forGraduate Students, or equivalents.M656 Music Since 1900 (3 cr.) P: M541 MusicHistory Review for Graduate Students I, M542Music History Review for Graduate StudentsII and T508 Written Music Theory Review forGraduate Students, or equivalents.M698 Individual Seminar in Musicology(3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. For advancedstudents in musicology and music theory.Formal research paper required. May be takenmore than once for credit toward the Ph.D.M699 Public Lecture (1 cr.)M700 Dissertation in Musicology (cr. arr.)*

Music LiteratureM385 Film Sound and Film Music (3 cr.) P:Permission of instructor; music majors: MUST252 required, CMLT C190 recommended;certificate students in Film Studies: CMLTC190 required, CMLT C391 recommended.Historical and technical survey of the filmsoundtrack; critical and aesthetic issues in filmsound, with an emphasis on music.


M392 Art Musics of the Non-Western World(3 cr.) An introductory survey of the art musicsof Asia and Africa; musical instruments,ensembles, and song styles; the heritage ofancient music (China, India, the Mediterraneanworld, and the Americas); ethnomusicologicalperspectives on classical Western music. Thecourse will make extensive use of video andaudio resources.M393 History of Jazz (3 cr.) Periods, majorperformers and composers, trends, influences,stylistic features, and related materials. Formusic majors only.M394 Black Music in America (3 cr.) A surveyof black music from its African origin to thepresent, with special emphasis on its social,economic, and political implications.M395 Contemporary Jazz and Soul Music(3 cr.) A survey of contemporary jazz and soul(rhythm and blues) music and musicians in theUnited States. For music majors only.M396 Art Music of Black Composers (3 cr.) P:Consent of instructor. A study of black musicand musicians in the United States, withemphasis on the black composer incontemporary music.M397 Popular Music of Black America (3 cr.)A sociocultural and musical analysis of urbanblack popular music, its performers,producers, and composers, from the 1940s to1980. Rhythm and blues, rock ‘n’ roll, soul,ballads, funk, disco, and the raps.M413 Latin American Popular Music (3 cr.)Historical and cultural aspects in thedevelopment of important popular musicgenres in Latin America and the Caribbean,and their impact in the United States. Issues ofperformance and instrumentation and theoutput of significant composers, arrangers andperformers. For music majors only. Activitiesoutside class may be scheduled.M415 Interpreting Unaccompanied Bach (2cr.) Study and performance of theunaccompanied works by J.S. Bach for violin,cello and flute. Consideration of structuralmusical elements based on autographmanuscripts. Open to all instrumentalists otherthan keyboard players.M431-M432 Song Literature I-II (3-3 cr.) P:Junior standing; for M432: M431. Introductorysurvey of representative non-operatic solovocal repertoire of the United States, theBritish Isles, Italy, Germany, Austria, andFrance. Techniques and application of songstudy, musicianship, interpretation,performance practice, and program building.M434 Survey of Guitar Literature (2 cr.) Anoverview of the origins and evolution of themodern guitar, examining repertoire fromabout 1500 to the present. Introduction to theimportant composers and performers of thevarious plucked string instruments that

comprise the family tree of the modern guitar.Approximately 100 representativecompositions will be studied analytically andplaced in historical and cultural context.M435 Performance Practices Before 1750 (3 cr.)Medieval, Renaissance, and Baroque repertorystudied in light of historical performance,including historical performance procedures,instruments, tuning, rhythm, notations, andother theoretical areas of importance forperformance. Some consideration is given tothe recreation of historical music employingmodern instruments.M458 Topics in Early Music (1 cr.) Variabletopics in repertory and performance practice ofearly music. May be taken more than once.M513 Latin American Popular Music (3 cr.)Historical and cultural aspects in thedevelopment of important popular musicgenres in Latin America and the Caribbean,and their impact in the United States. Issues ofperformance and instrumentation and theoutput of significant composers, arrangers andperformers. Open to majors and non-majors.Activities outside class may be scheduled, anda research paper is required.M515 Interpreting Unaccompanied Bach (2cr.) Study and performance of theunaccompanied works by J.S. Bach for violin,cello and flute. Consideration of structuralmusical elements based on autographmanuscripts. Open to all instrumentalists otherthan keyboard players.M516 Advanced Topics in Early Music (3 cr.)M517-M518-M519-M520-M521 Literature andPerformance Practice (3-3-3-3-3 cr.) I.Medieval II. Renaissance III. Baroque. IV.Classical. V. Romantic. The basic literature ofthe periods with performance-orientedanalysis, survey of original sources, and studyof performance-related theoretical works.M531-M532 Song Literature III-IV (3-3 cr.)Advanced survey of both standard and non-standard non-operatic solo vocal repertoire ofthe United States, the British Isles, Italy,Germany, Austria, France, and other nations.Techniques and application of song study,musicianship, interpretation, performancepractice, and program building.M543 Keyboard Literature from 1700 to 1850(3 cr.) Literature for stringed keyboardinstruments from the age of Bach and hiscontemporaries through the early romantics.Historical, stylistic, formal, and aestheticfeatures.M544 Piano Literature from 1850 to thePresent (3 cr.) Historical, stylistic, formal, andaesthetic features.M547-M548 Woodwind Literature I-II (3-3 cr.)I. Solo repertoire and chamber music forwoodwind instruments, including woodwind


instruments with strings and/or brasses. II.Orchestral literature and major works for largewind ensemble.M550 Doctoral String Literature (1-3 cr.) Solorepertoire and chamber music for stringinstruments.M554 Early Instruments (3 cr.) A study ofearly instruments and their place in musicalperformance during the Middle Ages and theRenaissance. Examination of documentsrelating to the development of instruments,their playing techniques, and their influence onmusic.M555 Foundations in Choral Score Analysisand Preparation (3 cr.) Introduction for theconductor to techniques of historical research,structural and stylistic analysis of choralliterature. To be taken concurrently with G561Master’s Choral Conducting I.M558 Topics in Early Music (1 cr.) Variabletopics in repertory and performance practicesof early music. May be taken more than once.M559 Brass Seminar (1-3 cr.) Guided researchin the history, bibliography, and pedagogy ofbrass instruments.M560 Woodwind Seminar (3 cr.) Guidedresearch in the history, bibliography, andpedagogy of woodwind instruments.M561-M562-M563-M564 History andLiterature of Opera I-II-III-IV (3-3-3-3 cr.)Musical and dramatic content of operasforming standard international repertoire; andsurvey of major composers’ stylisticdevelopment and establishment of eachopera’s relationship to its dramatic andmusical milieu. I. Monteverdi to Gluck. II.Mozart to Donizetti. III. Verdi, Wagner, andnineteenth-century national schools. IV.Verismo and the twentieth century.M565 Master’s Seminar in Choral Literature(3 cr.) Historical and structural analysis ofmajor choral literature from the Renaissance tothe present. Different literature covered eachsemester. To be taken twice, concurrently withG562 Master’s Choral Conducting II.M570 Historical Development of WindGroups and Literature (3 cr.) A comprehensivestudy of wind groups focusing oninstrumentation and literature from its earliestbeginnings to the present. Special emphasis onmajor works, composers, stylistic changes, andprogramming.M571-M572 Master’s Seminar in SymphonicLiterature 1-2 (3-3 cr.) For majors and minorsin conducting. All aspects of the study andconducting of symphonic literature and relatedareas.M579 Master’s Seminar in Wind Literature (3cr.) Variable topics for majors in windconducting. Wind literature selected accordingto genre, chamber winds, wind ensemble, andconcert band.

M583 Duke Ellington (3 cr.) Consent ofinstructor. An in-depth study of the life, times,and music of Duke Ellington.M584 Research in the History and Analysis ofJazz (3 cr.) P: consent of instructor. Individualresearch in the analysis, history, music theory,or literature of jazz schools, styles, performers,and instrumental idioms. For advancedstudents.M586 Chamber Jazz: Literature andPerformance (3 cr.) P: Jazz majors only; othersby consent of instructor. The music of theseminal small groups.M591 Jazz Literature 1: Pre-Jazz to Bebop (3cr.) P: consent of instructor. Historical andmusical analysis of the core repertoire, seminalperformers and composers, musicalcharacteristics, and important recordings of allmajor jazz styles, origins to 1945.M592 Jazz Literature 2: The Bebop Era (3 cr.)P: consent of instructor. An in-depth study ofthe music that represents the jazz commonpractice period (ca. 1940-1955). Charlie Parker,Dizzy Gillespie, Bud Powell, Max Roach, andothers.M593 Jazz Literature 3: Jazz since Bebop (3cr.) P: consent of instructor. Historical andmusical analysis of the core repertoire, seminalperformers and composers, musicalcharacteristics, and important recordings of allmajor jazz styles since 1955.M594 Big Band Jazz (3 cr.) P: consent ofinstructor. The study of classic big bandliterature (Ellington, Basie, Kenton, Herman,etc.).M620 Doctoral Final Project (1-6 cr.)*M621 Doctoral Piano Essay (1 cr.)*M627 Independent Study of the Literature ofthe Guitar I (3 cr.) Survey of guitar literature to1800. Two papers required.M628 Independent Study of the Literature ofthe Guitar II (3 cr.) Survey of guitar literaturesince 1800. Two papers required.M629 Vocal Music in Latin America (3 cr.)Solo, choral, and operatic music fromaboriginal times to the present, with anemphasis on repertory useful for concerts andrecitals.M631 Twentieth-Century Music in HispanicAmerica (3 cr.) Background and traditions, riseand development of nationalism, and avant-garde music.M635 Performance Practice before 1750 (3 cr.)Styles of solo and ensemble performance ofinstrumental and vocal music from the MiddleAges through the Baroque period: medium,dynamics, tempo, ornamentation andimprovisation, temperament. Editing andperforming of works for old and moderninstruments.


M636 Performance Practice since 1750 (3 cr.)Styles of solo and ensemble performance ofinstrumental and vocal music from Classicperiod to modern times. Changing aspects ofmedium, tempo, dynamics, phrasing, etc.applied to problems of musical interpretation.M637 Seminar in Percussion History (3 cr.) P:Consent of instructor. A survey ofmasterworks. The origin, development, andinfluences of indigenous instruments and theiruses in twentieth-century music.M638 Percussion Ensemble Literature (3 cr.)P: Consent of instructor. Percussion ensembleliterature and the techniques of organizing,managing, rehearsing, and conductingpercussion ensembles.M641 Brass Literature I (3 cr.) Teachingmaterials for horn, trumpet, cornet, trombone,euphonium, and tuba. Elementary andadvanced exercises, etudes, methods for classand private instruction, clef and transpositionstudies, and orchestral repertoire. Survey ofsources providing announcement andevaluation of new materials.M642 Brass Literature II (3 cr.) Solo andchamber music literature for horn, trumpet,cornet, trombone, euphonium, and tuba.Development of brass instruments andliterature from Renaissance to the present.Survey of sources providing announcementand evaluation of new materials.M643 Seminar in Harp Literature I (3 cr.) Acomprehensive survey of harp literature (soloand orchestral) of all periods and theexploration in depth of the various styles andperformance practices of each period.M644 Seminar in Harp Literature II (3 cr.) Acomprehensive survey of harp literature(chamber and ensemble) of all periods and theexploration in depth of the various styles andperformance practices of each period.M645-M646-M647-M648 Seminar in PianoLiterature I-II-III-IV (3-3-3-3 cr.) Discussion ofhistorical, stylistic, formal, and aestheticaspects of a period and its leading composers;performance of a wide range of representativeworks. I. Baroque, Pre-Classical, and Classical.II. Late Classical and Early Romantic. III.Romantic. IV. Twentieth-Century.M661 Doctoral Seminar in Choral Literature:Renaissance (3 cr.) Historical and analyticalstudies of major choral literature.M662 Doctoral Seminar in Choral Literature:Baroque (3 cr.) Historical and analyticalstudies of major choral literature.M663 Doctoral Seminar in Choral Literature:Classic/Romantic (3 cr.) Historical andanalytical studies of major choral literature.M664 Doctoral Seminar in Choral Literature:Music since 1900 (3 cr.) Historical andanalytical studies of major choral literature.

M665-M666 Survey of Violin/Viola LiteratureI-II (2 cr.) I. Baroque and Classic. II. Romanticto present.M667-M668 Survey of Violoncello LiteratureI-II (2 cr.) I. Baroque and Classic. II. Romanticto present.M669-M670 Seminar in String QuartetLiterature I-II (2-2 cr.) P: M528 Chamber MusicLiterature or equivalent. I. Haydn throughSchubert. II. High Romantic to present. Fordoctoral string students.M671-M672-M673-M674 Doctoral Seminar inSymphonic Literature 1-2-3-4 (3-3-3-3 cr.) P:Consent of instructor. Baton techniques andcritical examination of scores; problems ofrehearsal and interpretation.M675-M676-M677-M678 Seminar in OrganLiterature (3-3-3-3 cr.) Performance ofrepresentative works from each period anddiscussion of stylistic, historical, formal, andaesthetic features. I. Renaissance and Baroque.II. Classic, Romantic, and Twentieth-Century.III. Special topics in organ literature. IV. Organworks of Bach.M679 Doctoral Seminar in Wind Literature (3cr.) Variable topics. Historical and analyticalstudy of major wind literature. Participation inthe work of the band department required.M681 Seminar in Coaching, Conducting, andLiterature of Opera (3 cr.) Performancepractice in the coaching and conducting ofopera. Participation in work of Opera Theaterrequired. May be repeated.M685 Vocal Literature before 1800 (3 cr.)M686-M687 Romantic Song Literature andOratorio I-II (3-3 cr.)M688 Twentieth-Century Vocal Literature(3 cr.)M690 Seminar in Latin American Music (3 cr.)P: Consent of instructor. Advanced work in thestudy of Latin American music. Formalresearch paper required. May be repeated.M697 Advanced Seminar Materials in EarlyMusic (3 cr.) P: M661-M662 Notation ofPolyphonic Music I-II or equivalent, M554Early Instruments, and M539 Introduction toMusic Bibliography. The use of original sourcesas performance material. Study and applicationof appropriate theoretical works relevant tohistorical performance practices. Critique ofhistorical editions. May be repeated.

HonorsN399 Honors Seminar in Music (3 cr.)P: Admission to the Jacobs School of Musicundergraduate honors program. Reading anddiscussion in special topics ranging fromperformance practice to music and culture.N499 Honors Project in Music (3 cr.)* P: N399Honors Seminar in Music and approval of theschool honors committee. For honors studentsonly.


Music Information TechnologyFor electronic and computer music courses, see“Composition” listing.N364 Music Information Representation,Search, and Retrieval (3 cr.) P: Enrollmentlimited to students in the School of Informaticsor permission of instructor. A comparativesurvey of computer-based representationschemes for music, including those orientedtoward music notation, music performance,and music analysis. Overview of tools forcomputer-assisted music analysis usingselected representation schemes.N468 Topics in Music InformationTechnology (3 cr.) P: Permission of instructor.May be repeated for different topics.N546 Symbolic Music InformationProcessing (3 cr.) P: Major, minor, or outsidearea standing in Music Informatics or MusicInformation Technology. Methodology andapplications to algorithmically annotate,understand, recognize, and categorize music insymbolic form.N547 Audio Music Information Processing (3cr.) P: Major, minor, or outside area standingin Music Informatics or Music InformationTechnology. Music analysis and processingproblems using sampled audio as the primarydata representation. Digital signal processing,including filtering and its relationship toFourier techniques. Synthesis, effectsprocessing, score following, blind musicrecognition, and accompaniment systems.N560 Introduction to Music Informatics (3 cr.)P: Major, minor, or outside area standing inMusic Informatics or Music InformationTechnology. History, issues, and applicationsin music information technology. Survey ofvarious types of musical information.Introduction to digital musical media,including data standards and processing;database structure and organization standardsand processing; database structure andorganization of audio-, score-, and textfileobjects; and discussion of copyright issues.N561 MIDI and Computer Music (3 cr.) P:Graduate standing. Basics of the MusicalInstrument Digital Interface system, itssoftware, and instruments commonly usedwith desktop MIDI workstations (synthesizers,digital samplers). In-depth study of MIDIsequencing, digital audio editing, and thearchitecture of electronic instruments. A finalproject and a paper on a computer music topicare required.N562 Electronic Text Processing andDistribution (3 cr.) P: Advanced,demonstrable skill with at least one computingapplication (e.g., programming language or aword processing, database, or spreadsheetprogram). M539 Introduction to MusicBibliography strongly recommended.

Introduction to issues and processes in theelectronic manipulation of text and graphics,including hardware and software, electronicjournals, full- and partial-text databases,optical character recognition, copyright,network distribution, page layout andconventional publication, and financialsupport (publishers, academic and commercialinstitutions, and federal agencies).N563 Developing Computer–Based MusicInstruction (3 cr.) P: Major, minor, or outsidearea standing in Music Informatics or MusicInformation Technology. Overview of theinstructional design process, learning theories,user-interface design, and delivery ofcomputer-based music learning. Survey ofauthoring tools.N564 Music Information Representation,Search, and Retrieval (3 cr.) P: Major, minor,or outside area standing in Music Informaticsor Music Information Technology. Acomprehensive, comparative study ofcomputer-based representation schemes formusic, including those oriented toward musicnotation, music performance, and musicanalysis. Overview of musical metadata.Techniques and tools for search and retrievalof musical information.N568 Topics in Music InformationTechnology (3 cr.) P: Permission of instructor.May be repeated for different topics.N569 Independent Research in MusicInformation Technology (3cr.) P: Admissionto the Music Information Technology minor.Independent research in music informationtechnology.

JazzO316 Jazz Arranging 1 (2 cr.) Scoring for jazzinstruments in various ensembles. Study ofarrangers and arrangements in various stylesto assimilate their characteristics; applicationsof these styles to original arrangements.O317 Jazz Arranging 2 (2 cr.) P: O316 JazzArranging 1. More advanced arranging forvarious combinations of instruments indifferent styles.O318 Styles and Analysis of Jazz 1 (2 cr.)Survey and analysis of jazz styles from ragtimeand early jazz to swing and bebop. Repertoire,improvisation, instrumentation, role ofinstruments, major innovators and importantgroups. Includes transcription of jazz solosand their stylistic analysis.O319 Styles and Analysis of Jazz 2 (2 cr.) P.:O318 Styles and Analysis of Jazz 1. Survey andanalysis of jazz styles from the cool school andhard bop to modal and contemporary styles.Continuation of O318 areas of focus. Includestranscription of jazz solos and their analysis.O321 Jazz Improvisation 1 (3 cr.) Introductionto jazz improvisation. Chord/scale


relationships, generic melodic patterns,standard harmonic patterns, tune learning.O322 Jazz Improvisation 2 (3 cr.) P: O321Jazz Improvisation 1 or permission ofinstructor. Theory and technique of Bebop.Theory and techniques of jazz improvisationwith an emphasis on the vocabulary, style, andrepertoire of the jazz common practice period(ca. 1940-1955).O323 Jazz Improvisation 3 (3 cr.) P: O321-O322 Jazz Improvisation 1 and 2 or permissionof instructor. Modern concepts since 1955.Theory and techniques of jazz improvisationwith an emphasis on the vocabulary, style, andrepertoire of jazz since 1958.O324 Jazz Improvisation 4 (3 cr.) P: O321Jazz Improvisation 1 or permission ofinstructor. Tune learning. Various approachesto facilitate learning jazz tunes in blues,rhythm, and standards categories amongothers. Study of commonalities anddifferences among tunes.O325 Rhythm Section Literature andPerformance Practice (2 cr.) Jazz, Latin, andRock repertory studied in light of historicalrhythm section performance as well as modernapplications. Historical, cultural, andconceptual aspects in the development ofimportant rhythm section styles from theUnited States, Latin America, Cuba, theCaribbean, and Africa. May be taken morethan once, for a maximum of 8 credits.O516 Jazz Arranging 1 (2 cr.) P: Consent ofinstructor. Scoring for jazz instruments invarious ensembles.O517 Jazz Arranging 2 (2 cr.) P: Consent ofinstructor. Arranging for various combinationsof instruments in different jazz styles.O521 Jazz Improvisation 1 (3 cr.) Introductionto jazz improvisation. Chord/scalerelationships, generic melodic patterns,standard harmonic patterns, tune learning.O522 Jazz Improvisation 2 (3 cr.) P: O521 JazzImprovisation 1 or permission of instructor.Theory and technique of Bebop. Theory andtechniques of jazz improvisation with anemphasis on the vocabulary, style, andrepertoire of the jazz common practice period(ca. 1940-1955).O523 Jazz Improvisation 3 (3 cr.) P: O521-O522 Jazz Improvisation 1 and 2 or permissionof instructor. Modern concepts since 1955.Theory and techniques of jazz improvisationwith an emphasis on the vocabulary, style, andrepertoire of jazz since 1958.O524 Jazz Improvisation 4 (3 cr.) P: O521 JazzImprovisation 1 or permission of instructor.Tune learning. Various approaches to facilitatelearning jazz tunes in blues, rhythm, andstandards categories among others. Study ofcommonalities and differences among tunes.

O525 Rhythm Section Literature andPerformance Practice (2 cr.) P: Permission ofinstructor. Jazz, Latin and Rock repertorystudied in light of historical rhythm sectionperformance as well as modern applications.Issues of performance, arranging, composition,instrumentation and output of variousimportant jazz composers, arrangers, andperformers. Open to jazz majors.O800 Jazz performance (2 cr.) P: Consent ofinstructor. Open to graduate jazz majors.Individual instruction in jazz performance.

OperaR241 Introduction to Musical Theater (2 cr.)P: Sophomore standing. Concepts of musicaltheater (musical comedy, operetta, and opera).Stage terminology, direction, and technology.Rehearsal techniques.R300 Scenic Design for Opera (3 cr.) Appliedstudy and practice of scenic drawing, drawingfrom nature, and architectural design. Fivehours of studio class per week.R301 Advanced Scenic Design for Opera (3cr.) P: Permission of instructor. The practiceand study of opera and ballet scenic designtechniques, including research and analysis,floor plan drafting, model construction, andrendering techniques.R320 Workshop in Scenic Technique (3 cr.)Study and practice of opera scene construction,painting, lighting, costumes, and makeup. Fivehours of studio class and eight hours oflaboratory per week.R325 Opera/Ballet Costume Construction I (3cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Techniques ofcostume construction, including pattern andfabric selection, cutting, draping, sewing,decoration, and fitting.R326 Opera/Ballet Costume Construction II(3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Continuation ofR325 Opera/Ballet Costume Construction I.R330 Seminar in History of Stage Design andArchitecture (2 cr.) History of stage design andarchitecture from Greek theater to the present.Three hours of studio class per week.R391 Principles of Acting in Opera (2 cr.) P:Consent of instructor. Basic techniques for thesinging actor. Movement, use of bodylanguage, use of props, techniques ofinterpretation, and analysis of text and music.R392 Dramatic Coaching (2 cr.) P: Consent ofinstructor. Development of role interpretationindividually and in groups with an emphasison the integration of musical and actingvalues.R400 Undergraduate Readings in Opera (cr.arr.)*R451 Problems of Opera Production (3 cr.)Choosing repertory, securing materials,translation, budget planning, and promotion.


R452 Styles in Opera Acting (3 cr.) Advancedsurvey and practice of styles of operatic actingaccording to historical period and nationalcharacteristics.R453 Project in Opera Stage Direction (1 cr.)*Actual staging for public performance of a one-act opera with piano accompaniment andminimal decor.R463 Individual Projects in Opera StageDesign (1 cr.)* Complete design and executionof a one- or two-scene opera production.R464 Individual Project in Opera TechnicalDirection (1 cr.)* Complete technical directionof a one- or two-scene opera production.R471-R472 Opera Workshop I-II (3-3 cr.)Technical and performing aspects of theproduction of light and grand opera as theypertain to singing actors and ensembles.R491-R492 Dramatic Coaching III-IV (2-2 cr.)P: R391 Principles of Acting in Opera and R392Dramatic Coaching. Instruction in portrayal ofindividual operatic roles.R493 Vocal Styles in Opera (2 cr.) Explorationof vocal styles and performance practices inopera from Gluck to the present.R502 Stage Management (1 cr.) Survey of theduties and responsibilities of the stage managerin opera. The student is expected to serve asstage manager for at least one of the productionsof the IU Opera Theater. Preparation of theproduction book is emphasized.R503 Seminar in Opera Production Project (2cr.) A guided study of research andpreparation for an opera that the studentdirector will attempt to realize on the stage.R504 Opera Production Project (1 cr.) Stagingof a one-act opera or its equivalent andsubmission of the director’s prepared promptbook.R505 Opera Stage Direction Technique I(3 cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Basic languageand analytical technique for interpretingoperatic scores. Techniques for organizationand producing works of music theatre. Writtenanalysis of scenes, practice in staging sceneprojects.R506 Opera Stage Direction Technique II (3cr.) P: R505 Opera Stage Direction Technique I.Basic language and analytical technique forinterpreting operatic scores. Techniques fororganization and producing works of musictheatre. Written analysis of scenes, practice instaging scene projects.R507 Opera Stage Direction Technique III (3cr.) P: R505 Opera Stage Direction Technique Iand R506 Opera Stage Direction Technique II.Basic language and analytical technique forinterpreting operatic scores. Techniques fororganization and producing works of musictheatre. Written analysis of scenes, practice instaging scene projects.

R508 Opera Stage Direction Technique IV (3cr.) P: R505 Opera Stage Direction Technique I,R506 Opera Stage Direction Technique II, andR507 Opera Stage Direction Technique III.Basic language and analytical technique forinterpreting operatic scores. Techniques fororganization and producing works of musictheatre. Written analysis of scenes, practice instaging scene projects.R510 Graduate Project in Scene Design forMusical Production (4 cr.) Complete design forone opera or ballet production includingsketches for scenery, costumes, props, makeup,floor plans, working drawings, etc.R512 Advanced Scene Painting LaboratoryProject (4 cr.) Applied techniques in theexecution of the scenery painting for onecomplete musical production as assigned.R514 Graduate Seminar in History of StageDesign and Architecture (2 cr.) Detailedexamination of the history of stage design andarchitectural styles from Greek theater to thepresent. Three hours of studio class per weekand individual research projects as assigned.R515 Graduate Technical Direction (2 cr.)Technical direction for one complete musicalproduction, including setup scheduling, cuesheets, and working plots.R516 Graduate Lighting Design (2 cr.)Lighting design and execution for onecomplete musical production.R517 Graduate Stage Management (1 cr.)Complete execution of stage management for amusical production.R518 Graduate Stage Direction for Designers(1 cr.) The student assists the stage director inregard to rehearsal techniques, prompt bookpreparation, and production planning for onemusical production.R571-R572 Opera Workshop (3-3 cr.)R581 Advanced Opera Skills I (3 cr.) Thedevelopment of techniques needed forperformance on the operatic stage: movement,acting, character analysis, pantomime, andscene study. Required for singers in theProfessional Opera Studies PerformerDiploma. Open to others, with the permissionof the instructor, to a maximum of 20 students.R582 Advanced Opera Skills II (3 cr.) Thedevelopment of additional techniques neededfor performance on the operatic stage: periodmovement and dance, improvisation, maskwork, and scene study, including trios andlarger ensembles. Required for singers in theProfessional Opera Studies PerformerDiploma. Open to others, with the permissionof the instructor, to a maximum of 20 students.R589 Physical Alignment in Singing (2 cr.)Hands-on work on the relationship betweenthe mental, skeletal, and muscular systems ofthe body and efficient movement, posture,breath, and resonance. Required for singers in


the Professional Opera Performer Diploma.Open to others with the permission of theinstructor. May be repeated.R591 Principles of Acting in Opera (2 cr.) P:Consent of instructor. Basic techniques for thesinging actor. Movement, use of bodylanguage, use of props, techniques ofinterpretation, and analysis of text and music.R592 Dramatic Coaching (1 cr.) P: Consent ofinstructor. Development of role interpretationindividually and in groups with an emphasison the integration of musical and acting values.R600 Opera Roles (0 cr.)* For Master of Musicvoice majors with consent of voice faculty tosubstitute an opera role for the second recitalrequirement.

Music TheorySemesters when certain courses are usuallyoffered are indicated “fall,” “spring,” and“summer.” Check the most recent scheduleinformation to confirm availability.T109 Rudiments of Music I (3 cr.)Fundamentals of notation, ear training, andmusic reading. Melody and beginningharmony. A grade of C or higher is required.(fall, spring)T132 Musical Skills I (1 cr.) P: T109 Rudimentsof Music I or equivalent, and T151 MusicTheory and Literature I or permission ofinstructor; music majors only. It is stronglyrecommended that this course be takenconcurrently with T152 Music Theory andLiterature II. Diatonic melody and harmony;two-part counterpoint. Aural skills, musicreading, and keyboard. A grade of C or higheris required. (fall, spring)T151 Music Theory and Literature I (3 cr.) P:T109 Rudiments of Music I with grade of C orhigher or equivalent, score of 50-69 percent onBasic Musicianship Test and concurrentenrollment in T109 Rudiments of Music I, orconsent of instructor. Introduction to theliterature and analysis of music. Introductionto diatonic harmony. (fall)T152 Music Theory and Literature II (3 cr.) P:Either T151 Music Theory and Literature I(minimum grade D–) and T109 Rudiments ofMusic I (minimum grade C), or a grade of C orbetter in T151 (without the T109 requirement).Diatonic harmony continued, and introductionto chromatic harmony. Two-voice counterpointand study of small forms. (spring)T231 Musical Skills II (1 cr.) P: T109Rudiments of Music I or equivalent; T132Musical Skills I; music majors only. It isstrongly recommended that this course betaken concurrently with T251 Music Theoryand Literature III. Melody, harmony, andcounterpoint continued; some chromaticism.

Aural skills, music reading, and keyboard. Agrade of C or higher is required. (fall, spring)T232 Musical Skills III (1 cr.) P: T109Rudiments of Music I or equivalent; T132-T231Musical Skills I-II; music majors only. It isstrongly recommended that this course betaken concurrently with T252 Music Theoryand Literature IV. Chromatic melody andharmony. Aural skills, music reading, andkeyboard. A grade of C or higher is required.(fall, spring, summer)T251 Music Theory and Literature III (3 cr.) P:T151-T152 Music Theory and Literature I-II;music majors only. Study of music from thelate sixteenth through the eighteenth centuries,with an emphasis on counterpoint, harmony,and form. (fall)T252 Music Theory and Literature IV (3 cr.) P:T151-T152-T251/T261 Music Theory andLiterature I-II-III. Study of music of thenineteenth and early twentieth centuries, withan emphasis on advanced harmonicprocedures and analysis of larger forms.(spring)T261 Music Theory and Literature III (3 cr.)Honors equivalent of T251. P: T151-T152 MusicTheory and Literature I-II; music majors only.Study of music from the late sixteenth throughthe eighteenth centuries, with an emphasis oncounterpoint, harmony, and form. (fall)T262 Music Theory and Literature IV (3 cr.)Honors equivalent of T252. P: T151-T152-T251/T261 Music Theory and Literature I-II-III.Study of music of the nineteenth and earlytwentieth centuries, with an emphasis onadvanced harmonic procedures and analysis oflarger forms. (spring)T331 Musical Skills IV (1 cr.) P: T109Rudiments of Music I or equivalent; T132-T231-T232 Musical Skills I-II-III; music majorsonly. It is strongly recommended that thiscourse be taken concurrently with T351 MusicTheory and Literature V. Twentieth-centurymaterials. A grade of C or higher is required.(fall, spring, summer)T351 Music Theory and Literature V (3 cr.) P:T151-T152-T251/T261-T252/T262 MusicTheory and Literature I-II-III-IV. Study ofmusic from the early twentieth century to thepresent; new compositional and analyticalprocedures. (fall, spring, summer)T400 Undergraduate Readings in MusicTheory (cr. arr.) Independent study on a topicapproved by the Department of Music Theoryprior to enrollment in the course.T410 Topics in Music Theory (3 cr.) P: Juniorstanding or consent of instructor. Study ofselected compositions of a particular composer,historical period, or genre. Emphasis on musicand its relation to theoretical andcompositional ideas. May be repeated fordifferent topics.


T412 Advanced Aural and KeyboardTechniques (3 cr.) P: T232 Musical Skills IIIand T252/T262 Music Theory and LiteratureIV, or consent of instructor. Listening incontext to music of various style periods.Keyboard skills (e.g., figured bass,harmonization, and score reading).T416 Counterpoint: Variable Topics (3 cr.) P:T232 Musical Skills III and T252/T262 MusicTheory and Literature IV. The techniques ofcounterpoint with an emphasis on a particularstyle, such as that of the sixteenth or eighteenthcentury.T417 Analysis of Tonal Music (3 cr.) P: T232Musical Skills III and T252/T262 Music Theoryand Literature IV. Analytical techniques for thestudy of tonal music of the eighteenth andnineteenth centuries.T418 Music and Ideas (3 cr.) P: Junior standingor consent of instructor. An introduction to thephilosophy of music and the history andproblems of musical aesthetics.T508 Written Music Theory Review forGraduate Students (3 cr.) Designed to satisfydeficiencies indicated by the Graduate MusicTheory Entering Proficiency Examination. Partwriting, form, and harmonization. Removal ofdeficiency requires a grade of C or higher. IfT511 Aural Music Theory Review for GraduateStudents is also required, T508 Written MusicTheory Review for Graduate Students shouldbe taken first. (fall, summer)T509 Sight-Singing Review for GraduateStudents (3 cr.) Designed to satisfy deficienciesindicated by the Graduate Music TheoryEntering Proficiency Examination. Musicreading involving intervals, scales, chordoutlines, rhythm patterns, and meter throughsolo and ensemble singing. Removal of readingdeficiency requires a grade of C or higher. (fallof each year, summer of odd-numbered years)T511 Aural Music Theory Review forGraduate Students (3 cr.) Designed to satisfydeficiencies indicated by the Graduate MusicTheory Entering Proficiency Examination.Removal of deficiency requires a grade of D orhigher. If T508 Written Music Theory Reviewfor Graduate Students is also required, itshould be taken before T511 Aural MusicTheory Review for Graduate Students. (springof each year, summer of even-numbered years)T545 Introductory Analysis of MusicLiterature (3 cr.) P: T508 Written Music TheoryReview for Graduate Students and M541-M542Music History Review for Graduate Students I-II, or equivalent. Basic techniques of analysisapplied to a selection of music literatureemphasizing works from the seventeenthcentury through the early twentieth century.(fall, spring)T550 Readings in Music Theory (3 cr.) P: T508Written Music Theory Review for Graduate

Students or equivalent. Introduction to thediscipline of music theory: objectives, issues,trends, methods, resources, and literature.(spring)T551 Analytical Techniques for Tonal Music(3 cr.) P: T508 Written Music Theory Reviewfor Graduate Students or equivalent. In-depthanalysis of common-practice repertoirethrough multiple techniques, including thestudy both of pitch and of rhythm. (fall)T555 Schenkerian Analysis (3 cr.) P: T508Written Music Theory Review for GraduateStudents or equivalent and consent ofinstructor. Develops skill in applying HeinrichSchenker’s analytic method for tonal music ofthe eighteenth and nineteenth centuries.(spring)T556 Analysis of Music Since 1900 (3 cr.) P:T508 Written Music Theory Review forGraduate Students or equivalent. Analyticaltechniques for music of the twentieth andtwenty-first centuries. (fall)T561 Music Theory: Variable Topics (3 cr.) P:Consent of instructor. May be repeated fordifferent topics.T565 Stylistic Counterpoint: Variable Topics(3 cr.) P: T508 Written Music Theory Reviewfor Graduate Students or equivalent. Analysisof, and composition in, the contrapuntal styleof a given period, e.g., J. S. Bach and hiscontemporaries, the sixteenth-century sacredstyle, the romantic period. May be repeated fordifferent topics. (fall)T591 Teaching of Music Theory (3 cr.) P: T508Written Music Theory Review for GraduateStudents or equivalent. Comparative analysisof teaching techniques, procedures, andmaterials, with practical application. (spring,summer)T599 Master’s Degree Comprehensive Review(0 cr.) Review of a portfolio assembled frommaster’s course work. Taken in the finalsemester of study. (fall, spring)T619 Projects and Problems in Music Theory(cr. arr.) P: Consent of music theorydepartment. Investigation and research in thefield of music theory designed to meetindividual needs of graduate students.T623-T624 History of Music Theory I-II (3-3cr.) I. Musical systems of antiquity; modal,rhythmic, and contrapuntal music theory to1600. (fall of odd-numbered years) II. Musictheory from 1600 through the mid-twentiethcentury.(spring of even-numbered years)T658 Seminar in Music Theory: VariableTopics (3 cr.)May be repeated for differenttopics only. (fall, spring)T659 Public Lecture (0 cr.)* Formalpresentation to the public of a research paper.T700 Dissertation in Music Theory (cr. arr.)*


Unclassified CoursesU200 Special Projects in Technology (1-8 cr.)P: Consent of instructor. May be repeated foradditional credit.U201-U202 Piano Technology I-II (2-2 cr.)U201 is a prerequisite for U202. Recommendedfor piano majors. Introduction to science oftuning in equal temperament, structure ofpiano, and mechanism of piano’s action.U210 Reed Making (1 cr.) Principles of double-reed making with development of individualskill and application.U233 Applied French Diction for Singers (1cr.) P or C: FRIT F100. Drill on phonetics andapplication to song and opera.U243 Applied German Diction for Singers (1cr.) P or C: GER G100. Drill on phonetics andapplication to song and opera.U253 Applied Italian Diction for Singers (1cr.) P or C: FRIT M100. Drill on phonetics andapplication to song and opera.U263 Pronunciation of Historical Languages(3 cr.) A survey of the changes in thepronunciation of Romance and Germaniclanguages from the Middle Ages to theeighteenth century.U274-U275 History of Violin Making I-II (3-3cr.) P: Consent of instructor. Seminar in thehistory and literature of string instrumenttechnology. Study of the manufacture andrepair of string instruments from the earliesttime to the present, with emphasis on the workof the master luthiers. Outside readings. Threehours of class per week.U305 String Instrument Repair (1 cr.) Stringinstrument maintenance and repair. For musiceducation students.U350 Individualized Music Cognate AreaReadings and Research (1-6 cr.) Open only tostudents accepted for an individualizedcognate area.U361 English Diction for Singers (1 cr.) Drillon phonetics with application to singing. Maybe taken for undergraduate and graduatecredit.U400 Unassigned UndergraduatePerformance Major (cr. arr.) P: Permission ofdirector of undergraduate studies or dean ofJacobs School of Music. Temporary sectionduring registration process.U404 Harp Technology (2 cr.) A study of theprinciples, problems, repair, and generalmechanics of the harp action and of all aspectsof design from both the historical and practicalpoints of view. The course covers all basicroutines of repairs, tuning adjustments,maintenance, and intricate regulation ofvarious instruments.

U406 Introduction to Piano Technology (2-3cr.) Aspects of upright and grand pianotechnology, including building/rebuildingpianos, action regulation, voicing and tone,theory of tuning, basic tuning techniques, anddiscussion of sales and pricing. Recommendedfor piano majors.U411 Performing Art Center Management(3 cr.) On national and local levels. Mechanicsof management, booking of concert artists andattractions, organized-audience plan, localconcert series, and symphony management.U412 Opera Management (3 cr.) Problems ofmanagement in operas; organizationalstructure, business aspects, public relationsand support, repertoire selection, casting,coaching, directing, and rehearsing; design andexecution of scenery, costumes, properties, andlighting; and technical production.U440 Practicum I-II-III-IV (2-2-2-2 cr.)Supervised execution of the technology ofconstruction, repair, and operation of scenicelements and theatrical equipment. Ten hoursper week each semester.U450 Individualized Music Cognate AreaFinal Project (0 cr.) Open only to studentsaccepted for an individualized music cognatearea.U453 Italian Operatic Diction (1 cr.) P: U253Applied Italian Diction for Singers and consentof instructor. Coaching in Italian dictioninvolving the standard Italian repertoire.U470 Violin Repair I-II-III-IV (6-6-6-6 cr.) P:Consent of instructor. I-II. Study and practiceof string instrument technology, includinggeneral repairs done from outside theinstrument, bow refurbishing, and use of handand power tools. III-IV. Advanced study andpractice of string instrument technology,including general and major repair done afteran instrument has been opened, instrumentacoustics, and related topics. Fifteen hoursinstruction and laboratory per week.U471 Topics in Piano Technology (2-3 cr.)Practical hands-on work in various areas ofpiano technology, including upright and grandpiano regulation and tuning. May be repeatedfor different topics only.U480 Internship in Technology (cr. arr.) P:Consent of instructor. Internship in music-related technology. Practical application ofrelated skills in a professional setting on or offcampus for one semester.U500 Workshop in Music: Variable Topics (0-6 cr.)U501 Introduction to Piano Technology (2-3cr.) Aspects of upright and grand pianotechnology, including building/rebuildingpianos, action regulation, voicing, and tone,theory of tuning, basic tuning techniques, anddiscussion of sales and pricing. Recommendedfor piano majors.


U502 Topics in Piano Technology (2-3 cr.)Practical hands-on work in various areas inpiano technology, including upright and grandpiano regulation and tuning. May be repeatedfor different topics only.U506 Historical Brass Instrument Design andConstruction (3 cr.) The course will consist of athree-hour laboratory session each week,supplemented by independent researchprojects that will demand additional timeappropriate to a 3-credit course. The laboratoryportion of the course will consist of theconstruction of a reproduction of a historicalbrass instrument, using methods and toolsconsistent with those used in the seventeenthand eighteenth centuries.U510 Advanced Reed Making (1 cr.) P: U210Reed Making or permission of instructor.Principles of double-reed making with focuson advanced skill and understanding in reedfinishing.U511 Performing Art Center Management(3 cr.) On national and local levels. Mechanicsof management, booking of concert artists andattractions, organized-audience plan, localconcert series, and symphony management.U800 Unassigned Graduate PerformanceMinor (cr. arr.) P: Permission of director ofgraduate studies or dean of Jacobs School ofMusic. Temporary section during registrationprocess.U900 Unassigned Graduate PerformanceMajor (cr. arr.) P: Permission of director ofgraduate studies or dean of Jacobs School ofMusic. Temporary section during registrationprocess.

Nonmajor Academic andPerformance CoursesZ100 The Live Musical Performance (1-2 cr.)An introduction to music listening throughweekly in-class performances. Students havean opportunity to interact withinstrumentalists, singers, dancers,choreographers, conductors, and composers.Musical styles include classical, rock, jazz, andworld music.Z101 Music for the Listener (3 cr.) Anintroductory music appreciation course thatexplores European and American classicalmusic and other musical repertoire.Z103 Special Topics in Music for Nonmajors(3 cr.)Z110 Non-Music Major Performance Elective(2 cr.) For undergraduate students.Z111 Introduction to Music Theory (3 cr.) Astudy of fundamentals of the language andnotation of music: listening, music reading andwriting, and the elements of music as used in avariety of genres and historical periods. Open

to non–music majors and students in the JacobsSchool of Music interested in a generalbackground in music.Z112 Introduction to Musical Skills (1 cr.)Introduction to sight singing and dictation.Rhythmic and melodic materials. Previous orconcurrent registration in Z111 Introduction toMusic Theory is recommended.Z161 Steel Drumming (2 cr.) Techniques ofexecution and musical interpretation of musicfor the steel drums.Z162 Hand Drumming (2 cr.) Techniques ofexecution and idiomatic rhythms ofinternational styles of hand drumming.Z171-Z172 Opera Theater Series I-II (3-3 cr.)Discussion and analysis of works to beperformed during the current Opera Theaterseries. Designed to acquaint opera patrons(and non–music majors) with the libretti andmusic.Z201-Z202 History of Rock ‘n’ Roll Music I-II(3-3 cr.) I. Roots of Rock to the British Invasion.II. The Sixties. Survey of the major trends,styles, and genres of rock music, focusing onartists and groups with the most enduringsignificance and on the major social issues oftheir times. Z201 is not a prerequisite for Z202.Z211 Music Theory II (3 cr.) P: Z111Introduction to Music Theory or consent ofinstructor. Overview of part writing, musicalform, harmonic analysis, and modulation.Z212 Musical Skills II (1 cr.) P: Z112Introduction to Musical Skills or consent ofinstructor. Continuation of sight singing anddictation skills. Rhythmic, melodic, andharmonic materials. Previous or concurrentregistration in Z211 Music Theory II isrecommended.Z301 Rock Music in the ‘70s and ‘80s (3 cr.)A lecture-oriented course that covers thehistory of rock ‘n’ roll in the 1970s and 1980s.The post–Sgt. Pepper “splintering” of rock andensuing style changes are highlighted.Z311 Music Theory III (3 cr.) P: Z111Introduction to Music Theory and Z211 MusicTheory II or consent of instructor. Overview ofmodulation and chromatic harmony.Z312 Musical Skills III (1 cr.) P: Z112Introduction to Musical Skills and Z212Musical Skills II or consent of instructor.Advanced sight singing and dictation skills.Rhythmic and melodic materials in one andtwo parts; harmonic materials includingchromaticism. Previous or concurrentregistration in Z311 Music Theory III isrecommended.Z315 Music for Film (3 cr.) P: CMLT C190Introduction to Film. A stylistic and analyticsurvey of music for moving pictures,concentrating on American and Englishnarrative films.


Z317 Computer Music Composition I (3 cr.)Basic MIDI tools are applied to electronicmusic composition techniques and theproduction of computer music. The course isproject-based and requires a performance ofstudent compositions and arrangements as afinal project. Intermediate knowledge ofsequencing and notation software isrecommended preparation.Z318 Computer Music Composition II (3 cr.)P: Z317 Computer Music Composition I orconsent of instructor. Students withintroductory music composition techniques inelectronic and computer music advance tosampling and looping technologies,synchronizing digital music to video and film.The course is project-based and requires aperformance of student compositions andarrangements as a final project.Z320 Advanced Special Topics in Music forNonmajors (3 cr.)Z340 Introduction to Music Business (3cr.) An introduction to the business aspects ofthe music industry. Recording companies,artists, and contracts; music production;copyright, licensing, and publishing; bookingagents, promotions, live performances, andperforming arts organizations.Z361 Introduction to MIDI and ComputerMusic (3 cr.) P: Modest working knowledge ofpersonal computers. Basics of the MusicalInstrument Digital Interface system, itssoftware, and the instruments commonly usedwith desktop MIDI workstations (synthesizers,digital samplers). MIDI sequencing, digitalaudio editing, and principles of digitalsyntheses. The course is intended for thosewith little prior technical training.Z373 The American Musical (3 cr.) The originsof the American musical: its societal impactand its development from vaudeville andEuropean operetta to the rock musicals oftoday.Z374 Contemporary Broadway Musicals (3 cr.)An exploration of the Broadway musical with afocus on contemporary trends. American rockmusicals, revivals, and British and Europeanproductions. Study of contemporaryproducers, composers, lyricists,choreographers, and directors.Z385 History of the Blues (3 cr.) Tells the storyof the blues through the music of more than200 artists. Styles studied include Classic Blues,Country Blues, Piedmont Blues, Holy Blues,White Blues, City Blues, Rhythm & Blues, Post-WWII Country Blues, Chicago Blues, UrbanBlues, Swamp Blues, British Blues, and BluesRock.Z390 Jazz for Listeners (3 cr.) An examinationof the components of jazz, how to listen to jazz,and how to relate jazz to the social/culturalenvironment in which it was created. Class

lectures/discussions enhanced with liveperformances and videos of major artists suchas Louis Armstrong, Charlie Parker, MilesDavis, and John Coltrane.Z393 History of Jazz (3 cr.) Periods, majorperformers and composers, trends, influences,stylistic features, and related materials. Fornon–music majors only.Z395 Contemporary Jazz and Soul Music (3cr.) A survey of contemporary jazz and soul(rhythm and blues) music and musicians in theUnited States. For non–music majors only.Z401 The Music of the Beatles (3 cr.) An in-depth, song-by-song look at the music, lives,and times of the Beatles. The course focuses onthe music and is aimed at heightening studentlistening skills as well as fostering a deeperappreciation for the Beatles’ recordings.Z402 Music of Frank Zappa (3 cr.) A detailedsurvey of the musical career of rock’s mostavant-garde composer. Traces Zappa’s creativeoutput from his early days through his soloprojects, his “big band” period, his orchestralproductions, and finally his groundbreakingwork with the Synclavier. All of Zappa’scommercially released albums are discussed,and students are responsible for a listening listof materials from these releases.Z403 Music of Jimi Hendrix (3 cr.) A detailedlook at the life, music, and career of rockmusic’s best and most influential guitarist.Audio and video performances document themeteoric rise of Hendrix from obscurity tomaster musician before his untimely death.Z411 Music Theory IV (3 cr.) P: Z111Introduction to Music Theory and Z211-Z311Music Theory II-III or consent of instructor.Further study of modulation techniques andadvanced chromatic harmony. Overview ofatonal and serial techniques as well as music ofthe twentieth century.Z412 Musical Skills IV (1 cr.) P: Z112Introduction to Musical Skills and Z212-312Musical Skills II-III. More advanced sightsinging and dictation skills. Rhythmic andmelodic materials in one and two parts withmore difficult rhythms; harmonic materialsincluding advanced chromaticism andmodulation. Examples from twentieth-centurymusical repertoire. Previous or concurrentregistration in Z411 Music Theory IV isrecommended.Z413 Latin American Popular Music (3 cr.)Historical and cultural aspects in thedevelopment of important popular musicgenres in Latin America and the Caribbean,and their impact in the United States. Issues ofperformance and instrumentation and theoutput of significant composers, arrangers, andperformers. For non-music majors only.Activities outside of class may be scheduled.


Z415 Connections: Music, Art, Literature (3cr.) Interrelationships among the arts ofvarious cultures, learning how they influenceeach other and are in turn influenced by theculture and temper of the times they reflect.Includes a survey of major styles from theRenaissance to the present, with emphasis onthe twentieth and twenty-first centuries.Z710 Non-Music Major Performance Elective(2-4 cr.) For graduate students.


Academic RegulationsAcademic and Professional ConductAll students at Indiana University areresponsible for knowing the rules governingacademic and personal conduct in the IndianaUniversity Code of Student Rights,Responsibilities, and Conduct. Code proceduresfor the Bloomington campus are available athttp://dsa.indiana.edu/Code/index1.html.The rules about academic honesty areimportant for everyone, but students who arenew to the education system in the UnitedStates should be especially sure to read andunderstand them because the expectations heremay be different from those to which they areaccustomed.

Each student is expected to adhere to highprofessional, ethical, and academic standards,and the Jacobs School of Music may dismissfrom its programs any student who fails to doso. In general, it is assumed that all academicwork (such as papers, essays, quizzes, tests,oral reports, projects, compositions,dissertations, documents, and performances) isa student’s original work. Collaboration issometimes permitted for certain assignmentsin some courses. Students should always makecertain that they understand what an instructorexpects for a particular assignment. It is alsoassumed that material borrowed or quotedfrom other sources (including from books,articles, the Web, and elsewhere) will beacknowledged and cited.

The penalties for academic and personalmisconduct are severe, and can includedismissal from the university. Students withquestions about the rules and the disciplinaryprocedures for the Bloomington campus arewelcome to ask the directors of undergraduateor graduate studies.

Change of Degree RequirementsEach student is subject to the degreerequirements outlined in the current JacobsSchool of Music Bulletin. When newrequirements are introduced after a studenthas matriculated, the student may elect toobserve either the requirements in force at thedate of matriculation or those most recentlyestablished by the Jacobs School of Music.

GradesThe official grading system of IndianaUniversity is as follows:

A+ or A 4.0A– 3.7

B+ 3.3B 3.0B– 2.7C+ 2.3C 2.0C– 1.7D+ 1.3D 1.0D– 0.7F 0.0

Addition of CoursesNo course may be added after the normalschedule adjustment period of a semesterunless the instructor and departmentchairperson of the course give signed approvaland the course addition is approved by thedean of the school in which the student isenrolled.

Withdrawal from CoursesWithdrawals made before the end of the firstweek of classes will not appear on a student’spermanent internal record. After the first weekof classes, withdrawals are automaticallymarked W until the university automatic Wdeadline. After the automatic W deadline,withdrawal is permitted only if the instructorand dean of the student’s school approve therequest on the basis of urgent, documentedreasons relating to the student’s health orequivalent distress. The desire to avoid a lowgrade is not an acceptable reason forwithdrawal from a course. If a studentwithdraws with the consent of the instructorand the dean, the grade in the course shall beW if the work is passing and F if the work isnot passing. The grade will be recorded on thedate of withdrawal. Failure to complete acourse without an authorized withdrawal willresult in the grade of FNN or FN.

Incompletes and Deferred GradesIf a student is not in attendance during the lasttwo or three weeks of a semester, theinstructor may report a grade of I (indicatingthe work is satisfactory at the end of thesemester but has not been completed) if theinstructor has reason to believe the absencewas beyond the student’s control; if not, theinstructor shall record a grade of FN. Inaddition, a student may not enroll in a coursein which the student has received a grade ofIncomplete, except in performance, chambermusic, and ensemble.


Regulations and Procedures

It is the responsibility of the student who hasincurred the grade of Incomplete in any courseto fulfill the requirements of that course withinone calendar year from the date on which theIncomplete is recorded. The student isexpected to complete all necessary work intime for the instructor to assign a regular gradebefore the expiration of this time period. If thisis impossible because of circumstances clearlybeyond the student’s control, it is the student’sresponsibility to petition the instructor for anextension of time. Every Incomplete is changedto F at the end of one year unless a grade isassigned during that year.

The grade of R is used in courses such asresearch courses and recitals in whichcompletion of the work of the course is notnecessarily required at the end of the semester.

FNN and FN GradesThe grade of FNN is given to students whohave never attended. The grade of FN is givento students who stopped attending, todistinguish the grade from the F awarded forpoor performance. The instructor must provideon the electronic grade roster the last date ofdocumented class attendance or participationwhen awarding the FN grade.

Pass/Fail OptionUnder certain circumstances an undergraduatestudent in good standing (not on probation)may enroll in up to eight elective courses to betaken with a grade of P (Pass) or F (Fail) duringthe four years of the undergraduate program.A student may take two courses per academicyear on the Pass/Fail option. An academic yearbegins with the first day of the fall semesterand ends with the last day of the secondsummer session.

If a student elects the Pass/Fail option in acourse, the Office of the Registrar will convertthe final grade to either P (grade of A, B, C, orD) or F (grade of F). The grade of P indicatessatisfactory work in fulfillment of degreerequirements, but it is not computed in thegrade point average. The grade of F is includedin determining grade point averages.

No courses with a MUS or an EDUC prefix canbe taken on a Pass/Fail basis by music majors.B.M.E. students may use Pass/Fail coursesonly for general education requirements exceptfor ENGW131 Elementary Composition I andCMCL C121 Public Speaking or their approvedsubstitutes. B.M. and B.S. students may usePass/Fail courses only as free electives; theymay not use Pass/Fail courses to meet stateddegree requirements. Once the Pass/Failoption request has been processed, the decisioncannot be reversed. The deadline for filing

Pass/Fail option requests is the end of thefourth week of the semester or two weeks intoa summer session. The Pass/Fail option is notavailable to graduate or diploma students.

Extended-X PolicyUndergraduate students may petition for agrade substitution under the amended FX(Extended-X) policy. Undergraduate studentsmay retake a course for which they received agrade below an A during the first 45 hours ofcourse work. A student may exercise thisoption for no more than three courses, totalingno more than 10 credits. A student may usethis option only once for a given course. Thestudent’s transcript shall record both grades.For the course retaken, only the second gradeshall be counted in the determination of thestudent’s grade point average (GPA). AnyGPA calculated in accord with this policy ismarked with an asterisk denoting that a lowergrade has been replaced by a second grade inthe course. In the Jacobs School of Music,performance study at the 400 level, masterclass (I500), and ensemble (X0—) are ineligiblefor this type of grade petition.

Change of Grade and Grade AppealNo grade may be changed after six calendarmonths from the date of the last day of finalexaminations. Grade appeals in the JacobsSchool of Music are considered by theAcademic Fairness Committee; there is nofurther appeal outside the School. A studentmust submit a grade appeal in writing to theAssociate Dean for Instruction no later thanfour weeks after the grade is awarded.

AbsencesIllness is usually the only acceptable excuse forabsence from class and must be officiallyconfirmed. A student’s excessive absence maybe reported by the instructor to the director ofundergraduate or graduate studies.

A student who misses a final examination andwho has a passing grade up to that time maybe given a grade of Incomplete if the instructorhas reason to believe that the absence wasbeyond the student’s control.

Every effort is made to avoid time conflictsbetween Jacobs School of Music classes andperformances. However, if a student isrequired to participate in performances orother activities officially sponsored by theJacobs School of Music that coincide withclasses or examinations within the school,the instructors involved will be informed inadvance and asked to make someaccommodation for the student. Considerationfor professional opportunities not sponsored


by the Jacobs School of Music is at the solediscretion of the instructor.

Minimum and Maximum SemesterLoadUndergraduate Students Undergraduates inthe Jacobs School of Music are not permitted toenroll in fewer than 12 credit hours or morethan 17 credit hours during the fall and springsemesters (more than 8 during the summersession) exclusive of major ensemble (2credits), except with special permission fromthe director of undergraduate studies. Astudent in good standing may petition thedirector of undergraduate studies to enroll inmore than 17 credit hours. Only in veryexceptional cases shall the total carried exceed20 credit hours.

Graduate Students In the fall or springsemester, graduate degree students must enrollin a minimum of 8 credit hours, and diplomastudents and visiting students must enroll in aminimum of 9 credit hours (includingensemble). In the summer session, theminimum number of credit hours is 4 for allmaster’s or diploma students and 3 for alldoctoral students. Students petitioning forexceptions to these credit hour restrictionsmust present documentary evidence to thedirector of graduate studies.

Correspondence StudyA student may earn some credit toward anundergraduate degree by enrolling incorrespondence or online courses. Studentsadmitted to the Jacobs School of Music musthave courses approved by the director of musicundergraduate studies before enrolling inthem.

Information about distance learning courseofferings can be obtained from the School ofContinuing Studies, Owen Hall, IndianaUniversity, Bloomington, IN 47405.

Audit PolicyThe Jacobs School of Music of IndianaUniversity has a long tradition of openness inits performing and academic activities.Students and visitors to the campus maybenefit from opportunities to attend lectures,rehearsals, lessons, or other activities. Theseactivities may range from informal observationfor a limited number of sessions to thefollowing regulations:

Permission to observe classes informally is atthe discretion of the supervising teacher.Limitations in seating capacity may make itimpossible to include auditors or observers.Permission to audit formally (i.e., with

registration and fees) is primarily theresponsibility of the supervising teacher, but issubject to the following regulations:1. Students may not register as auditors forany class that involves class participation.This includes classes in sight singing, eartraining and keyboard, instrumentaltechniques, ballet, and others. Todetermine if a class falls under thisprovision, the student should consult thechair of the department in which the classis given.

2. Students may register as auditors for musicperformance classes (applied music), butthey will not be counted as part of thefaculty load, and they will not performthemselves.To observe or audit a lesson, students musthave permission not only from thesupervising teacher, but also from thestudent whose lesson is being heard.

3. Formal auditing or informal observation ofclasses is not intended as preparation forexemption or proficiency tests. Permissionto observe or audit a class may be deniedby the supervising faculty member on thisbasis.

4. Music majors may not audit graduatereview courses in music theory. They mayaudit graduate review courses in musichistory and literature only if they have nomore opportunities remaining to take thegraduate entering proficiencyexaminations.

5. Official audit status for a class requires theapproval of the professor in charge. Whenapproval is obtained, the student enrollsduring the schedule adjustment period.

6. No class that has been officially auditedmay be used towards degree credit of anykind in the Jacobs School of Music unless(a) the student passes a validationexamination and any other requirements ofthe course under the supervision of theprofessor teaching the course, (b) thestudent has met any prerequisites for thecourse (to be verified by the approvingfaculty member), and (c) the student paysfull tuition for the course.

Academic Standing—UndergraduateStudents are in good standing in the JacobsSchool of Music if they are admitted to a musicdegree or diploma program, if they are makingsatisfactory progress toward that degree, and ifthey are not on academic probation.


Academic Warning, AcademicProbation, and DismissalAn undergraduate student will receive anacademic warning after any semester in which1. the student does not achieve a satisfactorygrade in a music theory or music historycourse (D– or C, depending on the course);or

2. the student fails to achieve a passing gradein any required secondary piano course,either by not enrolling or by earning thegrade of F; or

3. the student completes fewer than therequired 14 credit hours (includingensemble) in the fall or spring semesters.

An undergraduate student will be placed onacademic probation after any semester inwhich1. the student’s semester or cumulative GPAfalls below 2.0; or

2. the student receives a grade of F or does notenroll in a major ensemble; or

3. the student receives a grade of F or does notenroll in the major area of study; or

4. the student receives a grade of F in a corecourse for the second time; or

5. the student receives grades of F in two ormore music courses in one semester.

A student who has had two consecutivesemesters of academic problems may also beplaced on academic probation at therecommendation of the director ofundergraduate studies. To be removed fromacademic probation, a student must meet theterms specified by the Jacobs School of Music.Students on academic probation are noteligible for financial aid from the Jacobs Schoolof Music.

An undergraduate student will be subject todismissal from the school when1. the student’s semester GPA falls below 1.0;or

2. the student does not fulfill the terms ofacademic probation; or

3. the student engages in an act of academicmisconduct; or

4. the student fails, in the judgment of thedirector of undergraduate studies, to makesatisfactory progress toward the degree.

The Jacobs School of Music considers petitionsfor readmission from students who have beendismissed.

Class StandingClass standing is based on the number of credithours successfully completed: freshman, fewerthan 27 credit hours; sophomore, 27 to 55credit hours; junior, 56 to 85 credit hours; andsenior, 86 or more credit hours.

Academic Standing—GraduateStudents are in good standing in the JacobsSchool of Music if they are admitted to a musicdegree or diploma program, if they are makingsatisfactory progress toward that degree, and ifthey are not on academic probation.

Academic Warning, AcademicProbation, and DismissalA graduate or diploma student will receive anacademic warning after any semester in which1. the student’s semester GPA falls below3.00; or

2. the student receives a grade below B inmajor ensemble; or

3. the student receives a grade below B in acourse required for the major field; or

4. the student completes fewer than thenumber of credits required for his or heracademic program; or

5. the student receives an unsatisfactory gradein a review course taken to satisfya proficiency requirement.

A graduate or diploma student will be placedon academic probation after any semester inwhich1. the student receives academic warningletters in consecutive semesters; or

2. the student’s cumulative GPA(representative of at least two semesters)falls below 3.00; or

3. the student receives a grade of F in a majorensemble; or

4. the student receives a grade of F in a courserequired for the major field; or

5. the student accumulates two or moreunsatisfactory grades in review coursestaken to satisfy a proficiency requirement.

To be removed from academic probation, astudent must meet the terms specified by theJacobs School of Music. Students on academicprobation are not eligible for financial aid fromthe Jacobs School of Music.A graduate or diploma student will be subjectto dismissal from the school when1. the student receives an academic warningwhile on probation; or

2. the student is subject to probation a secondtime while already on probation; or

3. the student’s semester GPA falls below2.00; or

4. the student fails for a second time toachieve a satisfactory grade in the samereview course taken to satisfy a proficiencyrequirement; or

5. the student fails to complete all proficiencyrequirements and departmentalprerequisites within five semesters’enrollment as a doctoral student; or


6. the student does not fulfill the terms ofacademic probation; or

7. the student engages in an act of academicmisconduct; or

8. the student fails, in the judgment of thedirector of graduate studies, to makesatisfactory progress toward the degree.

Application for Degrees orDiplomasAll candidates for degrees or diplomas (exceptfor the M.A. and Ph.D., which are applied forin the University Graduate School) mustcomplete an application for graduation no laterthan the third week of the semester in whichthey expect to graduate. Forms are available inthe music undergraduate and graduate offices.

Individual Studio Studyand Performance-RelatedPolicies

Assignments for Music StudioStudy and LessonsThe dean of the Jacobs School of Music assignsstudents to teachers for the entire semester onthe basis of student requests and teacheravailability. While the Jacobs School of Musicmakes every effort to honor teacherpreferences, it cannot guarantee specific studioassignments. The assignment takes placeduring the first week of classes of eachsemester for students who have notpreregistered for a particular teacher. Suchpreregistration is accomplished only with thewritten authorization of the requested teacher.

Studio instruction (performance/composition)in individual lessons or a combination ofindividual and small group lessons is at thediscretion of the teacher. Students ordinarilyreceive one lesson each week of classes duringthe semester. A student who cannot attend ascheduled lesson is required to notify theteacher at least 24 hours before the beginningof the lesson; otherwise, except for illnessimmediately prior to a lesson, the studentforfeits the right to a make-up lesson. Studentsabsent without excuse from more than threelessons in any one studio course during asemester fail in that course, but their lessonsare not discontinued. Lessons missed bythe teacher are made up at the mutualconvenience of the student and teacher.

Practice time is assigned on a weekly basis. Thestudent is expected to practice a minimum ofthree hours a week for each hour of credit andis assigned this amount of time in JacobsSchool of Music practice rooms, as spaceallows. To secure an assigned practice time, a

student should complete an application forpractice room assignment; this application isavailable at the practice room supervisor’sdesk. Application for practice time should bemade each semester as soon as the studentcompletes semester registration. All practiceroom applications are due Friday of the firstweek of classes. Assignments are availablefrom the practice room supervisor during thesecond week of classes.

Any student taking a music performancecourse during a fall or spring semester mustenroll for at least two hours of credit in thatperformance course. B.M.E. students in thesemester of student teaching are exempt.

Examinations and Goals inPerformanceLevel of Achievement Each student takingperformance courses must make satisfactoryprogress each semester as determined by thevarious examinations in performance.

Upper-Division Examination The purpose ofthe upper-division examination is to assess theundergraduate student’s general progress andto determine continuation in the chosencurriculum. The examination is administered,usually in the last week of classes, at the end ofthe fourth semester of study or, for transferstudents, at the end of a semester to bedetermined by the instructor/department.Students who have a valid reason to postponethe examination may petition the director ofundergraduate studies of the Jacobs School ofMusic. The exam should not be postponed pastthe time when an estimated four semesters ofdegree work remain to be completed.

A committee composed of the student’s majordepartment faculty members (in some casesincluding a Jacobs School of Musicadministrator) administers the examinationand makes recommendations for the student’sjunior and senior years of study. A writtenreport of the committee’s comments iscompiled in the Office of UndergraduateStudies and furnished to the student after theupper-division examination.

Bachelor of Music Education and Compositionmajors have a departmental examination inaddition to the performance portion of theexam. Ballet and Recording Arts majors haveonly a departmental examination. Jazz Studiesmajors have a departmental examination, withthe student’s performance instructor includedas part of the examining committee.

Each student who is studying performance isgraded on the upper-division examination, andthis grade is the final grade for the semester’swork in the principal performance field. Thestudent’s teacher gives two grades, one for thesemester’s work and one for the performance


at the examination; every other member of thecommittee gives one grade for theexamination. The student’s final grade is theaverage of all these grades.

Other Examinations in Music PerformanceCourses The student should check withthe relevant performance faculty for specificinformation on the scheduling of exams, theconstitution of the hearing committee, andgrading procedures. Examinations by acommittee composed of the student’s teacherand two other members usually are heldas follows:

B.M. majors in performance: end of semester Ifor all performance areas except string andwoodwind majors, who have examinations atthe end of semester II. The upper-divisionexamination and junior and senior recitalhearings constitute examinations for second,third, and fourth years.

B.M.E. concentrations, B.S. concentrations, andB.M. composition and jazz studies majors: endof semester II. The upper-division examinationand the senior recital constitute examinationsfor the second and fourth years.

Non-music majors in elective performance(undergraduates and graduates): eachsemester.

Music majors in secondary performance,master’s degree students with an outside areain performance, doctoral minors who have notcompleted qualifying examinations:semester II.

Master’s degree majors: no examinations(graduate recital only).

It is the prerogative of the teacher to ask for acommittee examination of any student who ismaking doubtful progress in the curriculum.

RecitalsLocation Recitals must take place in publicspaces in Bloomington, announced to and opento the public. Exceptionally, with the approvalof a student’s doctoral advisory committee andthe director of graduate studies, one doctoralrecital may be performed out of town ifattended in person, at the expense of thestudent, by the faculty member(s) who wouldordinarily be present.

Date Recitals ordinarily take place during thefall or spring semesters according to deadlinesspecified in the scheduling policies. Recitalsmay take place during the second summersession if a hearing can be arranged and iffaculty members are available to attend therecital.

Hearing A pre-recital hearing is required forall undergraduate, master’s and performerdiploma recitals, except for composition

recitals. At the discretion of the faculty, otherrecitals may also be given a hearing. A hearingmust be scheduled so that it can be completedand the recital performed within the publisheddeadlines; it is the student’s responsibility toarrange a hearing and to meet the deadlines.Students may perform a hearing in thesummer with the approval of the departmentchair if faculty members are available. Ahearing is valid for 60 days.

Repertory Recital repertory is subject toapproval by a student’s teacher or committeefollowing any guidelines published by thedepartment. Appropriate repertory forchamber music recitals is specified bydepartments. Recital repertory may not berepeated for degree or diploma credit.

Grading The grade for an undergraduate,master’s, performer diploma, or doctoral minorrecital is assigned by the teacher, who hears therecital in person. An organ recital grade isbased on a recital hearing, and a compositionrecital grade is based on an average of thegrades of the faculty members who attend therecital. A jazz recital grade is based on anaverage of the grades of Jazz StudiesDepartment faculty members who attend therecital and the teacher with whom the studentis enrolled in performance study.

Artist Diploma recitals are attended andgraded in person by the three members of astudent’s AD committee. If a committeemember is unable to attend, he or she and thestudent must arrange for a substitute frominside or outside the major department, asappropriate.

Doctoral recitals are ordinarily attended andgraded in person by the three members of astudent’s doctoral advisory committee. Thechair must hear the recital in person;exceptionally, in consultation beforehand withthe committee chair and the student, acommittee member may arrange for adepartmental substitute, or to hear a recordingof the recital. Recordings, when used, areavailable in the Music Library.

All recital grades are reported in writing to thedirector of undergraduate or graduate studies.

Recording Doctoral and Artist Diplomarecitals must be recorded by the Department ofRecording Arts for the Music Library whenthey take place in a Jacobs School of Musicvenue. A recording of equivalent quality mustbe provided to the Music Library by thestudent when a Doctoral or Artist Diplomarecital is performed in a non-Music Schoolvenue.

Assisting performers Recitals may include theparticipation of no more than 13 assistingperformers and a conductor. All must be


available for a hearing, if required.Participation by assisting performers must notinterfere with their lessons, ensembleassignments or academic responsibilities.Chamber music credit is available to theassisting performers only if they haveregistered and arranged specifically for thatcredit. Special rules apply to conducting,composition, and jazz studies recitals that useJacobs School of Music ensembles or specially-assembled groups; consult the appropriatedepartment for information.

LengthThe following are the minimum and maximumnumber of minutes of music for the categoriesof recitals indicated:

Minimum MaximumJunior (general) 40 50Brass 30 40Voice 30 50Senior (general) 50 60Brass 40 50Composition* 30 60Jazz Studies 50 60Voice 40 50Concentration (general) 25 50Piano 35 50Woodwinds 40 50M.M. (general) 50 60Brass 40 50Choral Conducting 20 30Composition* 30 60Jazz Studies 50 60Voice 40 50D.M. (general) 40 60Brass 30 50Choral Conducting 40 75Composition* 45 60Piano 50 60Piano Final 75 75Woodwinds 50 60Graduate Minor (general) 25 50Piano 35 50P.D. (general) 50 60Piano 40 50Voice 40 60A.D. 40 60

* For composition students: Student’s owncompositions for various media writtenduring residency, with the studentparticipating as a performer or conductor inat least one work.

For students in computer music composition:Student’s own compositions for computer-generated audio playback alone, audioplayback with instrument(s), interactive liveelectronics, or multimedia works withsubstantial computer music component.

Performer’s CertificateUndergraduate students, master’s students,and Performer Diploma students are eligiblefor the Performer’s Certificate, which isawarded as a special recognition of musicalunderstanding and technical proficiencydemonstrated in recital. Award of thePerformer’s Certificate is a three-step processinvolving the hearing, the recital, and a specialhearing by the All-Faculty Performer’sCertificate Committee. Each of the three stepsmust take place during a fall or springsemester. Details are available in theundergraduate office. The followingprocedures are to be observed:1. The student is initially nominated for thePerformer’s Certificate at the recital hearingwhich must be attended by at least threefaculty members. Based on the numberpresent, the necessary number of positivevotes to be nominated for a Performer’sCertificate is shown in parentheses: 3(2),4(3), 5(4), 6(4), 7(5), 8(6), 9(6), 10(7), 11(8),12(8), 13(9), 14(10), 15(10), 16(11), 17(12),18(12), 19(13), 20(14), 21(14).

2. The required quorum for attendance at therecital is five faculty members or one-half ofthe faculty members of the particularperformance study department, whicheveris larger. The student, performanceinstructor, and department chair shouldconsult to be sure that the recital isscheduled at a time when the requiredquorum can be met. The chair of thestudent’s department has the responsibilityto assemble the faculty committee inconsultation with the performanceinstructor. Based on the number present,the necessary number of positive votes tobe nominated for a special hearing by theAll-Faculty Performer’s CertificateCommittee is shown in parentheses: 5(4),6(4), 7(5), 8(6), 9(6), 10(7), 11(8), 12(8), 13(9),14(10), 15(10), 16(11), 17(12), 18(12), 19(13),20(14), 21(14).

3. If the recital quorum is met and the vote ispositive, the student’s department chairshould notify the undergraduate office assoon as possible of the number of facultypresent and the results of their vote. Thechair should also instruct the student to goto the undergraduate office immediately toschedule the special hearing.

4. The regular size of the All-FacultyPerformer’s Certificate Committee is sevenmembers; the required quorum at thespecial hearing is five members. Based onthe number present, the number of positivevotes required to award the Performer’sCertificate is shown in parentheses: 5(4),6(4), 7(5). The special hearing is scheduledfor half an hour. The student selects the


music for the first ten minutes, and thechairperson of the committee, inconsultation with other committeemembers, chooses the repertoire for theremaining time.

5. At the special hearing, the student must beprepared to perform the entire recitalprogram (the same program as the recital);if other performers were involved in therecital, the same performers must be presentat the special hearing. The student is moststrongly advised not to schedule the recitalwithin the last two weeks of the semester. Ifthe student is nominated at a recital takingplace after the Sunday that precedes thesecond-to-last week of classes, the specialhearing cannot take place during thatsemester. If the special hearing is thusdelayed to the following (spring or fall)semester, the requirement that the studentbe prepared to perform the same recitalwith the same performers still stands.

Outside Instruction andPerformanceStudents are not permitted to use stateproperty for private enterprises such as theteaching of lessons in university buildings.

Students are encouraged to consult with theirfaculty instructors before accepting anappearance as a soloist on public programs orbefore participating in music ensemblesoutside the Jacobs School of Music.

Official DressThe official dress for public performances ofJacobs School of Music ensembles is as follows:black tuxedo, white shirt, black bow tie, blackshoes, and black socks for men; solid long-sleeved black blouses, floor-length black skirtsor black dress slacks, black shoes, and nojewelry for women. The Jacobs School of Musicrequires that students own concert attire by thebeginning of the academic year. Certainensembles specify other types of attire andmake this known at the beginning of eachsemester.

Use of Jacobs School of MusicInstrumentsSchool instruments are available only tostudents enrolled in Jacobs School of Musiccourses, e.g., ensemble or performance lessons.

Rental and deposit may be charged asapproved by the Indiana University Board ofTrustees. Non–music students must pay arental fee.

The Jacobs School of Music cannot giveexclusive use of an instrument to oneindividual. Thus instruments may be assignedfor use by more than one person. For thisreason, each instrument must be kept in thelocker assigned to that instrument when not inuse.

A prescribed method of sign-out and return ofinstruments is essential to their efficient use.Failure to follow sign-out or return proceduressubject the student to a minimum fine of $30plus $1 per day until the student is released ofresponsibility.

Instruments are assigned for a specific periodof time, which is never to extend beyond thelast day of classes each semester. Studentsneeding an instrument after the last day ofclasses must obtain special permission fromthe Instrumental Rental Office or be subject tothe fine policy.

A student using a school-owned instrument isresponsible for the care of the instrument; anydamage incurred, other than the usual wear, isthe responsibility of the student. Repairs aremade by the university and charged to thestudent.

Check ListStudents who have not returned equipment,music, instruments, keys, locks, etc., to theMusic Facilities Office or other appropriatearea by the designated date are fined andplaced on the check list. A student on the checklist may not register in the following semester,receive honorable dismissal to enter anotherinstitution, or obtain a degree. If the item is notreturned, the student is charged for its valueplus necessary fines to cover administrativeexpenses. The cost of a complete lock change,made necessary by the loss of a key or failureto return a key, is charged to the student. Afine is charged for late return of keys. Locks arechanged one week after the deadline for returnof keys.

Students who are dismissed from the JacobsSchool of Music will also be placed on thecheck list and not allowed to register for futuresemesters until admitted by another academicunit at Indiana University.


Audio Professor Konrad Strauss, AssociateProfessor Wayne Jackson; Lecturers TravisGregg, Michael Stucker

Ballet Distinguished Professor VioletteVerdy; Professors Jacques Cesbron, MichaelVernon; Associate Professor Virginia Cesbron;Lecturer Guoping Wang

Band/Wind Conducting Professors StephenW. Pratt, David Woodley; Assistant ProfessorPaul Popiel

BrassHorn Professor Myron Bloom; AssociateProfessors Jeffrey Nelsen, RichardSeraphinoffTrumpet Professors Edmund Cord, JohnRommel; Assistant Professor Joey TartellTrombone and Euphonium ProfessorsCarl Lenthe, M. Dee Stewart; AssociateProfessor Peter EllefsonTuba Professor Daniel Perantoni

Choral Conducting Professor MichaelSchwartzkopf, Pam and Jack Burns Professor;Professors Gwyn Richards, Carmen Tellez;Acting Assistant Professor William Gray;Senior Lecturer John Poole

Composition Chancellor’s Professor ClaudeBaker; Professors David Dzubay, Don Freund,Jeffrey Hass (electronic and computer music),Eugene O’Brien, Sven-David Sandström;Associate Professor P. Q. Phan; AssistantProfessor John Gibson (electronic andcomputer music)

Early Music Professors Paul Elliott (voice),Wendy Gillespie (viola da gamba), Eva Legêne(recorder), Nigel North (lute), Stanley Ritchie(Baroque violin), Elisabeth Wright(harpsichord); Associate Professors MichaelMcCraw (Baroque bassoon), RichardSeraphinoff (natural horn); AssistantProfessors Barbara Kallaur (Baroque flute)(part-time); Washington McClain (Baroqueoboe) (part-time); Lecturer Eric Hoeprich (earlyclarinet)(part-time)

Guitar Professor Ernesto Bitetti; LecturerPetar Jankovic (part-time)

Harp Distinguished Professor SusannMcDonald; Associate Professor Elzbieta Szmyt

Instrumental Conducting Professors ThomasBaldner, David Effron

Jazz Studies Distinguished Professor DavidN. Baker; Professors Pat Harbison, StephenHoughton; Associate Professors LukeGillespie, Thomas Walsh

Music Education Professor MichaelSchwartzkopf, Pam and Jack Burns Professor;Professors Estelle R. Jorgensen, Charles P.Schmidt; Associate Professors Brenda Brenner,Brent Gault, Lissa Fleming May, PatriceMadura Ward-Steinman; Assistant ProfessorKatherine Strand

Music in General Studies Professor GlennGass; Senior Lecturer Andrew Hollinden;Lecturer Constance Cook Glen

Musicology Distinguished Professors J. PeterBurkholder, Thomas Mathiesen, David H.Jacobs Chair in Music; Professor Daniel R.Melamed; Associate Professors KristinaMuxfeldt, Massimo Ossi; Assistant ProfessorsPhil Ford, Halina Goldberg, Ayana Smith

Music Theory Professors Robert Hatten,Marianne Kielian-Gilbert, Mary Wennerstrom;Associate Professors Gretchen Horlacher, EricIsaacson, Gary Potter, Frank Samarotto;Assistant Professors Kyle Adams, Julian Hook,Roman Ivanovitch

Opera Studies

Opera Coaching Professor EdwinPenhorwood (part-time); AssistantProfessors (part-time) Mark Phelps, ShuichiUmeyamaScenic Design and Technical ProductionProfessors C. David Higgins,Robert O’HearnStage Direction Professor Vincent Liotta

Organ Chancellor’s Professor Marilyn Keiser;Professors Larry Smith, Christopher Young

Percussion Professors Stephen Houghton,John Tafoya; Associate Professors Kevin Bobo,Wilber T. England

Piano Distinguished Professor MenahemPressler, Dean Charles H. Webb Chair inMusic; Professor Andre Watts, Jack I. and DoraB. Hamlin Chair in Music; Professors EdwardAuer, Edmund Battersby, Evelyne Brancart,Arnaldo Cohen, Luba Dubinsky, Jean-LouisHaguenauer, Shigeo Neriki, Karen Shaw;Associate Professors Emile Naoumoff, YaelWeiss (chamber music, part-time); AssistantProfessor David Cartledge; Senior LecturerReiko Neriki; Lecturer Chih-Yi Chen(accompanying)

Strings

Violin Professor Jaime Laredo, Linda andJack Gill Chair in Music; Professors PaulBiss, Mauricio Fuks, Mark Kaplan,Alexander Kerr, Henryk Kowalski, Stanley


Faculty of the Jacobs School of Music,Indiana University Bloomington

Ritchie, Mimi Zweig; Professor Ik-Hwan Bae(chamber music); Associate ProfessorsFederico Agostini, Brenda Brenner

Viola Professors Atar Arad, Alan deVeritch,Mimi Zweig; Assistant Professor YuvalGotlibovichVioloncello Distinguished Professor JanosStarker; Professor Helga Winold; AssociateProfessors Emilio Colon, Sharon RobinsonDouble Bass Professors Bruce Bransby,Lawrence Hurst

Technical Studies Assistant ProfessorStephen Shaver (piano technology) (part-time);Senior Lecturer Thomas Sparks (stringinstrument technology)

Voice Distinguished Professor TimothyNoble; Chancellor’s Professor CostanzaCuccaro; Professors Robert Harrison, MaryAnn Hart, Paul Kiesgen, Teresa Kubiak,

Carlos Montané, Dale Moore, AndreasPoulimenos, Carol Vaness, Patricia Wise;Associate Professors Gary Arvin, Alan Bennett,Patricia Havranek (part-time), Brian Horne,Marietta Simpson, Patricia Stiles; SeniorLecturers Alice Hopper, Scharmal Schrock;Lecturer Sylvia McNair

Woodwinds

Flute Professor Kathryn Lukas; AssociateProfessor Thomas RobertelloOboe Professor Linda Strommen; AssociateProfessor Roger Roe (part-time)Clarinet Professors James Campbell, EliEban, Howard KlugBassoon Professor William Ludwig; SeniorLecturer Arthur Weisberg

Saxophone Associate Professor ThomasWalsh; Assistant Professor Otis Murphy


Indiana UniversityWhen you become a student at IndianaUniversity, you join an academic communityinternationally known for the excellence anddiversity of its programs. With 1,129 degreeprograms, the university attracts students fromall 50 states and around the world. The full-time faculty numbers more than 5,000 andincludes members of many academic societiessuch as the American Academy of Arts andSciences, the American Philosophical Society,and the National Academy of Sciences.

Indiana University was founded atBloomington in 1820 and is one of the oldestand largest institutions of higher education inthe Midwest. It serves nearly 100,000 studentson eight campuses. The residential campus atBloomington and the urban center atIndianapolis form the core of the university.Campuses in Gary, Fort Wayne, Kokomo, NewAlbany, Richmond, and South Bend joinBloomington and Indianapolis in bringing aneducation of high quality within reach of all ofIndiana’s citizens.

General PoliciesEqual Opportunity/AffirmativeAction Policy of Indiana UniversityIndiana University pledges itself to continue itscommitment to the achievement of equalopportunity within the university andthroughout American society as a whole. Inthis regard, Indiana University will recruit,hire, promote, educate, and provide services topersons based upon their individualqualifications. Indiana University prohibitsdiscrimination based on arbitraryconsideration of such characteristics as age,color, disability, ethnicity, gender, maritalstatus, national origin, race, religion, sexualorientation, or veteran status.

Indiana University shall take affirmativeaction, positive and extraordinary, to overcomethe discriminatory effects of traditional policiesand procedures with regard to the disabled,minorities, women, and Vietnam-era veterans.

An Affirmative Action office on each campusmonitors the university’s policies and assistsindividuals who have questions or problemsrelated to discrimination.

Special AssistanceFor people who have disabilities and needspecial assistance, special arrangements can bemade to accommodate most needs. InBloomington, contact Disability Services forStudents at (812) 855-7578; at IUPUI, contactAdaptive Educational Services at (317) 274-3241.

Confidentiality of Student RecordsIn accordance with federal statutes andregulations, student records are confidentialand available for disclosure to persons otherthan the student only under stated conditions.

Student Rights and ResponsibilitiesA statement of students’ rights andresponsibilities is published in a handbook,Code of Student Rights, Responsibilities, andConduct, which contains a description of dueprocess hearings in the event of disciplinaryaction.

Degree RequirementsStudents are responsible for understanding allrequirements for graduation and forcompleting them by the time they expect tograduate. Information about a specific schoolor division can be found in the front section ofthe bulletin for that school.

Requests for deviation from department,program, or school requirements may begranted only by written approval from therespective chairperson, director, or dean (or adesignated administrative representative).Disposition at each level is final.

UndergraduateAdmissions PolicyIndiana University has adopted the followingadmissions policy to ensure that under-graduate students are properly prepared forcollege work. These standards seek to ensureeither adequate academic preparation in highschool or evidence of unusual motivation onthe part of each student admitted to theuniversity. Applicants for admission to IndianaUniversity are expected to meet the followingcriteria.

Freshman Students1

1. Graduation from an accredited Indianahigh school or comparable out-of-stateinstitution, successfully completing aminimum of 28 semesters of college-preparatory courses including thefollowing:(a) Eight semesters of English. (Onesemester each of speech and journalismmay be included.)

(b) Four semesters of social science(economics, government, history,psychology, or sociology).

(c) Four semesters of algebra (two semestersof which must be advanced algebra) andtwo semesters of geometry.

1 Some academic programs require specific qualificationsin addition to those enumerated in this policy.


(d) Two semesters of laboratory science(biology, chemistry, or physics).

(e) Eight semesters in some combination offoreign language; additionalmathematics, laboratory science, orsocial science; computer science; andother courses of a college-preparatorynature.

(f) Four semesters of foreign language arestrongly recommended.

(g) Courses to develop writing compositionskills are strongly recommended.

2. A rank in the upper half of the high schoolgraduating class for Indiana residents or arank in the upper third of the high schoolgraduating class for out-of-state residents.

3. A score above the median established byIndiana students on a nationallystandardized admissions test. Students whohave been out of high school for three ormore years do not have to submit testscores unless required for admission tospecific programs.

4. Each campus may accept students who aredeficient in (1), (2), or (3) of the abovespecifications upon receipt of such evidenceas the combination of strength of college-preparatory program, rank in class, gradesand grade trends in college-preparatorycourses, and standardized test scores. Forpersons who do not meet the above criteriaand who have been out of high school threeor more years, admission can be based onother factors such as a General EducationalDevelopment (GED) diploma, maturity,work experience, military service, and otherfactors as determined by the campus.

5. Each campus, at its discretion, may admit astudent on a probationary basis and/orthrough faculty sponsorship.

6 . Indiana residents are expected to completeCore 40, and the Academic HonorsDiploma is encouraged.

Transfer Students1

1. Submission of official transcripts from allprevious institutions attended.

2. The transcripts must reflect a cumulativegrade point average of at least a 2.0 (on a4.0 scale) for Indiana residents and at least a2.5 (on a 4.0 scale) for out-of-state residents.

3. If the student has fewer than 26 transferablecredit hours, the high school record shouldreflect compliance with freshmanadmission requirements as specified above.

1 Some academic programs require specific qualificationsin addition to those enumerated in this policy.

4. The credentials of students seeking transferto Indiana University will be evaluated onan individual basis.

When students do not qualify upon firstapplication, they will be counseled about waysof removing deficiencies so that they mayqualify for admission at a later date. If anyprovision of this policy is held invalid, theinvalidity does not affect other provisions ofthis policy which can be given effect withoutthe invalid provision, and to this end theprovisions of this policy are severable.

Transfer to Other IndianaUniversity CampusesThe policy stated below concerning transfer creditpertains to undergraduate students only.

Each campus has established one office toserve as the central information source forintercampus transfers. Some campuses havepriority dates for students to declare an interestin making an intercampus transfer. Even if acampus has no priority date, it is important tostart investigating the transfer requirements asearly as possible to assure the best possibilityof enrolling in your desired courses.Consult the intercampus transfer Web site atwww.iupui.edu/~moveiu for detailedinformation and a listing of campus contactsand intercampus transfer policies. You can alsoinitiate an intercampus transfer by completingthe form on the Web site.Students who want to transfer from oneIndiana University campus to another campusshould follow these procedures:1. Meet with your home campus advisor todiscuss academic preparation, grades, andother eligibility issues. You can get ageneral idea of how your classes may applyto another degree by using the DegreeProgress Report, a computerized degree-audit system available on the Web throughthe OneStart portal at onestart.iu.edu.While the advising capacity of The DegreeProgress Report is qualified by eachindividual’s circumstances, it can help youlearn how courses will apply towarddifferent degrees.

2. Consult the intercampus transfer office atthe proposed new campus if academicand/or eligibility questions remain.Remember that application for intercampustransfer does not guarantee admission tothe campus or a specific school on thecampus. Campuses may provide additionalinformation and contact points forquestions.

3. If applicable, talk to the financial aid officesat the present and proposed campuses.



Your aid eligibility does not transferautomatically from one campus to another.

4. Visit the new campus to explore possibleacademic and social adjustment issues;some campuses may establish special openhouse events for those students who haveexpressed interest. Some campuses mayalso require that you attend a specialorientation program or take placementexaminations.

5. If you decide to proceed with the transfer,complete the intercampus transfer form.The receiving campus will respond to youand your home campus. If you decide laternot to transfer, you should notify bothcampuses.

Rules DeterminingResident and NonresidentStudent Status forIndiana University FeePurposesThese Rules establish the policy under whichstudents shall be classified as residents ornonresidents upon all campuses of IndianaUniversity for University fee purposes. Non-resident students shall pay a nonresident fee inaddition to fees paid by a resident student.These Rules shall take effect February 1, 1974;provided, that no person properly classified asa resident student before February 1, 1974,shall be adversely affected by this Rule, if he orshe attended the university before that dateand while he or she remains continuouslyenrolled in the university.1. “Residence” as the term, or any of itsvariations (e.g., “resided”), as used in thecontext of these Rules, means the placewhere an individual has his or herpermanent home, at which he or sheremains when not called elsewhere forlabor, studies, or other special or temporarypurposes, and to which he or she returns inseasons of repose. It is the place a personhas voluntarily fixed as a permanenthabitation for himself or herself with anintent to remain in such place for anindefinite period. A person at any one timehas but one residence, and a residencecannot be lost until another is gained.(a) A person entering the state fromanother state or country does not at thattime acquire residence for the purposeof these Rules, but except as provided inRule 2(c)1, such person must be aresident for 12 months in order toqualify as a resident student for feepurposes.

(b) Physical presence in Indiana for thepredominant purpose of attending acollege, university, or other institutionof higher education, shall not becounted in determining the 12-monthperiod of residence; nor shall absencefrom Indiana for such purpose deprive aperson of resident student status.

2. A person shall be classified as a “residentstudent” if he or she has continuouslyresided in Indiana for at least 12consecutive months immediately precedingthe first scheduled day of classes of thesemester or other session in which theindividual registers in the University,subject to the exception in (c)1 below.(a) The residence of an unemancipated

person under 21 years of age followsthat of the parents or of a legalguardian who has actual custody ofsuch person or administers theproperty of such person. In the case ofdivorce or separation, if either parentmeets the residence requirements, suchperson will be considered a resident.1

(b) If such person comes from anotherstate or country for the predominantpurpose of attending the University, heor she shall not be admitted to residentstudent status upon the basis of theresidence of a guardian in fact, exceptupon appeal to the StandingCommittee on Residence in each case.2

(c) Such person may be classified as aresident student without meeting the12-month residence requirement withinIndiana if his or her presence inIndiana results from the establishmentby his or her parents of their residencewithin the state and if he or she provesthat the move was predominantly forreasons other than to enable suchperson to become entitled to the statusof “resident student.”2

(d) When it shall appear that the parents ofa person properly classified as a“resident student” under subparagraph(c) above have removed their residencefrom Indiana, such person shall then bereclassified to the status of nonresident;provided, that no such reclassificationshall be effective until the beginning ofa semester next following such removal.

1 Invocation of the provision in Rule 2(a) that applies tocases of divorce or separation requires appropriate legaldocumentation.

2 Rule 2(b) and 2(c) apply only to unemancipated personsunder 21 years of age.


(e) A person once properly classified as aresident student shall be deemed toremain a resident student so long asremaining continuously enrolled in theuniversity until such person’s degreeshall have been earned, subject to theprovisions of subparagraph (d) above.1

3. The foreign citizenship of a person shall notbe a factor in determining resident studentstatus if such person has legal capacity toremain permanently in the United States.1

4. A person classified as a nonresident studentmay show that he or she is exempt frompaying the nonresident fee by clear andconvincing evidence that he or she has beena resident (see Rule 1 above) of Indiana forthe 12 months prior to the first scheduledday of classes of the semester in which hisor her fee status is to be changed. Such astudent will be allowed to present his or herevidence only after the expiration of 12months from the residence qualifying date,i.e., the date upon which the studentcommenced the 12-month period forresidence. The following factors will beconsidered relevant in evaluating arequested change in a student’s nonresidentstatus and in evaluating whether his or herphysical presence in Indiana is for thepredominant purpose of attending acollege, university, or other institution ofhigher education. The existence of one ormore of these factors will not require afinding of resident student status, nor shallthe non-existence of one or more require afinding of nonresident student status. Allfactors will be considered in combination,and ordinarily resident student status willnot result from the doing of acts which arerequired or routinely done by sojourners inthe state or which are merely auxiliary tothe fulfillment of educational purposes.(a) The residence of a student’s parents or

guardians.(b) The situs of the source of the student’s

income.(c) To whom a student pays his or her

taxes, including property taxes.(d) The state in which a student’s

automobile is registered.(e) The state issuing the student’s driver’s

license.(f) Where the student is registered to vote.

1 NOTE: Effective Fall 2007, students with immigrationstatuses which permit the establishment of a domicilein the United States may be eligible to pay residentfees. Current eligible classifications are: A-1, A-2, A-3,E-1, E-2, E-3, G-1, G-2, G-3, G-4, H-1B, H-4, I, L-1, L-2,O-1, O-3, V-1, V-2, and V-3. Continuing eligibility toremain classified as a resident student for fee-payingpurposes depends upon the continued maintenanceof eligible immigration status. Contact the registrar’soffice for more information.

(g) The marriage of the student to aresident of Indiana.

(h) Ownership of property in Indiana andoutside of Indiana.

(i) The residence claimed by the studenton loan applications, federal income taxreturns, and other documents.

(j) The place of the student’s summeremployment, attendance at summerschool, or vacation.

(k) The student’s future plans includingcommitted place of future employmentor future studies.

(l) Admission to a licensed profession inIndiana.

(m) Membership in civic, community, andother organizations in Indiana orelsewhere.

(n) All present and intended futureconnections or contacts outside ofIndiana.

(o) The facts and documents pertaining tothe person’s past and existing status asa student.

(p) Parents’ tax returns and otherinformation, particularly whenemancipation is claimed.

5. The fact that a person pays taxes and votesin the state does not in itself establishresidence, but will be considered ashereinbefore set forth.

6. The registrar or the person fulfilling thoseduties on each campus shall classify eachstudent as resident or nonresident and mayrequire proof of all relevant facts. Theburden of proof is upon the student makinga claim to a resident student status.

7. A Standing Committee on Residence shallbe appointed by the president of theuniversity and shall include two studentsfrom among such as may be nominated bythe student body presidents of one or moreof the campuses of the university. If fewerthan four are nominated, the president mayappoint from among students notnominated.

8. A student who is not satisfied by thedetermination of the registrar has the rightto lodge a written appeal with the StandingCommittee on Residence within 30 days ofreceipt of written notice of the registrar’sdetermination, which committee shallreview the appeal in a fair manner and shallafford to the student a personal hearingupon written request. A student may berepresented by counsel at such hearing. Thecommittee shall report its determination tothe student in writing. If no appeal is takenwithin the time provided herein, thedecision of the registrar shall be final andbinding.


9. The Standing Committee on Residence isauthorized to classify a student as aresident student, though not meeting thespecific requirements herein set forth, ifsuch student’s situation presents unusualcircumstances and the individualclassification is within the general scope ofthese Rules. The decision of the committeeshall be final and shall be deemedequivalent to a decision of the Trustees ofIndiana University.

10. A student or prospective student who shallknowingly provide false information orshall refuse to provide or shall concealinformation for the purpose of improperlyachieving resident student status shall besubject to the full range of penalties,including expulsion, provided for by theuniversity, as well as to such otherpunishment which may be provided for bylaw.

11. A student who does not pay additionalmonies which may be due because of his orher classification as a nonresident studentwithin 30 days after demand, shallthereupon be indefinitely suspended.

12. A student or prospective student who failsto request resident student status within aparticular semester or session and topursue a timely appeal (see rule 8) to theStanding Committee on Residence shall bedeemed to have waived any allegedoverpayment of fees for that semester orsession.

13. If any provision of these rules or theapplication thereof to any person orcircumstance is held invalid, the invaliditydoes not affect other provisions orapplications of these rules which can begiven effect without the invalid provisionor application, and to this end theprovisions of these rules are severable.

FeesThe instructional fees listed here were approved at the May 2007 meeting of the Trustees of IndianaUniversity. Fees are subject to change by action of the trustees. For up-to-date information aboutfees in effect at registration time, see the campus Enrollment and Student Academic InformationBulletin (Bloomington campus) or the Registration Guide and Academic Information (Indianapoliscampus).

Certain courses and programs requiring studios, laboratories, microscopes, computers, or otherspecial equipment may involve special fees in addition to the instructional fee. Applied music,distance education, student teaching, and some physical education courses also carry additionalfees. See the campus Enrollment and Student Academic Information Bulletin or Registration Guide andAcademic Information for a list of such courses and programs.

Fees for Indiana University campuses other than Bloomington and Indianapolis are published inthe bulletin of the specific campus.

INSTRUCTIONAL FEES Indiana Resident Nonresident

Bloomington Campus

Undergraduate 1 $2,895.25 flat fee/semester $10,100.15 flat fee/semesterfor 12 to 17 credit hours for 12 to 17 credit hours(matriculated before (matriculated beforesummer 2003) summer 2003)$3,499.80 flat fee/semester $10,739.40 flat fee/semesterfor 12 to 17 credit hours for 12 to 17 credit hours(matriculated summer (matriculated summer2003 or later) 2003 or later)$180.75/credit hour under $631.30/credit hour under12 or over 17 12 or over 17(matriculated before (matriculated beforesummer 2003 ) summer 2003)$218.53/credit hour under $671.30/credit hour under12 or over 17 2 or over 17(matriculated summer (matriculated summer2003 or later) 2003 or later)

1 Includes credit courses in the School of Continuing Studies.


(Continued) Indiana Resident Nonresident

Bloomington Campus

Graduate and Professional 1Business—M.B.A. Program 2 $8,398.00/semester $16,707.00/semesterBusiness—M.P.A./M.S.I.S. Program 2 $500.00/credit hour $985.00/credit hourBusiness 2 $560.00/credit hour $1,114.00/credit hourLaw 2 $466.25/credit hour; $1,110.00/credit hour;

$8,537.50/semester for $16,825.00/semester for9 or more credit hours 9 or more credit hours

Library and Information Science $299.81/credit hour $873.34/credit hourMusic $300.18/credit hour $874.22/credit hourOptometry 2 $368.52/credit hour; $720.32/credit hour;

$7,600.59/semester for $14,857.22/semester for8 or more credit hours 8 or more credit hours

Public and Environmental Affairs $322.69/credit hour $796.16/credit hourOther $265.43/credit hour $773.03/credit hourIndependent Study (Correspondence) $145.06/credit hour $164.22/credit hourDissertation Research (G901) 3 $150.00/semester $150.00/semesterAdvanced Research Law (B798) $150.00/semester $150.00/semesterAuditing (no credit) $25.00/credit hour $25.00/credit hourDistance Education Special Courses 4 Same as rate for on-campus instruction in respective

category

INSTRUCTIONAL FEES Indiana Resident Nonresident

Indianapolis Campus

Undergraduate 1 $175.30/credit hour $575.25/credit hour(matriculated before summer 2003)Undergraduate 1 $207.35/credit hour $609.15/credit hour(matriculated summer 2003 or later)Graduate and Professional:1Business—M.B.A. Program $500.00/credit hour $1,000.00/credit hourBusiness—Columbus M.B.A. Program $287.28/credit hour $777.60/credit hourBusiness—M.P.A. Program $415.00/credit hour $830.00/credit hourDentistry $21,148.00/year $49,200.00/yearEngineering $286.72/credit hour $819.95/credit hourLaw $463.23/credit hour $1,023.06/credit hourLibrary and Information Science $299.81/credit hour $873.34/credit hourMedicine $25,140.00/year $42,130.00/yearNursing $354.64/credit hour $1,072.56/credit hourPublic and Environmental Affairs $285.19/credit hour $740.72/credit hourPhysical/Occupational Therapy $358.20/credit hour $771.67/credit hourSocial Work $270.75/credit hour $720.95/credit hourMaster of Public Health $335.55/credit hour $829.70/credit hourMaster of Fine Arts $470.00/credit hour $820.00/credit hourOther $242.40/credit hour $712.75/credit hourDissertation Research (G901) 3 $100.00/semester $100.00/semesterAuditing (no credit) applicable credit hour rate applicable credit hour rateDistance Education Courses Special rates apply to many distance education courses;

check with the individual program.

MANDATORY FEES 5 Bloomington Campus Indianapolis Campus

Intercollegiate athletics fee $36.73Student health fee 6 $99.77/semester

$79.84/summersession, more than3 credit hours

Student activity fee 7 $37.44 or$74.91/semester $48.37 to $90.97/semester$27.80 or $55.61/ $9.28 or $27.82/summer session summer session


(Continued) Bloomington Campus Indianapolis Campus

Technology fee, fall or spring semesters 8Undergraduate $48.09, $96.19, $190.33 $59.00, $118.10, $177.10Graduate/professional, $48.09, $96.19, $190.33 $52.80, $91.20, $186.90nondegree studentsTechnology fee, fall or spring semesters 8Undergraduate $48.09, $96.19, $190.33 $59.00, $118.10, $177.10Graduate/professional, $48.09, $96.19, $190.33 $52.80, $91.20, $186.90nondegree studentsTechnology fee, summer sessions 9Undergraduate $76.95 or $152.26 $59.00 to $177.10Graduate/professional, $76.95 or $152.26 $52.80 to $186.90nondegree studentsTransportation fee 14 $13.36, $26.73, $53.97/semester

$10.61, $32.46/summer sessionGeneral service fees $10.00/semester in 2007-

2008 for undergraduates$10.00/semester in 2008-2009 for undergraduates$10.00/semester in 2008-2009 for graduate students

INCIDENTAL FEES 10 Bloomington Campus Indianapolis Campus

Application for admissionDomestic, undergraduate $50.00 $50.00Domestic, graduate $50.00 $50.00International $60.00 $60.00Deferment service fee11 $30.00 $25.00Late payment charge 1.5 percent of balance $14.50/monthLate schedule change12 $23.00/course added $22.00/course added

or droppedLate registration13 $60.00 to $210.00/semester $45.00 to $100.00/semester

$60.00/summer session $45.00 to $68.00 summersession

Transcripts $10.00 $8.00University Division services fee(freshmen and sophomores) $25.00/semester(junior and seniors) $50.00/semesterBusiness undergradate program fee15 $215.00, $430.00, $150.00, $225.00,

$540.00/semester $300.00/semesterM.B.A./M.P.A./M.S.I.S. program fee $300.00/academic fee

$300.00/summer sessionMusic program fee $800.00/semesterNursing program fee $502.50/semester $33.50/credit hour;

$502.50/15 credit hoursEngineering course fee $20.50/credit hour

1 Includes credit courses in the School of Continuing Studies.2 M.B.A., law, and optometry students: New M.B.A. students enrolled in 1 or more credit hours of business courses willbe assessed this flat rate. Returning students will be assessed their entering rate. Enrollment in any courses other thanbusiness will be assessed on a per-credit-hour basis. Law students enrolled in or after 2001-02 with 9 or more credithours of law courses will be assessed a flat rate, and enrollment in any courses other than law will be assessed on aper-credit-hour basis. Law students entering before 2001-02 will be assessed the credit hour rate. Optometry studentsenrolled in 8 or more credit hours of optometry courses will be assessed a flat rate, and enrollment in any courses otherthan optometry will be assessed on a per-credit-hour basis. Graduate business credit hour rates apply to studentsenrolled in a doctoral business program.

3 To keep their candidacies active, doctoral students with 90 credit hours or more and Master of Fine Arts students with60 credit hours or more may enroll in G901 for a flat fee of $150.00 (Bloomington). Also, they must have completed allgraduate degree requirements except for the dissertation or final project/performance. Enrollment in G901 is limitedto six times. Students who do not meet these criteria pay the applicable credit hour rate for dissertation research.

4 In addition to instructional fee rates, course fees for education, library and information science, and HPER will beassessed. Check with the specific school for current information.


5 Assessed to all students based on the number of enrolled on-campus credit hours.6 The health fee is assessed each semester/session on the bursar’s bill for all day and evening students enrolled in morethan 6 credit hours. Eligible individuals not covered by the health fee will be seen on a fee-for-service basis.

7 Bloomington students enrolled in 3 or fewer credit hours during the fall and spring semesters pay a mandatorystudent activity fee of $37.44. Students enrolled in more than 3 credit hours pay $74.91. Summer students payaccording to the number of credit hours in which they are enrolled: 3 or fewer credit hours, $27.80; more than 3 credithours, $55.61. At Indianapolis, students pay a fee according to the number of credit hours in which they are enrolledeach semester: 0.5 to 5.5 credit hours, $48.37; 6 to 8.5 credit hours, $66.14; 9 to 11.5 credit hours, $83.35; and more than11.5 credit hours, $90.97. Indianapolis summer students pay $9.28 for up to 2.5 credit hours, $16.72 from 3 through 5.5credit hours, and $27.82 for above 5.5 credit hours. IUPU Columbus students pay $3.30 per credit hour up to amaximum of $39.60 per semester.

8 A technology fee will be assessed according to the number of enrolled credit hours as follows: 3 credit hours or fewer;greater than 3 through 6 credit hours; greater than 6 credit hours.

9 At Bloomington, summer-session students are assessed a technology fee based on the number of credit hours asfollows: 3 credit hours or fewer; more than 3 credit hours. At Indianapolis, a technology fee is assessed for summersessions according to the number of enrolled credit hours as follows: 3 or fewer credit hours and more than 3 credithours for undergraduates, and 6 or fewer credit hours and more than 6 credit hours for graduate/ professionalstudents.

10 Applicable to both in-state and out-of-state students.11 Fee is assessed if deferred billing option is elected.12 After drop/add period (100 percent refund period), students will be assessed $23.00 in Bloomington and $22.00 inIndianapolis for each added course, section change, change of arranged hours, or credit/audit change. On theBloomington campus, students will also be assessed for each dropped course.

13 A late registration fee will be assessed any student who does not register during the scheduled registration period.On the Bloomington campus, the fee is $60.00 for students who register by the last Friday before classes begin andincreases on the Monday of each successive week to a maximum of $210.00. On the Indianapolis campus, a $45.00 lateregistration fee is in effect upon conclusion of registration through the end of the first week of classes, increasing by$23.00 the first week, $20.00 the second week, and $12.00 the third week to a maximum of $100.00. In Indianapolissummer sessions, a late registration fee of $45.00 is assessed the first week, and $68.00 the second week and thereafter.

14 At Bloomington, the ranges for the transportation fee during each semester are 3 or fewer credit hours; more than 3through 6 credit hours; more than 6 credit hours. The ranges during each summer session are 3 or fewer credit hours;greater than 3 credit hours.

15 The ranges for the business undergraduate program fee are fewer than 6 credit hours; 6 to 12 credit hours; more than12 credit hours at Bloomington and less than 5.5 credit hours; from 5.5 credit hours to 11.5 credit hours; and morethan 11.5 credit hours in Indianapolis.

Course Fee Refund ScheduleTime of Withdrawal Refund

Courses less than 2 weeksin durationWithdrawal on 1st day of classes 100%Withdrawal on 2nd day of classes 50%Withdrawal on 3rd day of classes 0%and thereafter

Courses at least 2 weeks but lessthan 5 weeks in durationWithdrawal on 1st or 2nd day of classes 100%Withdrawal on 3rd or 4th day of classes 50%Withdrawal during 3rd week of classes 0%and thereafter

Courses at least 5 weeks but lessthan 9 weeks in durationWithdrawal during 1st week of classes 100%Withdrawal during 2nd week of classes 50%Withdrawal during 3rd week of classes 0%and thereafter

Time of Withdrawal Refund

Courses at least 9 weeks or morein durationWithdrawal during 1st week of classes 100%Withdrawal during 2nd week of classes 75%Withdrawal during 3rd week of classes 50%Withdrawal during 4th week of classes 25%Withdrawal during 5th week of classes 0%and thereafter

Fee Refund Schedule Applies to audit,credit-hour, and course-related fees.

Procedure See the specific campus registrar’sWeb site for more information about how towithdraw from classes.

Student Financial Assistance Students canobtain information about financial assistancethrough the financial aid office, through thestudent employment office, or through theirschools and departments. For courses taken inBloomington, contact Human ResourcesManagement for information about faculty/staff fee courtesy; for courses taken at IUPUI,contact the Office of Student Financial AidServices.


Veterans Benefits

Eligible students will receive veterans benefits according to the following scale, which is based onthe number of credit hours in which the student is enrolled.

Bloomingtonand IUPUI Bloomington

Undergraduate Fall/Spring IUPUI Bloomington and IUPUIBenefits Semesters1 Summer I1 Summer I Summer II1full 12 or more 6 4 6three-quarters 9-11 4-5 3 4-5one-half 6-8 3 2 3tuition only fewer than 6 1-2 1 1-2

Graduate Benefitsfull 8 or more 4 4 4three-quarters 6-7 3 3 3one-half 4-5 2 2 2tuition only fewer than 4 1 1 1

It is the responsibility of the veteran or veteran dependent to sign up for benefits each semester orsummer session of enrollment. It is also the responsibility of the veteran or veteran dependent onthe Bloomington campus to notify the Office of Veterans Affairs of any schedule change that mayincrease or decrease the amount of benefits allowed. Veterans and veteran dependents on theIUPUI campus should notify the Office of the Registrar.

Veterans with service-connected disabilities may qualify for the Department of Veterans AffairsVocational Rehabilitation Program. They should contact their regional VA office for eligibilityinformation.

At IUPUI, veterans and veteran dependents must notify their veteran benefit representative in theOffice of the Registrar in person at the time of registration.

1 On the IUPUI campus, check with a VA representative in the Office of the Registrar for positive verification of yourhourly status.


IndexAbsences, 82Academic and Professional Conduct, 81Academic Probation, Graduate, 84Academic Probation, Undergraduate, 84Academic Standing, Graduate, 84Academic Standing, Undergraduate, 83Accompanying Courses, 63Addition of Courses, 81Admission Categories, Graduate, 26Admission Requirements, Graduate, 25Admission Requirements, Undergraduate, 4Advising, 7Advisory Committee, Doctoral, 30Application for Degrees or Diplomas, 85Application for Graduation, Undergraduate, 9Artist Diploma, 35Assignments for Music Studio Study and

Lessons, 85Associate of Science, Recording Arts, 23Associate of Science, String Instrument

Technology, 24Audio Degrees (Recording Arts), 22Audit Policy, 83

Bachelor’s Degrees, General Requirements, 8Bachelor’s Degrees, Second, 8Bachelor of Music Degrees, 9Bachelor of Music, Composition, 9Bachelor of Music, Early Music (Instrumental

Emphasis), 10Bachelor of Music, Early Music (Vocal

Emphasis), 11Bachelor of Music, Jazz Studies, 11Bachelor of Music, Orchestral Instrument or

Guitar, 12Bachelor of Music in Performance, Organ, 13Bachelor of Music in Performance, Piano, 14Bachelor of Music in Performance, Voice, 14Bachelor of Music in Performance, Woodwind

Instruments (Multiple), 15Bachelor of Music Education Degrees, 16Bachelor of Music Education, Choral Teaching,

16Bachelor of Music Education, General Music

Teaching, 17Bachelor of Music Education, Instrumental

Teaching—Band, 18Bachelor of Music Education, Instrumental

Teaching—Strings, 19Bachelor of Science Degrees, 20Bachelor of Science in Recording Arts, 22Bachelor of Science in Ballet, 23Bachelor of Science in Music and an Outside

Field, 20Bachelor of Science in Music and an Outside

Field (Ballet Emphasis), 24Bachelor of Science in Music and an Outside

Field (Composition Emphasis), 20Bachelor of Science in Music and an Outside

Field (Jazz Emphasis), 21

Ballet Courses, 66Ballet Degrees, 23Brass, Graduate Degrees, 36

Chamber Music and Coaching Courses, 63Change of Degree Requirements, 81Change of Grade, 82Check List, 88Choral Conducting, Graduate Degrees, 37Church Music Courses, 59Class Standing, 84Composition, Graduate Degrees, 38Composition Courses, 66Conditional Admission, 26Conducting Courses, 65Correspondence Study, 83Courses in the Jacobs School of Music, 55Credit by Examination, 2Credit Hour Requirements, Doctoral, 30Credit Hour Requirements, Master’s, 29Curricula for Bachelor’s Degrees in Music, 9Curricula for Graduate Degrees in Music, 36Curricula for Music-Related Graduate

Degrees, 54

Diploma Programs in Performance, 34Disabilities, 3Dismissal, 83, 84Dissertation and Final Project, 34Doctoral Curricula, Structure, 31Doctoral Degrees, General Requirements, 30Dress, Official, 88

Early Music, Graduate Degrees, 39Ensemble Courses, 57Ensemble Policy, 2Examinations and Goals in Performance, 85Extended-X Grades, 82

Faculty of the Jacobs School of Music, 89Fees, 95Financial Aid, 5, 26FNN and FN Grades, 82Freshmen, Requirements for Incoming, 4

General Education Requirements, 9Grade Appeal, 82Grade Requirements, Doctoral, 30Grade Requirements, Master’s, 29Grades, 81Graduate Division, 25Graduation with Distinction, 8GRE, 25Guitar, Graduate Degrees, 40

Harp, Graduate Degrees, 41Hearings; see Recitals, policies, 86History, 1Honors Courses, 71Honors Program, 7

Incompletes and Deferred Grades, 81Indiana University General Policies, 91

Instrumental Conducting, Graduate Degrees,41

Instruments, Use of Jacobs School of Music, 88

Jazz Courses, 72Jazz Studies, Graduate Degrees, 42Juries: See Examinations and Goals in

Performance, 85

Keyboard Proficiency, Graduate, 27Keyboard Proficiency, Undergraduate, 8

Language Proficiencies or Tool Subjects, 32Library, Music, 1Load, Minimum and Maximum, 83

Master of Arts and Master of Library Science;Master of Music and Master of LibraryScience, 54

Master of Science in Music, Stage Direction forOpera, 54

Masterclass, 56Master’s Curricula, Structure, 28Master’s Degrees, General Requirements, 28Minor for Students Whose Majors Are Outside

the Jacobs School of Music, Doctoral, 32Minor for Students Whose Majors Are Outside

the Jacobs School of Music,Undergraduate, 6

Minor in Choral Conducting, Doctoral, 31Minor in Composition, Doctoral, 31Minor in Early Music, Doctoral, 32Minor in Jazz Studies, Doctoral, 32Minor in Music Education, Doctoral, 32Minor in Music History and Literature,

Doctoral, 32Minor in Music Information Technology,

Doctoral, 32Minor in Music Theory, Doctoral, 32Minor in Musicology, Doctoral, 32Minor in Stage Direction for Opera, Doctoral,

32Minor in Voice, Doctoral, 32Mission Statement, 1Music Education, Graduate Degrees, 42Music Education, Master Class, 63Music Education and Pedagogy Courses, 59Music History and Literature Entrance

Proficiency, Graduate, 27Music Information Technology Courses, 72Music Literature Courses, 68Music Performance Proficiency, Graduate, 28Music Technology Courses, 91Music Theory, Graduate Degrees, 45Music Theory Courses, 75Music Theory Entrance Proficiency, Graduate,

27Musicology, Graduate Degrees, 46Musicology and Music History Courses, 67

Nonmajor Academic and PerformanceCourses, 78

Nonmajors, 6

Opera Courses, 73Organ, Graduate Degrees, 47Organ and Church Music, Graduate Degrees,

48Organizations and Services, 2Orientation, 7Outreach and Research Units within the Jacobs

School of Music, 1Outside Instruction and Performance, 88

Pass/Fail Option, 82Percussion, Graduate Degrees, 48Performance Study, Graduate Courses, 55Performance Study, Undergraduate Courses,

55Performance Study and Performance-Related

Policies, 85Performer Diploma, 35Performer Diploma in Professional Opera

Studies, 36Performer’s Certificate, 87Piano, Graduate Degrees, 49Probation, Academic: See Academic Probation,

83, 84Probation, Admission on, 26Proficiency Examinations, Graduate, 27

Qualifying Examinations, Doctoral, 33

Readmission, 84Recitals, Course Numbers, 56Recitals, policies, 86Recitals, Length, 87Recording Arts Degrees, 22Recording Arts and Audio Technology

Courses, 57Registration after Admission to Candidacy, 33Regulations and Procedures, 81Research Committee, Doctoral, 31Residence Requirement, Doctoral, 30Residence Requirement, Master’s, 29Residence Requirement, Undergraduate, 8Resident/Nonresident Student Status, 93Returning Students, 6

Scholarships, 5, 26School of Education Courses, 63Specialist in Music Education, 44String Technical Degree, 24Strings, Graduate Degrees, 49Styles Examination, 33

Teaching Certification, 19Techniques Courses, 63Time Limit, Undergraduate, 8Time Limit for Acceptance, Graduate, 26Time Limit for Degree Completion,

Master’s, 29Time Limits, Doctoral, 34Tool Subjects, 32Transfer to Other IU Campuses, 92Transfer Credit, Doctoral, 30Transfer Credit, Master’s, 29



Transfer Credit, Undergraduate, 5Transfer Students, Requirements for, Undergraduate, 5Tuition and Fees, 2, 95

Unclassified Courses, 77Undergraduate Admissions Policy, Indiana University, 91Undergraduate Division, 4University Requirements for Incoming Freshmen, 4University Requirements for Transfer Students, 5Upper-Division Examination, 85

Visiting Students, Graduate, 26Visiting Students, Undergraduate, 6Voice, Graduate Degrees, 50

Wind Conducting, Graduate Degrees, 51Withdrawal from Courses, 81Woodwinds, Graduate Degrees, 52Woodwinds (Multiple), Graduate Degrees, 53

Photograph on page 3 by Owen Mundy.

information, indiana university reserves the right to change … · 2007. 9. 17. · bulletin...

Documents